AI Terminal

MODULE: AI_ANALYST
Interactive Q&A, Risk Assessment, Summarization
MODULE: DATA_EXTRACT
Excel Export, XBRL Parsing, Table Digitization
MODULE: PEER_COMP
Sector Benchmarking, Sentiment Analysis
SYSTEM ACCESS LOCKED
Authenticate / Register Log In

Epiroc

Annual Report Mar 12, 2020

2908_10-k_2020-03-12_be2147b8-2945-4904-a709-dbab1e329f96.pdf

Annual Report

Open in Viewer

Opens in native device viewer

Annual and Sustainability Report 2019

United in Performance. Inspired by Innovation.

Performance unites us, innovation inspires us and commitment drives us to keep moving forward. Count on Epiroc to deliver the solutions you need to succeed today and the technology to lead tomorrow.

Atlas Copco Group, founded in 1873, until June 18, 2018, when Epiroc was distributed to the shareholders of Atlas Copco and listed on Nasdaq Stockholm.

About this report

The audited annual accounts and consolidated accounts can be found on pages 38–51 and 62–121. The corporate governance report examined by the auditors can be found on pages 52–61.

Epiroc reports its sustainability work for 2019 according to the Global Reporting Initiative (GRI) Standards version 2016, "Core" option. The sustainability report has been prepared in accordance with disclosure requirements set out in the Swedish Annual Accounts Act, chapter 6, paragraph 11.

The sustainability information that has been reviewed by the auditors can be found on pages 24–37 and 126–133. The assurance report issued by the auditors can be found on page 133 and a detailed GRI Index can be found at www.epirocgroup.com.

Forward-looking statements

Some statements in this report are forwardlooking, and the actual outcomes could be materially different. In addition to the factors explicitly discussed, other factors could have a material effect on the actual outcomes. Such factors include, but are not limited to, general business conditions, fluctuations in exchange rates and interest rates, political developments, the impact of competing products and their pricing, product development, commercialization and technological difficulties, interruptions in supply, and major customer credit losses.

Epiroc AB is a public company. Epiroc AB and its subsidiaries are sometimes referred to as the Epiroc Group, the Group, or Epiroc. Epiroc AB is also sometimes referred to as Epiroc. Any mention of the Board of Directors or the Board refers to the Board of Directors of Epiroc AB.

Content

The year in brief 2
CEO comments 4
This is Epiroc 6
Our strengths and goals
We are a leading productivity
12
partner in attractive niches 14
We have a high proportion
of recurring business
18
We drive the future in intelligent
mining and infrastructure
20
We have a strong and proven
operating model
22
We create value for our stakeholders 24
Sustainability
Our approach to sustainability and
corporate responsibility
26
Administration report 38
Five-year summary 51
Corporate governance report 52
Risk management 60
Financial information 67
Signatures 121
Financial definitions 122
Auditor's report 123
Sustainability notes 126
The Epiroc share 134

Sustainability Report reviewed by the auditors Annual Report

2019 in brief

Epiroc's revenues, profit and cash flow increased, supported by strong growth of our aftermarket and efficiency initiatives. We continued to deliver innovative solutions in the areas of automation, digitalization and electrification, to help our customers become more productive, safe and cost efficient.

Strong development of orders
received for aftermarket services.
Weaker for equipment
Lost time injury frequency rate
decreased 21%
Revenues increased 7% to
MSEK 40 849, an organic
growth of 1%
CO2 emissions from transport
decreased 20%
Operating profit was MSEK 8 136
and operating margin was 19.9%
Three acquisitions were
completed during the year
Improved operating cash flow New CEO appointed

Key figures

MSEK 2019 2018 Change
Orders received 39 492 39 400 0%
Revenues 40 849 38 285 7%
Operating profit 8 136 7 385 10%
Operating margin, % 19.9 19.3
Profit before tax 7 843 7 201 9%
Profit margin, % 19.2 18.8
Net profit 5 884 5 437 8%
Operating cash flow 6 688 3 884 72%
Basic earnings per share, SEK 4.89 4.50 9%
Dividend per share, SEK 2.40 2.10 14%
Return on capital employed, % 27.6 32.0
Net debt/EBITDA ratio 0.05 0.14
Lost time injury frequency rate, LTIFR 2.7 3.4 -21%
Sick leave, % 2.1 2.2 -5%
MWh energy from operations/
Cost of sales, MSEK 6.8 7.6 -11%
Transport CO2, tonnes/Cost of sales, MSEK 4.5 5.6 -20%

Lost time injury frequency and sick leave

Energy consumption and CO2 emissions

Note: Financial statements prior to 2018 are combined. See note 1 in the Annual and Sustainability Report 2018.

Operating profit, MSEK

Operating margin, %

Adjusted operating margin, %

Return on capital employed

Average capital employed, MSEK

Return on capital employed, %

Highlights

Safer mining in Chile

One of the largest ever full service contracts was won from Codelco for service of mining equipment used at the Andina mine in Chile. The contract value totals MUSD 68 over seven years. Epiroc will contribute to Codelco operations making them as productive, efficient and safe as possible,

Helena Hedblom new CEO

The Board of Epiroc AB has appointed Helena Hedblom as the new President and CEO of Epiroc AB, effective March 1, 2020. She replaces Per Lindberg, who will leave the company after having successfully established Epiroc as a listed company.

6th Sense

6th Sense optimizes customers' processes by connecting machines, systems and people using automation, information management and system integration. With 6th Sense, our customers can achieve production gains and lower operating costs.

Innovation and efficiency in focus

Helena Hedblom is the President and CEO of Epiroc AB, as from March 1, 2020. She replaces Per Lindberg, who leaves the company after having successfully established Epiroc as a listed company.

"We are a young and dynamic company with energy and passion" Per Lindberg President and CEO

In 2019, Epiroc's revenues, profit and cash flow increased, supported by strong growth in our aftermarket and efficiency initiatives. Our customers showed great interest in our innovative productivity solutions, in a market where demand for equipment softened. We continue to focus on innovations, such as automation, digitalization and electrification. With our passionate employees and through commitment and collaboration, we help our customers become more productive, safe and cost efficient, which enables us to create long-term value and further strengthen Epiroc for the future.

On June 18, 2019, we celebrated one year as an independent, listed company. We are a young and dynamic company with energy and passion. Still, we have significant expertise and experience in what we do. We strive to be a true productivity partner to our customers and continuously strengthen their operations. We were pleased to see many successful examples of this throughout 2019.

6th Sense solutions for productivity

Automation, digitalization and information management are increasingly used by mining companies to strengthen operations and become more safe and sustainable. Epiroc is at the forefront of this development and in 2019, we launched 6th Sense, our package of digital solutions. 6th Sense is our way to optimize customers' processes by connecting machines, systems and people. Examples range from installing a fully autonomous SmartROC D65 surface drill rig for Newmont Goldcorp in Canada to supporting the digitalization of Pucobre's mining operations in Chile. The solutions increase safety, boost productivity, reduce the environmental impact and improve work conditions.

Battery-electric machines for zero-emission operations

We launched our new generation battery-electric mining equipment in late 2018, and in 2019, orders came in from customers in several countries. No wonder, considering the significant benefits customers reap compared with using traditional diesel machines: better health and safety, higher productivity and lower total costs. Diesel has been the fuel of choice for mining equipment, but this is now starting to change. Underground operations stand to gain the most from going electric as diesel fuel traditionally implies heavy investments in ventilation to air out fumes. Epiroc is proud to spearhead the drive towards a more sustainable underground mining environment.

Sustainability now and onwards

Focusing on safety, work conditions, energy efficiency and other sustainability aspects is not only ethically right, it is a key part of our operating model. The rate of work-related accidents fell by 21%. Our machines in operation can have a negative impact on the environment and we continuously innovate to make them more sustainable. The battery-electric machines are one example, but several other Epiroc initiatives are also contributing to a more sustainable future. We are reducing the share of products delivered by air freight and as a result CO2 emissions from transport fell significantly. In our operations we lowered energy consumption by 6% and increased the proportion of renewable energy by 3 percentage points. We have set targets on how we use resources responsibly and efficiently, and our sustainability key performance indicators make sure that we follow progress closely. Our Code of Conduct is our most important tool to uphold

high standards. In 2019, we launched a new and more user-friendly whistleblower tool called Speak Up. We are a signatory to the UN Global Compact and fully support the 10 principles in the areas of human rights, labor, environment and anti-corruption. It is important for us to contribute towards the UN's Agenda 2030 and the Sustainable Development Goals (SDGs) in order to overcome global challenges. We continuously work with the eight SDGs that give us the greatest opportunity to make a positive difference.

Strategic acquisitions

Epiroc's goal is to grow revenues 8% annually over a cycle and we aim to achieve this by growing both organically and through acquisitions. In 2019, we completed three acquisitions with a total annual turnover of more than MSEK 1 300. The largest acquisition was New Concept Mining, a South African manufacturer of rock reinforcement products for underground mining. It strengthened our global position in the hard rock bolting market, a strategic move as underground mines get even deeper, which increases safety requirements.

Mixed demand

The global economy slowed in 2019 and a feeling of uncertainty spread. Many customers became cautious and delayed capital investments. Hence, orders received for our equipment fell. However, our aftermarket business continued to grow successfully. Service grew 8% organically. We also won one of our biggest service contracts ever. In total, our orders came in on par with 2018, supported by currency and acquisitions. Organically, orders decreased by 5%.

Increased revenues, profit and cash flow

Revenues increased 7% to MSEK 40 849 and our reported operating profit reached MSEK 8 136, an increase of 10%.

It is our goal to have an industry-best operating margin that is resilient over the business cycle. In 2019, our operating margin improved over 2018 and landed at 19.9%. Hence we maintained our industry-leading position on margins. Operating cash flow also increased, largely due to higher operating profit and improved cash flow from working capital.

Strengthened agility and optimized portfolio

We continuously improve our agility to ensure we stand strong regardless of the business environment. In 2019, we adjusted our workforce, mainly in manufacturing, and also identified further areas for efficiency improvements. These are expected to give visible effects in the first half of 2020. We also exited unprofitable businesses, optimized our product portfolio and left non-core areas, including handheld drilling consumables and geotechnical consumables. Our program to strengthen the supply chain, which will make deliveries to customers more efficient while lowering transportation costs, started yielding positive results.

Handing over to Helena Hedblom

In November, we announced that I will be stepping down and that Helena Hedblom will take over as President and CEO as from March 1, 2020. My mission to establish the new company, list it on the stock exchange, and ensure it stands strong for the future is now accomplished and I am happy to be handing over to Helena. She has deep knowledge and experience of the business, a strong drive, and a strong focus on innovation and customers' needs. She is a much appreciated leader and is the ideal person to lead Epiroc into the future. I wish her and Epiroc all the best. Thank you!

Per Lindberg President and CEO Stockholm, January 31, 2020

Exciting journey ahead

First of all, I want to thank Per for his devotion to Epiroc. Under his stewardship, the company has been well established and he leaves it in a strong condition. He has taught me a lot and I appreciate his invaluable guidance.

Innovation in Epiroc's DNA

I am proud and honored to get the opportunity to serve as President and CEO for this fantastic company. I joined Epiroc (at the time Atlas Copco) in 2000 as R&D manager for materials development in the Rock Drilling Tools division. Finding smart and sustainable solutions that put safety first, improve productivity and reduce environmental impacts has been one of my major passions ever since. I have been pleased to see that Epiroc has indeed focused on innovation. It is not by coincident that Epiroc is ahead of the competition in so many areas. This is the result of the "can-do spirit" that is in our Epiroc DNA across the world.

Powerful partnerships

With our passionate and committed employees, we can go far. Combined with powerful partnerships, we can go even further. This is especially true now that digitalization and automation are becoming core features of our offerings, requiring complex software solutions. Therefore we are increasingly cooperating with customers and strategic partners. Combitech, for example, works with us on information management and in November, we announced an exciting partnership with Orica, the world's leading provider of commercial explosives. Together we will develop a semi-automated explosives delivery system that will enable safer and more productive blasting operations in underground mines.

Exciting journey ahead

To safeguard productivity for our customers, aftermarket is a key element of our offering. How we deliver service, consumables and spare parts makes a huge difference in customers' daily operations. By further strengthening our aftermarket business we will continue to strengthen customer relations and also learn even more about their needs.

We will continue to integrate sustainability in our business operations, attract the best people, and uphold the highest ethical standards. During 2020 we will develop 2030 sustainability goals to guide our work going forward. We are also set on improving efficiency. We aim to be a big company that acts like a small one – quick and agile.

I love to visit our operations, interacting with our customers and listening to skilled colleagues at our manufacturing plants, distribution centers and customer centers. I look forward to continue doing that in my new role.

Epiroc has an exciting journey ahead. Thank you for coming along with us.

Helena Hedblom President and CEO, from March 1, 2020 Stockholm. January 31, 2020

A leading global productivity partner

Epiroc is a leading global productivity partner for the mining and infrastructure industries. With ground-breaking technology, we develop and produce innovative, safe and sustainable drill rigs, rock excavation and construction equipment, and tools. We also provide world-class service and solutions for automation and interoperability. We have a strong operating model characterized by focus on innovation, a strong and resilient services business, and

an agile and decentralized operational setup. Our world is changing and our ambition is to be the leader in automation, interoperability and fossil-free operations. We are a 147-year old start-up – a dynamic new company, but with proven expertise and experience. Epiroc means at or on rock, coming from Greek and Latin roots. It reflects our core business, our proximity to customers and the strength of our partnerships.

Geographical distribution of revenues

Values

Our core values define our business culture and what we stand for as Epiroc. They guide our decision-making processes and how we behave both when interacting with colleagues and in our relationships with external stakeholders. The core values are a competitive advantage that helps us maintain our leadership position.

Innovation

We are creative, bold and open minded, with the imagination to develop new ideas and the initiative to bring them to market.

Commitment We are committed to meet and exceed expectations by staying connected to our customers, technology and the environment.

Collaboration

We believe in close cooperation with customers, colleagues, partners and other stakeholders.

THIS IS EPIROC

Value-creating strategy

Focus on attractive niches

Innovation and expertise

Safety and sustainability Presence and penetration

Operational and service excellence

People and leadership

Outperformance

To continue being a leading global productivity partner and deliver profitable growth, our strategy builds on focusing on attractive niches and outperforming in these niches. To succeed, we focus our efforts in five strategic areas – Innovation and expertise, Safety and sustainability, Presence and penetration, Operational and service excellence, and People and Leadership. Combined, this allows us to continuously serve our customers better and help them improve their productivity and profitability.

Scooptram ST14 Battery

Zero emission – A battery-driven loader that provides a powerful opportunity to minimize the environmental footprint and create a healthier work environment.

Innovative, safe and sustainable solutions for increased productivity

We offer our customers a dedicated partner and a passionate team supporting them in an innovative, sustainable, and safe way. Our ambition is to increase and maximize our customers' everyday productivity. We improve their competitive advantage, by providing a wide range of high-performance equipment for rock drilling and excavation, demolition and recycling, supported by excellent service offerings, spare parts and consumables.

Our customers evaluate their suppliers primarily from a total cost of operations perspective. A strong track record of excellent quality and reliability is highly valued. Another important aspect is improved sustainability performance, such as safe and healthy working conditions and reduced emissions. We take pride in offering solutions designed to improve work safety, drive productivity and sustainability. We collaborate

closely with our customers, maintain a sharp focus on innovation and continuously invest in product development. This means that focus on automation, digitalization and battery power is integral in the development towards more intelligent, efficient and sustainable methods in mining and infrastructure.

Equipment

Mining 76% of orders received in 2019

Underground mining

  • Underground drill rigs
  • Loaders and trucks • Mechanical rock excavation
  • Rock reinforcement equipment
  • Ventilation systems

Surface mining • Surface drill rigs

• Oil and gas drill rigs

Exploration • Core drill rigs

  • Reverse circulation drill rigs

Infrastructure

24% of orders received in 2019

Underground civil

  • engineering
  • Underground drill rigs
  • Loaders and trucks
  • Rock reinforcement equipment
  • Ventilation systems

Surface civil engineering

  • Surface drill rigs
  • Water well drill rigs
  • Dimensional stone drill rigs

31% of orders received in 2019

THIS IS EPIROC

Service

  • Service agreements and audits • Supply of spare parts and
  • components
  • Midlife services, training, and other service products

Tools

  • Rock drilling tools
  • Exploration drilling tools
  • Ground support tools

Attachments

  • Breakers, cutters, pulverizers, grapples, magnets, compactors, bucket crushers etc.
  • Working tools

69% of orders received in 2019

Performance-critical solutions

We provide equipment, services and consumables for selected niches in the mining and infrastructure market. Our products are primarily used in hard rock applications. Mining applications include production and development work for both underground and open-pit mines, and for mineral exploration. Infrastructure applications include blasthole drilling for tunneling, for road, railway and dam construction, aggregate production and other construction work, demolition of buildings, bridges and industrial plants as well as other drilling applications.

1 ROC – surface drill rig 8 Diamec – exploration drill rig
2 PitViper – surface drill rig 9 Water-well drill rig
3 Simba – underground production drill rig 10 Hydraulic breaker
4 Boomer – underground face drilling rig 11 Silent demolition tool
5 Boltec – underground drill rig for rock reinforcement 12 Mobile Miner – mechanical rock excavation machine
6 Scooptram – underground loader 13 Service workshop with battery charging station
7 Minetruck – underground truck 14 Control room

Our strengths and goals

A unique combination of strengths defines Epiroc and is the foundation to remain successful in a competitive global market within the mining and infrastructure industry. We are proud of our 147-year heritage in this business. The foundation for success is a combination of our strengths and our strategy that focuses on attractive niches with the goal to outperform.

We are a leading productivity partner in attractive niches

We offer productivity solutions for hard rock applications and operate in selected attractive niches of the global mining and infrastructure equipment and services markets. We are always close to our customers with sales in more than 150 countries.

We have a high proportion of recurring business

Aftermarket is an integral part of our offering to safeguard safety and high productivity for our customers. We supply spare parts and consumables, professional services, support solutions and training.

We drive the future in intelligent mining and infrastructure

We believe that technologies such as automation, interoperability and electrification are the future. Our passionate people drive, in close collaboration with customers, continuous innovation to provide safe and sustainable solutions that lead to higher productivity and lower costs for our customers.

We have a strong and proven operating model

We have a focused and decentralized business with the ability to adapt quickly and effectively to changes in demand. Our resilience builds on a high degree of direct sales, a strong services business and a flexible manufacturing philosophy.

۰.
-

We create value for our stakeholders

We create value for our stakeholders by conducting a responsible business while aiming to achieve sustainable profitable growth. A responsible business is fundamental in our customer offering and helps us attract and keep motivated employees.

Financial goals

Our goal is to provide superior value creation through a combination of strong operating performance, efficient use of capital, and stable and rising dividends to our shareholders. This will be achieved through agile adaption to cyclical capital equipment demand, combined with a resilient and growing aftermarket business.

Goals 2015–2019 2019
Epiroc's goal is to achieve annual revenue growth of 8% over a business
cycle and to grow faster than the market. Growth will be organic and
supported by selective acquisitions.
9%
Compound
annual growth
rate
7%
Revenue growth
Epiroc's goal is to have an industry-best operating margin, with strong
resilience over the cycle.
18.6% Average
operating margin
19.9%
Operating margin
Epiroc's goal is to improve capital efficiency and resilience.
Investments and acquisitions shall create value.
26.1%
Average ROCE
27.6%
ROCE
Epiroc is to have an efficient capital structure and the flexibility to make
selective acquisitions. The goal is to maintain an investment grade rating.
BBB+
Epiroc is assigned a BBB+
long-term issuer credit
rating with a stable outlook
Epiroc's goal is to provide long-term stable and rising dividends to its share
holders. The dividend should correspond to 50% of net profit over the cycle.
The proposed dividend
corresponds to 49% of
net profit

Sustainability goals and KPI's

Epiroc has set a number of sustainability goals and key performance indicators (KPI's) to ensure that our business stays competitive and ethically sound. We strive to minimize the environmental footprint in production as well as in the use of our products, to offer safe working conditions and individual development opportunities and to live by the highest ethical standards. The full range of sustainability goals can be found on pages 26–37 and 126–133.

Focus areas Examples of goals and KPI's 2015–2019, average 2019
We use resources
responsibly and
efficiently
Renewable energy from operations
incl. renewable mix, % of total energy
58%* 63%
We invest in safety
and well-being
Work-related lost time injuries
per million working hours
3.8 2.7
We live by the highest
ethical standards
Significant suppliers that confirmed
compliance with the Epiroc Code of Conduct, %
97% 99%
We grow together
with passionate
Leadership Index No comparable data 69% (in first survey)
people and
courageous leaders
Women managers in the Group, % 18.9% 19.3%

*2016-2019

We are a leading productivity partner in attractive niches

Scooptram ST1030 LP

A reliable 10 tonne capacity underground loader delivering unmatched productivity in low seam conditions.

We believe in close collaboration with customers to create strong partnerships. We offer productivity solutions for hard rock applications and operate in selected attractive niches of the global mining and infrastructure equipment and services markets.

Innovation is a significant attribute for us and we constantly seek to improve in everything we do and to be at the forefront of our industry. We strive to identify and develop solutions that support our customers and improve the performance of our products. Our customers have a preference for suppliers who have a track record of high quality and reliability.

Meeting our customers' key challenges

Our customers' key challenges include increasing productivity and equipment utilization and reducing operating costs. The challenges also include improving environmental performance and enhancing health and safety conditions for their employees. Our solutions are targeted towards addressing and solving these challenges. Our direct sales network ensures that equipment and service are sold by engineers with strong application knowledge. As equipment often is utilized on a 24/7 basis, it can be very costly if the equipment is not available. A stoppage can decrease the customer's production. The customer's cost for our equipment and services is a relatively small proportion of the total cost of operations, but these are critical for the customer's overall performance and productivity.

We help our customers increase productivity in a sustainable way. This is enabled by solutions such as automation, information management and battery-electric vehicles. We

have, together with our customers, successfully developed and deployed a number of disruptive technologies to meet our customers' challenges. In addition to customers, we collaborate with several equipment and service providers, technology companies and universities to drive further innovation in the industry. Examples of collaborations are with Ericsson for 5G technology, Orica for a semi-automated explosives delivery system, ABB for electric drive trains, Northvolt for batteries, and Combitech for information management systems.

Focus on safety and sustainability

We see sustainability as a competitive advantage and it is a driver of long-term growth. Our Sustainability Policy is our guide when we develop equipment and solutions, all designed with the safety of the user in mind and to reduce the environmental footprint. New technology is key in this development. To be a trustworthy partner and provider of sustainable solutions to our customers, we adhere to high standards across the entire value chain, including strong commitment to respecting human rights and taking a clear stance against corruption.

We grow together with passionate people and courageous leaders

All our employees contribute to making Epiroc a great place to work, based on a shared culture of performance rooted in diversity, empowerment and employee care. In 2019 we continued our journey towards developing our corporate culture across the Group. For a new company, creating a unique identity is an exciting task with rich possibilities. We see ourselves as a dynamic company that grows and evolves through a culture of collaboration and openness. Collaboration is one of our values, and we are working actively to foster this culture, both internally and externally towards customers and our other stakeholders.

Strong customer relationships

We go to market primarily through a direct sales and service network, which creates significant customer intimacy and contributes to our strong customer relationships. Our top ten largest customers accounted for 17% of revenues in 2019. These are all mining companies and mining contractors which operate multiple worksites. None of the ten largest customers are dominating. Mining companies are often large with several production sites, but there are also companies with only one worksite. Sometimes mining companies use contractors for mine development, production and/or exploration. Customers extracting gold and copper represent a large part of our exposure to the mining industry. In the infrastructure industry our customers range from global companies operating a large number of quarries or engaging in large infrastructure projects to small local contractors that own a machine or a hydraulic attachment for contracting work or quarrying. Rental companies are also customers for our infrastructure equipment and services. Customers include Anglo American, Astaldi, Boliden, BHP Billiton, Dragados, Freeport-McMoRan, Glencore, Goldcorp, Heidelberg Cement, Hochtief, LKAB, Rio Tinto, Vale and Votorantim. Our customers, particularly in the mining industry, continue to consolidate to form larger companies. They are increasingly focused on driving synergies by narrowing the range of equipment providers and standardizing on solutions, which benefits larger and more stable suppliers.

Attractive global niches

We provide equipment, services and consumables for selected niches in the mining and infrastructure market. Our products are primarily used in hard rock applications. Our niches are highly technological and require advanced high performance equipment and significant service over the equipment´s life span.

Mining market

Epiroc's revenue development is linked to mining customers' capital expenditure on new equipment as well as their development of expenditure associated with utilizing equipment, including consumables, maintenance, refurbishment and overhaul; collectively known as the "mining aftermarket".

The mining aftermarket is primarily driven by production in the mines, which is stable and growing over time, the total fleet of equipment in operation as well as equipment utilization levels. As mining equipment is frequently used for abrasive applications in harsh environments, there is need for regular maintenance and replacement of parts and consumables. In addition, higher utilization also drives the need of maintenance and replacement of equipment to safeguard productivity.

The expected increase in extraction and production of commodities such as gold, copper, platinum and nickel in the coming years is expected to support the demand for mining aftermarket as well as demand for mining equipment.

The mining aftermarket tends to be much more stable in comparison to the mining capital equipment market.

Infrastructure market

The infrastructure market is driven by government and private sector focus on future trends such as mobility, population growth, urbanization and sustainability. In addition, the low interest rate environment and availability of relatively inexpensive credit in recent years have encouraged infrastructure investment as well as created a pipeline of large infrastructure projects globally.

Strong position in a competitive environment

With our innovative, safe and sustainable solutions, we have established a strong position in niches that are competitive in terms of pricing, product design and service quality.

In general, our markets are relatively consolidated with a limited number of large competitors on a global scale. In addition, our niches in the value chain tend to be characterized by relatively higher scale and technological capabilities. This means that barriers of entry are quite high due to complexity of products and service. The equipment and services we provide represent a rather small part of the customers´ total cost of operations, yet they play a vital role in customers' production. The value of having productive equipment running or, conversely, the cost of stand-still is much higher than the marginal extra cost of premium quality equipment and knowledgeable and efficient service people.

A competitor in many of our customer offerings is Sandvik. Other competitors include Caterpillar in the market for underground loading and haulage and open pit mining equipment, Furukawa in surface drilling equipment and hydraulic attachments, Boart Longyear for exploration drilling equipment and rock drilling tools, and Komatsu in the market for underground and open pit mining equipment and hydraulic attachments. We also compete with several companies operating locally, regionally and in certain niche areas.

In general, the competitive landscape for rock drilling tools as well as for hydraulic attachments is more fragmented than the market for equipment, with several smaller or local companies focused on individual product lines.

Well-positioned in attractive niches

Attractive market trends

Our markets are characterized by structurally driven long-term growth. The most important market drivers are societal trends driving overall demand and industryrelated development due to digitalization and increasing focus on safety and sustainability.

A growing world

Our markets are structurally underpinned by a growing world and economic expansion. The global population continues to grow at an expected annual rate of 0.9% for the coming ten years and urban population is expected to grow even faster. Population growth implies higher consumption of goods and services while urbanization will drive infrastructure investments. Together population growth and urbanization will drive demand for metals and minerals for production of goods and for infrastructure investments, such as airports, railways, bridges and roads. This, in turn, is expected to support demand for our products, services and solutions.

Increasing challenges to the meet demand

While the structural demand is growing, the complexity and costs of excavating hard rock are increasing as well. There is a major shift in our industry towards intelligent mining and infrastructure construction. Customers strive for higher productivity and lower cost of operations which requires more advanced and efficient solutions built on automation, interoperability and digitalization. In addition to improved productivity, these solutions also offer improved safety and sustainability in customers' operations. Examples of requested solutions are automation, increased connectivity and monitoring, including data-driven service.

Depletion of ore grades

Ore grades, which measure the percentage of the mineral content in ore, have steadily declined in recent years. For example, average copper grades have declined from 1.6% in 1990 to 1.0% in 2016 according to Wood Mackenzie's report, "Global Copper Mine Supply Summary", Q1 2018. The decline in ore grades requires more rock to be excavated for any given quantity of a mineral, which supports the demand for our products, services and solutions.

Strong shift towards underground mining

Most of the excavation of ore is carried out in open pit mines, but there is a clear trend towards underground mining as the open pit mines become increasingly depleted, and because of the regulatory challenges associated with approvals for greenfield open pit mines.

In addition, underground mines are going deeper, which increases the demand for underground mining equipment further. Deeper mines require improved safety solutions such as rock reinforcement and automation.

Safety, environment, and health

There is a strong focus on improving safety conditions for employees within the mining and infrastructure industries. The desire to improve the sustainability performance of mining and infrastructure investments is also increasing and has led to several legislative initiatives globally. These regulations seek to reduce emissions, noise, industrial waste and other negative impacts on the environment. Altogether, the increased sustainability focus is a strong driver of demand for equipment that reduces the environmental impact while improving working conditions. Examples are battery-electric machines, rock reinforcement solutions, and solutions for autonomous operations and remote control.

Attractive market trends

A growing world...

Increases the underlying need for infrastructure and minerals

...with increasing challenges to meet the demand... Driving cost of hard rock excavation

...and strong focus on safety and sustainability

We have a strong position and the right solutions to meet the customers' challenges

Safe and sustainable solutions, increased productivity and lower total cost of ownership

We have a high proportion of recurring business

The aftermarket business represents approximately two-thirds of our revenues and is based on our customers' operating expenditures on consumables, maintenance, refurbishment and overhaul. The aftermarket is both stable and growing which makes our business resilient over the cycle.

Our aftermarket offering

We have a substantial installed base of equipment primarily working in harsh environments. This leads to significant maintenance requirements and regular replacement of spare parts and consumables exposed to wear and tear. Our customers place high value on availability of spare parts, consumables, service, support solutions, maintenance and training.

Our strength in the aftermarket, and a key competitive advantage, is our broad offering in combination with a global service network. Our coverage enables rapid response times by highly skilled and dedicated service technicians, which we believe is a critical criterion for customers, given that equipment often being utilized on a 24/7 basis and the potentially high cost of equipment being inoperative at any point. Because much of the operations performed by the equipment is demanding, the consumption of spare parts is high and some parts can even be changed at daily intervals.

Our aftermarket business has a workforce of more than 11 000, including external workforce. This corresponds to more than 70% of the total Epiroc workforce.

Service

Service and spare parts are an integral part of our offering. Our service organization focuses on spare parts supply, service, support solutions and training. Service is available for the complete range – from customers who need our service

personnel constantly on site, while others prefer to take care of their equipment themselves and only need ad-hoc support. We offer a wide range of service agreements and service products, e.g. remanufacturing and midlife services, solutions that extend the life of a component or a complete machine. We also offer upgrades and conversion kits that add additional features or improvements to specific equipment.

Rock drilling tools

We provide an extensive range of consumables for rock drilling, exploration drilling and rock reinforcement. Rock drilling tools include, for example drill bits and drill rods for drilling in both underground and surface applications. Exploration drilling tools are used for prospecting and rock reinforcement systems for efficient rock support in mining and infrastructure applications. The rock drilling tools are primarily attached to rock drilling equipment and these can also be used on other manufacturers' rock drilling equipment.

Attachments

Applications for hydraulic attachments include rock breaking and excavation, demolition of buildings, concrete and steel structures, and asphalt, separation of material, recycling and waste handling. The hydraulic attachment tools for excavators and other carriers are offered mainly to customers active in construction, demolition, recycling and to some extent also mining and rock excavation.

Broad aftermarket offering Solid growth in the

aftermarket business

Aftermarket revenues, MSEK

Keys to aftermarket success

Presence is vital and a competitive advantage. We have a global presence, supporting our customers in more than 150 countries.

We have set up a global supply chain improvement program for parts and consumables with the aim of improving delivery service, reducing costs, and reducing inventories.

Our service technicians are specialized and have deep knowledge about the equipment, its applications, data, and digital solutions.

We have dedicated and focused organizations for the different areas of the aftermarket in line with our decentralized operating model.

Focus People and leadership

Highly skilled and dedicated service personnel and leaders supporting our customers.

We drive the future in intelligent mining and infrastructure

We believe that technologies such as automation, interoperability and electrification are the future of our industries. Customers are constantly looking for ways to increase productivity and reduce costs while maintaining site safety and sustainable operations. Increased connectivity is an enabler for service transformation as data analysis leads to data-driven services.

6th Sense

6th Sense optimizes customers' processes by connecting machines, systems and people using automation, information management and system integration. With 6th Sense our customers can achieve significant advantages, such as tracking and responding to real-time working conditions and equipment needs, leading to higher production at lower operating costs. 6th Sense was launched in 2019 and has already resulted in significant market attention and multiple orders.

Automation provides better safety, increases productivity and lowers cost

We offer solutions for autonomous vehicles covering a broad spectrum of machines and applications including autonomous drilling, loading and haulage. Automated machines can be connected to a traffic management system, with the operators monitoring the entire fleet of equipment and giving instructions to the machines on what tasks to perform.

Scooptram Automation Total

A state-of-the-art technology that takes safety, productivity and cost effectiveness to another level and makes superior performance a reality. From a safe distance in a comfortable operator's station, an operator can easily con-

trol and monitor the vehicle's progress throughout the mine, which results in a reliable, safe, high-speed and flexible operation. Scooptram Automation Total is a 6th Sense Transport solution and the highest level in loader automation.

Together with long-term partner Newmont Goldcorp, Epiroc has put the world's first fully autonomous SmartROC D65 surface drill rigs in production in the Hollinger mine in Timmins, Canada.

Examples of solutions within automation, information management and digitalization

Epiroc rig control system

Epiroc rig control system (RCS) for underground drill rigs enables the operator to exercise full control over all drilling functions. The system uses the on board computer screen and control panel, providing a high level of precision necessary for automation. The platform makes it possible for the operator of the drill rig to set up the machine and start the drilling cycle. The drill then drills on its own, using computers and sensors. The equipment can also be remotely controlled, i.e. the operator can sit in an office or in one of our remote operating stations and run the machine from a safe place. Today, all of our most advanced equipment for mining and infrastructure applications can be equipped with RCS.

My Epiroc – increased customer experience

MyEpiroc is a platform for customers and distributors available on web and mobile devices. It is designed to increase fleet efficiency and safety. It will provide relevant support to all customers at all times regardless of their different roles as operator, fleet manager or distributor.

Certiq – a telematics solution

Certiq is a telematics solution that gathers, compares and communicates vital equipment information. Certiq is another important building block towards increased productivity and automation. Via a user-friendly web portal, the system

provides in real time accurate production data about the individual units and the entire fleet. The system gives a total overview and communicates notifications, warnings or alarms from the equipment, as well as it can handle the maintenance planning.

Mobilaris

Our Mobilaris solution enhances safety, productivity and smooth traffic flow underground. The solution provides drivers and operators with real-time situational awareness of all vehicles and personnel underground on a standard tablet. The system enables easy navigation and avoidance of traffic congestions and, in case of an evacuation event, instant directions to the closest rescue chamber or exit. Mobilaris also offers information management solution that integrate with other data sources to monitor machine utilization, cycle times, material tracking, planning and more.

Information management solutions We lead the development of mining information management solutions. These solutions are developed out of customer insights and data-driven analysis from mines all over the world. The customers interest in, and demand for, our advanced systems for automation, digitalization and navigation is high. Our ambition is to deliver the performance needed today with technological innovations that may unlock productivity gains in the future.

Battery-electric vehicles improve workplace health, reduce emissions and lower cost of ventilation

We offer a broad range of battery-powered equipment for underground applications. With electric vehicles instead of diesel-powered machines, it is possible to eliminate emissions from diesel engines and thereby improve the working environment for personnel and assuring compliance with increasingly stricter rules on emissions at production sites. Electric motors also offer high efficiency and lower temperatures and require less maintenance compared to their diesel equivalents. This supports increased productivity and lower costs. The lower costs are mainly due to reduced need for ventilation. Most of our underground drill rigs have been electrified for many years through cables. In 2016, we launched our first battery-electric machines and we aim to offer a complete fleet of underground mining equipment as batteryelectric versions by 2025.

Minetruck MT42 Battery

The Minetruck MT42 Battery is our largest battery-operated Minetruck with unmatched, zeroemission performance in underground mining and construction operations.

We have a strong and proven operating model

Our operating model is characterized by focused and decentralized businesses, direct sales, a sharp focus on innovation, a strong aftermarket business, and a flexible manufacturing setup.

Focused and decentralized businesses

Our organization is based on the principle of decentralized responsibility and authority. This is a facilitator for quick decision-making and motivated employees, which leads to better operating performance. We have two reporting segments and operations are executed through seven divisions. Each division is responsible for a selected offering and focused on delivering results in line with the strategies and objectives set by the Group. In order to safeguard economies of scale and efficient processes, and to facilitate collaboration, a number of cross-divisional councils have been established in R&D, marketing, production, purchasing, people and leadership, finance, SHEQ (safety, health, environment and quality), and service.

High degree of direct sales and services

We go to market primarily through a direct sales and service network, which creates significant customer intimacy and contributes to our strong customer relationships. The equipment is sold by engineers with strong application knowledge and our service network supports our customers in achieving operational excellence. We have customer centers in more than 60 countries that capture the demand and the competitive situation in the market where they operate. Our sales organization is active in scanning the market in order to understand trends and what competitors are doing. The customer demand can vary greatly based on different conditions in their respective markets and different equipment usage patterns.

Strong services business

Customers' operating expenditure on consumables and services tends to be recurring and relatively stable through the business cycle, and generally less discretionary than capital expenditure on equipment. We have a substantial installed base of equipment, which due to hard usage requires frequent maintenance, as well as the replacement of tools and attachments. When capital expenditure is reduced during an economic downturn, maintenance, refurbishment and overhaul of equipment is even more important to extend equipment life. When there is growth in capital expenditure, which leads to a larger installed base of equipment, this drives growth in the aftermarket. Aftermarket operations employ more than 70% of our workforce.

Flexible manufacturing philosophy

Our asset-light manufacturing setup has been organized to enable fast and effective adaptation to changes in demand. The manufacturing is primarily based on customer orders. However, manufacturing of some standard, high volume products and consumables is based on projected demand. Our in-house production consists mainly of assembly, where we continuously strive to increase efficiency and agility through lean initiatives.

The majority of the production cost of equipment, approximately 75%, represents purchased components, while approximately 25% represents internally manufactured core components, assembly cost and overheads. Due to the fact that a majority of the production is conducted by sub-

Strong and proven operating model

We have a culture of continuously looking for ways to improve and make good things better:

FlexiROC T20R The FlexiROC T20R is the construction contractor's best friend and it also comes with radio remote control.

contractors, the production of equipment is flexible and can quickly be adjusted to volume changes.

Our purchasing organization is active in the product development process in order to find suitable suppliers and the right components for the product being developed. The service organization is involved in product development in mapping the requirement for service.

Sharp focus on innovation

A key factor for success is our ability to develop new and innovative products that serve the customers' needs and increase their productivity. The guiding star in our research and development (R&D) is that safety and health, environment, economics and increased efficiency go hand in hand.

The development process starts with the customers and their challenges, priorities and needs.

The R&D activities are decentralized in order to leverage specific product knowledge and there is a dedicated council in place to coordinate the R&D work in the Group. About 7% of our employees are working in R&D. We collaborate with a number of equipment and service providers, technology companies and universities to drive further innovation, and some of the providers and companies include Ericsson, ABB, Combitech, Orica and Dassault Systems. To save time to market and ensure that we have the best technologies available, we also invest in technology companies, for example Mobilaris (real- -time positioning) and ASI Mining (autonomous solutions).

Growth supported by selective acquisitions

We have the ambition to acquire businesses to complement our organic growth. Our key criteria are stand-alone attractiveness, strategic fit and synergies with Epiroc, and potential to become or remain number 1 or 2. Acquisitions will primarily be in or close to our core businesses. We look to acquire businesses that can enhance our technology leadership, our presence in the market and/or our offer to the market. In 2019, we completed three acquisitions.

Focused and decentralized businesses 2 segments and 7 divisions

Product companies, customer centers and distribution centers

Epiroc has two segments and five divisions from March 2, 2020. The segments are Equipment & Service, which includes the divisions Surface, Underground, Parts & Service and Technology & Digital, and Tools & Attachments, which includes the division with the same name. See note 29.

We create value for our stakeholders

Attractive market trends

A growing world

  • Increases the need for infrastructure and minerals
  • Economic growth
  • Growing population
  • Urbanization

Increasing challenges to meet demand

  • Driving cost of hard rock excavation
  • Depletion of ore grades
  • Shift towards underground mining

Safety, environment and health

Resources and input

  • Natural, 161 GWh energy
  • Financial, MSEK 41 037 in assets and MSEK 1 035 in R&D expenses
  • Know how, 7% of employees in R&D and partnerships with customers and business partners
  • Human: 14 268 employees and 1 366 additional workforce

Mission, strategy and operating model for value creation

Mission

Epiroc's mission is to be the leading global productivity partner and to deliver profitable growth. To achieve our mission, our strategy is focused on five areas – Innovation and expertise, Safety and sustainability, Presence and penetration, Operational and service excellence, and People and leadership.

Focus on attractive niches

Innovation and expertise

Safety and sustainability

Presence and penetration

VALUE CREATION

Operational and service excellence

People and leadership

Outperformance

Strong and proven operating model

  • Focused and decentralized businesses
  • High degree of direct sales and services
  • Sharp focus on innovation
  • Strong service business
  • Flexible manufacturing

Customers

Safe and sustainable solutions that lead to higher productivity and lower the total cost of operations

Shareholders

  • 28.3% return on equity
  • Proposed dividend to shareholders of MSEK 2 887

Employees

  • Salaries and remuneration to employees of MSEK 8 470
  • Reduced lost time injury frequency

Society

  • Reduced CO2 emissions from operations and transport
  • Increased payments of income tax
  • Local purchasing in communities where Epiroc operates

Business partners

Long-term relations and business opportunities for a large number of suppliers and distributors

Our approach to sustainability and corporate responsibility

For Epiroc, our approach to sustainability is a driver of long-term growth. To maximize our positive impacts, sustainability and corporate responsibility are integrated in Epiroc's products and services and our business processes.

Innovative, safe and sustainable solutions for increased productivity are key for us. This means leveraging innovation to achieve environmental and safety gains. It means selecting the right people and building a respected brand and reputation. It means observing the highest safety and environmental standards both in our own and our customers' operations and allowing a strong ethical compass to guide our decisions. Success in these areas equips us to deliver lasting value to our customers, employees, shareholders and business partners. It also allows us to act as a positive force within society at large. Our approach to sustainability is a driver of long-term growth. That is why sustainability and corporate responsibility are integrated into our business strategy and customer offerings. This equips us to embrace opportunities and tackle challenges.

Our sustainability approach is guided by a materiality analysis – conducted in 2017 and 2018 – that helped us to identify the sustainability areas where we can make the greatest difference and where impacts are the greatest. These most relevant topics lie under four focus areas (see next page). We have defined ways of measuring our progress across these four areas and we are in the process of defining long-term 2030 goals for each of them.

Guiding our approach

The Epiroc Code of Conduct (CoC), Sustainability Policy and our core values play a crucial guiding role. Epiroc is a signatory to the UN Global Compact's 10 principles covering human and labor rights, environment, and anticorruption. We are also committed to addressing and integrating human rights in accordance with the UN Guiding Principles for Business and Human Rights. Through our operations and offering, we also contribute to the UN's 17 Sustainable Development Goals (see page 127). We have embedded all of these principles and priorities in our policies, our business management, strategic priorities and business operations.

A strong corporate culture is crucial to our progress – a culture in which decisions are taken in close cooperation with our customers or other key stakeholders, where the impacts are felt most, and which encourages people to take responsibility for their actions. This decentralized approach helps us to integrate sustainability deeper into the organization and to inspire passionate people who view Epiroc as a great place to work.

We focus on raising awareness within the company on sustainability's role in long-term value creation. Our performance is monitored continuously against targets and defined key performance indicators and reported on a quarterly and annual basis to our stakeholders. We have one global ISO certification that includes 58 of our entities, and we conducted 176 quality supplier audits across all divisions in 2019. A strong focus on developing our global management system helps us to align on our priorities and to ensure we are all working to improve our performance.

Business opportunities and challenges

Advancing sustainability in traditionally conservative sectors is among our challenges. We also need to find ways to influence decisions in phases of the value chain that are outside our direct control – from suppliers to customers to operators of our equipment. The reason for this focus is simple: it is where our greatest climate and safety impacts lie. Our customers' priorities on efficiency and productivity help us drive this agenda because the more energy-efficient the equipment is, the lower the operating costs. To meet customer expectations, we track our equipment's energy performance. Our products also improve employee safety and health conditions thanks to solutions that enable more autonomous operations as well as remote control functionality, mechanization and battery technologies.

Connected, battery-driven solutions open great possibilities to help us and our customers radically achieve more with less. We have a collaborative approach to innovation not only with customers – but also with other industry leaders in their respective fields. Our purpose is to introduce equipment that meets customer demand for safe and low-carbon solutions that also reduce our environmental footprint and human rights risks connected to sourcing of minerals, for example, for batteries. This will also deliver other tangible sustainability benefits across the value chain.

To attract more women is important and we must continue to focus on this. Our objective is to recruit from a diverse pool of talent and to attract more women. 19.3% of our managers are women compared to 20.0% in 2018.

Progress on our journey

In 2019, we made strong progress on many fronts. We further developed our connected equipment offering as well as our battery portfolio. Safety and efficiency in our operations continue to be a strategic priority. Through Speak Up – our recently launched third-party reporting function – we have continued to improve our whistleblowing system to secure the anonymity of reporters. We strengthened our responsible sales assessment process helping us to understand and address potential risks with regards to human rights, corruption and environment.

For the coming year, 2030 targets will be formulated to reflect our ambitions to make a difference aligned with the UN Sustainable Development Goals. For more information about sustainability, see pages 126-133.

The United Nations Sustainable Development Goals (SDGs) are a universal call to action to shift to a more sustainable society. The 17 goals seek to put society on the right path to end poverty, protect the planet and create peaceful and inclusive societies by 2030. Epiroc has a role to play in this effort by reducing adverse impacts on people and the planet and by maximizing the value we deliver through our business. We can make the greatest difference in eight of the goals.

Focus areas We use resources
responsibly and
­efficiently
We invest in safety
and well-being
We grow together
with passionate
people and
courageous leaders
We live by the
highest ethical
standards
Material topics Efficiency
Product eco-efficiency
Life cycle perspective
Energy from
operations
Transport CO2
emissions
Safety
Product safety
Safety
Ethics-driven culture
Business ethics &
anti-corruption
Supply chain
management
Human rights
KPI targets and performance 2019 MWh energy from
operations/Cost of sales
(MSEK)
6.8
(target 6.7)
Renewable of total
MWh energy used in
operations, %
62.6% (target 60.3%)
Transport CO2
(tonnes)/Cost of sales
(MSEK)
4.5
(target 5.3)
Number fatalities
1 (target 0)
Lost time injury
frequency rate
2.7 (target 3.2)
Total recordable
injuries frequency rate
6 (target 7.4)
Sick leave, %
2.1 % (target below
2.5%)
Women managers, %
19.3%
(target 21.5%)
Women employees, %
15.5%
(target 16.6%)
Leadership Index
69% (First time
measured in 2019, hence
no target set)
Significant suppliers, %
that confirmed
compliance with the
Epiroc Code of Conduct
98.7%
(target 100%)
Significant agents,
resellers and distributors,
%, that confirmed
compliance with the
Epiroc Code of Conduct
81.2% (target 83%)
UN SDGs

We use resources responsibly and efficiently

Epiroc´s key performance indicators

The material topics

Product eco-efficiency, Life cycle perspective, Energy from operations and Transport CO2 emissions

SDG

The focus area has the greatest opportunity to contribute to the following:

CO2 emissions from transport (tonnes) /cost of sales (MSEK)

Target for 2019 was 5.3 and the result was 4.5. The improvement is mainly due to a higher share of sea shipments instead of airfreight.

Renewable of total MWh energy used in operations, %

Target/outcome 2019

Target for 2019 was 60% and the result was 63%. The increase is mainly due to a change to 100% renewable energy at one of our main facilities.

MWh energy in operation / Cost of sales (MSEK)

Target/outcome 2019

Target for 2019 was 6.7 and the result was 6.8. We saw a reduction compared to 2018, supported by the changes in the rock drilling tools business and several initiatives to increase energy efficiency. We have a global project to decrease energy consumption and expect to see a further reduction in 2020.

Innovation for sustainability

Our customers want to improve operating efficiency and to provide the safest possible working environment for their employees. Our role is to facilitate and support these efforts.

Innovation and expertise are strategic priorities for the Group. Our ambition is to be part of the solution to climate change by continuously developing new and improved products and services that add value to our customers and address their key challenges.

The majority of the equipment our customers use runs on diesel. Since a dependency on fossil-fuel is likely to continue in our sector for some time, our customers are working to reduce their CO2 footprint through investment in efficient technologies and efficiency measures. By providing alternatives and advice that allow customers to reduce their energy use, we are cutting both their total cost of ownership and their CO2 footprint.

The use phase of our equipment represents the majority of our CO2 impact. The equipment has a useful life of many years, in some cases even more than a decade. We provide service to ensure it continues to run at optimal efficiency regardless of age or application. Our open digital interface, launched in 2014, allows customers to compare fuel consumption of machines in their fleet. The data also enables us to improve efficiency through our service offering and new product features. We launched 6th Sense in 2019, a new solution that optimizes processes by connecting machines, systems and people. In Chile for example, we won a large mining equipment service contract which includes the opportunity in the near future to implement automation features for the customer's equipment fleet. We have delivered approximately 3 600 machines with built-in connectivity functionality.

We measure progress. We monitor real-time energyefficiency gains through connected equipment and plan to report on performance as of 2020. In addition, every division has nominated Innovation cases that are product-development projects that represent best practice, and we have set

Drillers' performance powered up with 6th Sense solution

Epiroc's biggest drill rig is the massive Pit Viper, used to drill blast holes over large surface areas. An operator, using the patented AutoDrill solution, can easily set a hole's target depth and then, with the push of a few buttons, the machine will drill the hole autonomously. The original AutoDrill has been deployed on hundreds of Pit Vipers, boosting customer productivity. The popular system was then redesigned, making a good thing great. The upgraded AutoDrill 2 further improves drilling performance, cuts costs for the mining customer, and does less harm to the environment. This is one example of how our 6th Sense solutions make customers more productive.

All the knowledge from developing the Pit Vipers has gone into ensuring the upgraded auto drilling system delivers speed, quality and consistency hole after hole, shift after shift. By matching the Pit Viper's power and the bit's capability with the intelligence from listening to the ground using proprietary algorithms, the system is taking drilling to a new level.

AutoDrill 2 ensures high penetration rates without sacrificing bit life and reducing drilling costs. It has been a product offering for a few years, and as word spread in the mining community the upgraded system really gained popularity in 2018 and 2019. No wonder when looking at the hard data. For the Pit Viper PV 351, it cuts the time to drill a hole to desired depth by a whopping 25.4%. For example, a customer who previously used a PV 351 for 6 000 hours in a year to drill 350 000 meters of holes now only needs 4 476 hours to achieve the same. This means less fuel consumed and less CO2 emissions.

For all the Pit Vipers that have deployed the AutoDrill 2, a total of more than 13.6 million liters of diesel fuel and more than 36 000 tons of CO2 have been saved. Now that is powerful. This is what 6th Sense is all about.

SUSTAINABILITY

efficiency targets and monitor their performance at Group level. We also measure energy use in the major product families and as of 2020, targets and performance indicators will be in place for energy-efficiency gains and CO2 emissions.

A shift to automation, digitalization, and electrification

Battery technologies and connected equipment are two prime areas where we can add value and help drive the transition to low-carbon solutions. For us, this means establishing a leadership position in automation and battery electric vehicles and new business models through connectivity.

We expect that the transition to data driven, autonomous and electric machines will take place over the next decade. This year, we introduced battery-electric vehicles for underground mining with our new range of larger underground trucks, loaders and rock drilling rigs. For example, Agnico Eagle Mines is already testing several of our new batterypowered machines at Kittilä as part of the Sustainable Intelligent Mining Systems (SIMS) project. We have more than

100,000 hours of operations accumulated. Demonstrated benefits include improved health and safety conditions for workers, lower total cost of operation and higher productivity. Cost advantages of battery are significant for underground operations in which mining companies would otherwise have to invest heavily in ventilation to air out the diesel fumes. There is a 70% reduction on energy consumption.

Batteries and connected equipment are strategic priorities and represent short and long-term business opportunities. A year after our launch of its new generation battery electric mining equipment we have won orders from customers in Finland, Australia and Canada.

Inclusive innovation brings life-cycle benefits

Batteries and electronic components, which comprise metals' such as lithium-ion and cobalt, bring environmental and human rights risks to workers both at source and at the end of the equipment's lifetime. We work closely with electrical components and battery suppliers, customers and innovation partners to deliver products and services that

SUSTAINABILITY

the market is increasingly demanding. Such collaborative engagement also gives us valuable transparency into our impacts across the value chain. Our approach to monitoring and managing environmental and human rights risks associated with conflict minerals is outlined on page 130.

In 2018, we established a strategic relationship with Northvolt, which is building a large battery factory in Sweden. Northvolt supplies responsibly produced quality batteries for our machines. Sustainability priorities are integrated in Epiroc's innovation process. Our research and development expenses were MSEK 1 035.

A circular approach

We continue efforts to extend our equipment's life. In the US, we launched Epiroc Marketplace in 2018 to promote used equipment. The used equipment market grew by 28.8% in 2019 and we are pleased to see such positive take-up.

The future of mining is CO2-free, digitalized and autonomous. At the same time, we know our customers will have to dig deeper to access minerals and metals that society needs. We are involved in a ground-breaking project that helps realize these priorities in the Sustainable Underground Mining partnership involving our Swedish customer LKAB, various academic institutes and four other leading suppliers.

Our ambition is to set a new world standard for sustainable mining at great depths. We are also involved in a leadingedge initiative, the EU Sustainable Intelligent Mining Systems (SIMS), in collaboration with a consortium of mining companies, equipment and system suppliers and universities.

The importance of recycling metals and minerals is rising. Urban mining reduces pressure on demand for primary

raw materials, contributes to reusing valuable materials, which would otherwise be wasted. It also reduces energy consumption and other negative environmental impacts from traditional mining and minerals processing. Epiroc is providing tools for deconstruction and recycling in our Tools & Attachments segment.

Efficient operations

Epiroc has a three-pronged approach to operational efficiency. We work to cut energy use in production as well as shift to more renewable energy in our operations. At the same time, we are driving efficiencies in our supply chain, positively impacting emissions from transport.

Our stated ambition is to reduce CO2 emissions both in our own production and in distribution through energy efficiency measures. In 2019, we initiated new actions to help us reach that target.

Efficient use of energy such as electricity and fuel saves us money and CO2 emissions and makes us less vulnerable to volatility in pricing and energy availability. We are decreasing direct and indirect CO2 emissions even as our operations develop, something that is more challenging when the business grows. Our Lean philosophy equips us for this efficiency challenge and our objective of minimum waste. Global ISO certification according to ISO14001:2015 aligns our work Group-wide. Energy use is measured as a global performance indicator.

Value chain perspective

Although our carbon footprint in the manufacturing and transport phases of our value chain is less than in the use phase of our products, we find it important to focus on decreasing this as well. We aspire to attain C02 neutral production, an objective which is increasingly becoming feasible with increased access to renewable energy. In 2019 we launched an action plan to put our aspiration in motion. The action plan aligned with a 2018 feasibility study that pinpointed the markets best suited for the shift to renewables. We have a global project ongoing to decrease energy consumption and increase the share of renewable energy for our production and distribution centers.

Due to these and other measures, we are making good progress. In 2019, our total energy consumption and CO2 emissions from transport are 161 331 MWh and 105 272 CO2 relative to cost of sales, and 6.8 MWh/COS (MSEK) & 4.5 CO2 from transport/COS (MSEK). Compared to 2018, we have reduced energy consumption by 10%, despite the business growing by 6.7% in this period and lowered CO2 emissions from transport by 21% compared to cost of sales. And we are seeing direct benefits: lower total energy use has reduced our costs by MSEK 3.6.

The target focused on renewable energy is primarily met through the purchase of renewable energy, which is included in the conversation with our energy suppliers, but also through solar panel installations at our own operations. We have increased renewable energy share by 3 % since 2018.

Reducing transport CO2 through a supply-chain improvement program

Part of our impact arise in phases of the value chain that are beyond our direct control – such as in logistics and transport – which is in part tackled by influencing others to improve their efficiency. Cutting CO2 from transportation covers incoming transport of raw materials to our production units and outgoing transport of finished products to customers from our production units and distribution centers. We see a decrease in transport CO2 emissions relative to cost of sales. In logistics, this is due to combining shipments of products and material. For some entities, we are relying more on local suppliers and increasing order pre-planning, which allows us to reduce airfreight, currently representing 77% of our transport CO2.

Task Force on Climate-Related Financial Disclosures (TCFD)

During 2019, Epiroc started to evaluate the recommendations to improve reporting on climate change related risks in our financial reporting, based on the Task Force on Climate-Related Financial Disclosures (TCFD). The TCFD requires companies to report on their short, medium and long-term climate change risks, and increase transparency on governance structure, risk management, strategy and targets and metrics that companies apply to address these risks. Climaterelated risks and opportunities were discussed in our risk management process. Further information on how we work and measure our impacts within the areas of energy, CO2 emissions, material, waste, as well as water consumption in water-scarce regions can be found on pages 132-133. As a next step, we will develop targets and metrics aligned with the TCFD guidelines.

Our approach

Group Management is responsible for formulating and integrating sustainability and corporate responsibility strategies, targets and activities. Each division maintains product responsibility. Products are developed in the Division´s Product Companies in close cooperation with the Division´s Customer Centers. The Sustainability Policy is the guiding policy. Every division is responsible for ensuring that each facility operates according to the Epiroc Way including responsible and efficient use of resources. For more information about Management approach, see pages 128-129.

CO2 emission in & outbound transport (CO2 tonnes)

We invest in safety & well-being

Epiroc's key performance indicators

The material topics Product safety, Safety

SDG

The focus area has the greatest opportunity to contribute to the following:

Work related lost time injuries frequency rate (LTIFR)

Target/outcome 2019

Number per one million working hours

Target/outcome 2019

Target for 2019 was 3.2 and the result was 2.7. Preventive measures and a continued focus on safety awareness, training and activities contributed to the reduction.

Total recordable injuries frequency rate

Total recordable injuries frequency rate (TRIFR) Target: 7.4

Target for 2019 was 7.4 and the result was 6.0. Preventive measures and a continued focus on safety awareness, training and activities contributed to the reduction.

Product safety

Safety is our first priority. Through innovation for safety, we are pushing the boundaries to put safety, health and well-being, at the forefront of our product and service offering.

Our customers work in challenging conditions in mining and infrastructure, which pose risks to personal safety. Our equipment must operate in all conditions, at maximum productivity and not at the expense of personal well-being. This equation is a key value driver for our customers.

We tackle product safety in two ways. We work closely with customers in risk management, hazard reporting and change management to align with them to promote the right routines with equipment operators and service technicians. We also have safety as a key element in our innovation strategy.

Benefits of electrification, autonomous and remote-controlled equipment

Autonomous and remote-controlled equipment transforms conditions for operations. It eliminates risks for personnel working in hazardous areas by removing them from potential rocks or harmful emissions. This is an important driver of the growing market for automation.

Battery-driven underground equipment – with its zero direct emissions in use– is increasingly replacing dieselpowered machines. This is beneficial to working conditions and brings service and maintenance cost savings. Diesel exhaust and heat need to be removed using ventilation systems that are expensive to install and operate. Ventilation normally represents a large part of a mine's operational costs.

We monitor field performance of our equipment and provide training and service to ensure safe equipment operation as key objectives in our service offering.

Partnerships and cooperation deliver benefits

In 2017 we made an equity investment in Mobilaris, a provider of real-time positioning solutions for equipment and people that help reduce bystander accidents and enable faster evacuation. Mobilaris provides traffic awareness and vehicle-navigation solutions that minimize traffic congestion. In 2018 we made a similar investment in ASI Mining that offers autonomous solutions for mixed equipment fleets and traffic management solutions on surface. Together with Swedish ICT company Ericsson we use 5G technology to deliver automated and information management solutions that also keep people out of harm's way.

By closely monitoring safety standards and embedding safety priorities in our R&D processes we can improve safety features on continously, based on user insights as well as improve the safety standards going forward. We train service technicians in our equipment's safety features and train operators onsite to identify potential safety risks, improve processes and reduce risks.

Operational safety

As a values-based company, the well-being of everyone who works for and with us is the starting point of every activity. It is a responsibility we do not take lightly.

High standards of welfare and safety inspire greater trust in Epiroc. They also feed into higher productivity and give us a competitive advantage. For these reasons, safety is a strategic priority at Group level and our vision is zero work-related injuries. With an emphasis on risk prevention and innovation within safety and health, our management system certified according to OHSAS 18001 is the foundation of our approach.

Out in the field and on the factory floor

Our service technicians in the field work with heavy equipment and in harsh conditions. They are exposed to risks of injuries on-the-job and in traffic. They are trained to adhere to our safety procedures regardless of their working environment. Employees and contractors in our manufacturing facilities also face risks of injuries, primarily soft-tissue injuries and cut wounds.

Behavior-led approach

A behavior-led approach is a cornerstone of our work, which emphasizes communicating expectations and improving procedures as a continual process.

SafeStart® is our program to improve personal safety skills. The ambition is to entrench a global safety perspective Groupwide that strongly emphasizes local ownership. Through practical techniques to enhance our awareness of potential risks, we reduce human errors that cause unintentional injury or closecall events. The focus is not just developing skills for work – but our safety skills are also useful in traffic and at home. Piloted first at our manufacturing facility in Garland, USA, we are rolling out SafeStart® globally over the next three years. We started the roll-out in Mexico and Sweden during the second half of 2019 and so far we have trained 15% (2 159) of our employees. The feedback from the people trained is substantially very positive.

We also rolled out our eight safety commitments for product companies. Reflecting a personal responsibility-based mindset, employees commit to always act with safety in mind. This means only performing tasks and operating equipment if they are competent, licensed and authorized to do so, to

respect safety distances, and to care for their own welfare and that of their colleagues.

Sick leave

Employee well-being is a good measure of a company's health. The number of sick days per employee was 4.9, a figure that has remained constant and low over the past five years.

Continuous improvement

We are moving in the right direction. Overall, we have recorded a marked decrease in work-related injuries in recent years. The work-related lost time injury frequency rate (LTIFR) or lost time injuries per million working hours decreased to 2.7 in 2019, down from 3.4 in 2018. We have seen a 41% decline over the last five years. The number of work-related medical treatment injuries (MTIs) per million working hours was 3.3 compared to 5.4 in 2018.

We are content to see our metrics moving in the right direction but on safety we can never rest. Sadly a colleague suffered a work-related fatal accident in India. An investigation of the accident was conducted and communicated throughout the organization in order to prevent such an accident from happening again.

In, for example, Southern Africa, we continued to take part in different Swedish workplace programs focusing on health issues and gender equality organized by the International Council of Swedish Industry (NIR).

Our approach

Group Management is responsible for formulating and integrating sustainability and corporate responsibility strategies, targets and activities. Every division president and general manager is responsible for health and safety and also ensuring adherence to the Sustainability Policy in planning processes, strategy, training, targets and performance.

The Epiroc Safety, Health, Environment and Quality (SHEQ) Council is tasked with overseeing safety and well-being at Group level. It proposes updates on Group policies, develops targets and key performance indicators and implements and communicates improvements. For more information about Management approach, see pages 128-129.

We grow together with passionate people and courageous leaders

Epiroc's key performance indicators

The material topics

Leadership, Diversity, Employee care and empowerment, Crisis management

SDG

The focus area has the greatest opportunity to contribute to the following:

Women managers, %

Target/outcome 2019

Target for 2019 was 21.5% and we reached 19.3%. The share of women managers decreased and we did not reach the target. This is primarily because acquired businesses had a lower share of women managers.

Women employees, %

Target/outcome 2019

Target for 2019 was 16.6% and we reached 15.5%. This is due to that recruitments during the year were primarily for service technicians and manufacturing, in which we have a lower percentage of women working than the Group as a whole. Also the impact of acquisitions, in particular New Concept Mining, brought lower levels of gender diversity.

Leadership Index, %

Target/outcome 2019

Our people

Our ambition is to develop the business through the engagement of passionate people and courageous leaders. All our employees contribute to making Epiroc a great place to work, based on a shared culture of performance rooted in diversity, empowerment and employee care.

In 2019 we continued our journey towards developing our corporate culture across the Group. For a new company, creating a unique identity is an exciting task with rich possibilities. We see ourselves as a dynamic company that grows and evolves through a culture of collaboration. We are 14 268 employees today, up from 13 847 employees in 2018. Collaboration is one of our values, and we are working actively

to break down walls across the organization and between locations, and to build teams equipped with the skills to deliver on our strategy.

High performing teams

Our decentralized culture is based on collaboration and freedom with accountability. Trust is fostered through transparency and what we call responsible feedback. Further, a sustainability focus and an ethical mindset promote longterm thinking. This is addressed in the agendas of all our global development programs. In 2019, we have proven ourselves to be an attractive employer. Work to further develop the employer brand will be a focus in 2020.

Building the strategy is an exercise that is both top-down and bottom-up. It relies on capable leaders and competence

Water for All

Access to clean water is a human right. Since 1994, our main community engagement project, Water for All, has funded projects which empower people through access to clean drinking water, sanitation and hygiene, thereby contributing to healthy societies. Women and girls are particularly affected by the lack of water and sanitation, and all projects supported by Water for All thus aim to positively

impact the lives of especially women and girls.

The local Water for All organization investigate and select a partner to work with and subsequently a water project to support. The project could involve drilling and digging a well or protecting a natural water resource. It could also be building a system for rainwater harvesting or building sanitation or sewer systems. Water for All is run

on a voluntary basis by employees within the Epiroc Group and Atlas Copco Group. Employee donations are matched with twice as much by the companies.

In 2019, more than 50 water and sanitation projects were implemented with Water for All funding in 33 countries, in total reaching more than 180 000 people.

For more information, see www.water4all.org

building – including in areas like digitalization and automation – and to catalyze continuous improvements. Since our business activities span from sourcing to manufacturing to service, we rely on a diverse range of skillsets and roles. We apply the principles of lean management, emphasizing efficiency while encouraging every individual at all levels to take responsibility to develop their skills and channel their expertise. Every employee spent an average of 39 hours on training last year, same as in 2018.

Cultural and gender diversity

Diversity is an area for greater focus, especially in our quest to create high-performing teams. We are proud of being a culturally diverse organization with around 32 nationalities represented among Epiroc`s most senior management worldwide and 195 people from 48 countries working on long-term international assignments.

Higher women representation is an area where we need to see greater change. Today, 19.3% of managers are women and 15.5% of all employees. For 2020, the target is to increase the percentage of women in the Group to 17.5%, and to increase the percentage of women managers in the Group to 22.4%. These aims are supported by a mentorship program for women, in which 57 colleagues took part in 2019.

Communicating and developing our culture is a priority. During 2019, we also had a global activity for all our employees to further foster our culture of freedom with accountability.

Inclusive approach to gauging performance

In 2019, 87.8% of employees had performance development talks with their managers. We completed our first annual employee survey, achieving a response rate of 85%. The overall feedback was that our people view Epiroc as a good place to work. Areas identified for further improvement include stronger leadership in terms of employee feedback and recognition, and greater communication on decisions that are taken.

Building on the Epiroc strategy and the results of the employee survey, we will redouble our focus on collaboration, employer branding and attracting specialized talent to Epiroc for 2020. As well as a continued focus on gender diversity.

Our approach

Group Management is responsible for formulating and integrating sustainability and corporate responsibility strategies, targets and activities. Epiroc's People & Leadership Council leads initiatives, monitors performance and shares best practice in matters relating to human resource management across the Group. The Epiroc Code of Conduct sets out our commitment to diversity and high labor protection standards. For more information about Management approach, see pages 128-129.

We live by the highest ethical standards

Epiroc's key performance indicators

The material topics

Business ethics including corruption, supply chain management and human rights

SDG

The focus area has the greatest opportunity to contribute to the following:

Significant suppliers confirmed compliance with the Epiroc Code of Conduct, %

Target for 2019 was 100% and we reached 98.7%. We continue to work with our suppliers to reach 100%.

Significant agents, resellers and distributors confirmed compliance with the Epiroc Code of Conduct, %

Target for 2019 was 83% and we reached 81.2%. This is a relatively new KPI that we continue to roll out in the organization and we will continue to raise the awareness among agents, resellers and distributors.

Our Code of Conduct (CoC)

Living by the highest ethical standards is the foundation of our responsible business approach. We promote and monitor how the actions of our employees and business partners reflect Epiroc's values and Code of Conduct.

Epiroc's customers are located in more than 150 countries, including complex and challenging markets with varying social and environmental laws and ways of monitoring adherence to them. In every market where we have a presence, we are committed to upholding the highest ethical standards and to acting with integrity. Here, the Epiroc Code of Conduct (CoC) plays a cornerstone role.

Our employees and business partners must adhere to the CoC. Using a behavior-led approach, we are able to further embed an ethics culture and ensure that our actions reflect our level of ambition. We want to be able to "walk the talk", meaning to work according to our values.

Key challenges and understanding our risks

As a global company, we conduct business in countries with varying levels of risk exposure to corruption and human rights issues such as labor rights, forced labor, conflict minerals and land rights. Our operations and product sourcing also have potential consequences that pose risks to the environment.

The locations of our operations, suppliers and customers play a central role in identifying our risks. We apply the CoC when making decisions relating to our choice of suppliers, partners and customers. Through audits, Speak-Up, responsible sourcing and sales assessments, we seek to understand where risks of non-compliance may occur, even when they are beyond our direct control. We have zero tolerance for corruption, extortion and bribery.

Commitments to the Code of Conduct and raising awareness

The Compliance Board (for more information see page 129) is responsible for implementing and ensuring adherence to the CoC. In 2019, the Compliance Board adopted a number of updated internal policies such as the Conflict of Interest Policy, Speak Up Policy and a Gift and Hospitality Policy. These policies support the implementation of the CoC throughout our organization.

We also held a number of awareness-raising activities both on the CoC and associated risks. A CoC case study workshop was held during Epiroc Days with some 150 senior managers participating. Workshops were also held on how to apply the CoC, using challenging dilemmas during other senior management trainings. Every year, every manager must undergo an e-learning training and make a written statement committing to comply with and deliver on the CoC in their area of responsibility, 95% did so in 2019 compared to 91% in 2018.

We also launched 'Epiroc business partner criteria letter' training for purchasing managers. This training covered issues such as human rights, modern slavery, conflict minerals and e-waste – the aim being to help them understand the implications of potential risks and where they might occur.

Monitoring performance

Speak Up, our whistleblower system, plays an important role in monitoring how we live by the CoC. Speak Up is managed through a third party and allows employees and external stakeholders to report potential non-compliance anonymously and without fear of negative consequences. Speak Up was launched in 2019 and reports can also be made in local languages. The number of cases reported in Speak Up in 2019 was 44. In the previous system 26 cases were reported during 2018. One explanation for the increased number of cases, is an internal information campaign when Speak Up was launched. For more information about reported cases, see page 131.

Responsible sourcing and sales

Implementation of our responsible sourcing and sales programs are rooted in the Epiroc Code of Conduct, UN Global Compact and the United Nations Guiding Principles on Business and Human Rights (UNGP).

Implementing the UNGP in our operations is an ongoing process that includes awareness-raising, development of processes, implementation and follow-up across the value chain. The UNGPs require companies to have a human rights due diligence process to identify, prevent, mitigate and account for how they address their impacts on human rights. We identify and manage human rights issues in a number of ways and internal processes, such as responsible sales assessments and responsible sourcing. We stand for respect for human rights across our business operations.

One challenge is to identify risks and influence other parties' behavior, even when it is beyond our direct control. We provide guidance to our businesses through a number of different policies, processes and tools.

Transparency along supply chain

Epiroc customers are based all over the world, located in regions that are not easily accessible, and customized solutions might be required to fulfill specific customer needs. To achieve this, we have a decentralized organization where each division is responsible for its business and results, including managing its sourcing.

Suppliers, agents, resellers and distributors are required to comply with our CoC, international standards, as well as applicable regulations. Based on the CoC, the Epiroc Business Partner Criteria summarizes ten criteria that clarifies expectations for actors we choose to do business with. All significant suppliers, agents, resellers and distributors must confirm their commitment to the CoC and Business Partner Criteria Letter. We monitor and follow up on their compliance on a regular basis through surveys and audits.

We focus on suppliers that represent the main spending and suppliers with operations in markets with the highest risk of corruption and human rights violations. These suppliers are defined as "Significant Suppliers". We have approximately 1 406 significant suppliers, of which approximately 200 are located in geographical locations deemed as high risk. Although self-assessments are the primary compliance tool for suppliers, we conduct on-site audits of selected suppliers every fifth year. In 2019, we performed 159 of these audits. Of suppliers audited for safety, health, environment, business ethics and human rights, 95% were approved.

We also review our business relationships when we detect violations. In these cases, business partners are

thereby immediately requested to adapt or change to meet the criteria and establish an action plan for complying with the criteria. Another condition for doing business with us is that our business partners must allow us to perform audits.

The majority of our suppliers (71%) are based in Europe and North America. Most deliveries from significant suppliers are made to local Epiroc production sites and distribution centers. With our supply-chain improvement program, we aim to source more from suppliers located closer to our markets, thereby better serving customers and adding value locally, while reducing our CO2 footprint. To this end, we are also increasing use of sea freight. We are currently building our internal audit capability by introducing a single enterprise resource-planning system. This will improve information sharing on how our suppliers meet our expectations across the company.

Conducting Human Rights Due Diligence

During 2019, we launched our Responsible Sales Assessment process, which includes a human rights due diligence. Its purpose is to better understand potential risks with regards to human rights, corruption and environment in markets and industries where Epiroc is present as well as to find mitigating measures. An important part of the assessment is to identify criteria for determining when a responsible business assessment is required. The identified criteria are:

1. Country – a third-party risk analytics firm is used to rank countries according to risks, such as different labor standards, impacts on land rights and indigenous people and corruption

2. Customer – type of customer and project

The tool was developed during 2018 and was tested in 2019 in four pilot countries. During 2019, a policy, a tool as well as e-learning training on Responsible Sales Assessments were launched and this new process will be implemented in 2020. For more information about how we implement the UNGP, see page 131.

Geographical spread of significant suppliers

Our approach

Group Management is responsible for formulating and integrating sustainability and corporate responsibility strategies, targets and activities. The Compliance Board is responsible for implementing and ensuring adherence to the CoC. A manager has the responsibility to promote the values in the CoC and to help implement it among the manager's employees. Every employee shall be aware of and take responsibility for ensuring that the CoC is applied. The Sourcing Council is responsible for the Purchasing Policy, whereas each division is responsible for compliance with the content. For more information about Management approach, see pages 128-129.

Administration report The year in review

In 2019, Epiroc's revenues, profit and cash flow improved supported by strong growth of the aftermarket business and efficiency initiatives. The orders received for equipment decreased as customers became more cautious in making investment decisions.

Administration report for Epiroc AB Corporate registration number 556041-2149

Important events

Helena Hedblom appointed Epiroc's next President and CEO On November 26, 2019, the Board of Directors of Epiroc AB appointed Helena Hedblom as the new President and CEO of Epiroc AB, effective March 1, 2020. She will replace Per Lindberg, who will leave the company after having successfully established Epiroc as a listed company.

Actions to improve resilience and agility

Epiroc has an agile and resilient business model and continuously adapt the organization to prevailing business activity. In 2019, the workforce was adapted to the lower demand and order intake, mainly in manufacturing. In addition, areas for efficiency improvements were identified and several restructuring initiatives were initiated. The business for handheld rock drilling equipment and tools was restructured and a

factory in China was closed, and a factory in Sweden was divested. The geotechnical consumables product line was divested. In early January 2020, it was announced that the manufacturing of dimension stone equipment will be consolidated to India and the operation in Italy will be closed.

Acquisitions and agreements

Three acquisitions were completed during the year. The acquisitions added annual revenues of more than MSEK 1 300. In addition, several cooperation agreements were signed, including one with leading commercial explosives provider Orica to jointly develop a semi-automated explosives delivery system, enabling safer and more productive blasting operations in underground mines.

Investments

Decisions were taken to build a new heat treatment plant for rock drills and to expand one of the main production facilities for surface drill rigs in Örebro, Sweden. The investments are expected to be finalized in 2020 and 2021, respectively.

Epiroc's segments

The Group is organized in seven separate and focused but still integrated divisions, aggregated into two segments: Equipment & Service and Tools & Attachments. Equipment & Service provides a wide range of mining and rock excavation equipment and related service and spare parts. Tools & Attachments provides rock drilling tools and hydraulic attachments that are attached to machines and mainly used for drilling, demolition and recycling as well as rock excavation. Tools & Attachments also provides related service and spare parts. Common Group Functions, i.e. functions which serve all operating segments or the Group as whole, is not considered a segment. Revenue from operating leases owned by Epiroc Payment Solutions are reported under Common Group Functions.

Surface and Exploration Drilling

See the review of the segments: Equipment & Service on pages 46–47 Tools & Attachments on pages 48–49

Drilling Solutions

Epiroc has two segments and five divisions from March 2, 2020. The segments are Equipment & Service, which includes the divisions Surface, Underground, Parts & Service and Technology & Digital, and Tools & Attachments, which includes the division with the same name. See note 29.

Mining and Rock Excavation Service

Rocktec

Underground Rock Excavation

Supply-chain program

The supply-chain improvement program that was initiated in 2018 with the aim to improve delivery service to customers, reduce costs, e.g. for transport, and reduce capital tied-up in inventories continued according to plan with gradual improvements. The North American markets have implemented the new supply-chain set-up during 2019. The program is expected to be finalized in 2021.

Innovation

The 6th Sense is Epiroc's concept to optimize customers' processes by connecting machines, systems and people using automation, information management and system integration. The concept provides significant advantages, such as track and response to real-time working conditions and equipment needs which leads to higher production at lower operating costs. The 6th Sense was launched in 2019 and has already resulted in significant market attention and multiple orders. See also information about innovation and technology on pages 20-21.

Epiroc as an independent, listed company

Epiroc was split from Atlas Copco, where Atlas Copco shareholders received one Epiroc share for each of their Atlas Copco shares in June 2018. The first day of trading in Epiroc shares on Nasdaq Stockholm was June 18, 2018 and 2019 was the first full financial year for Epiroc as an independent, listed company.

Operational and financial review

Market development and orders received The customer demand for Epiroc's equipment decreased in 2019 as customers were more cautious in making investments decisions and placing orders for new equipment. Activities were high both in the mining industry and in infrastructure and the service business had a strong development. Orders

ADMINISTRATION REPORT

received increased slightly and were MSEK 39 492 (39 400), corresponding to an organic decline of 5%. Currency contributed with 3% and structural changes with 2% to the increase.

The Equipment & Service segment had order intake of MSEK 28 509 (29 695), corresponding to 6% organic decline. Service had an organic order growth of 8%, while equipment had an organic order decline of 20%. Equipment demand was negatively affected by customer cautiousness of making investments in new equipment. The growth in the service business was attributable to continued high activity and marketing and sales activities.

The Tools & Attachment segment had an order intake of MSEK 10 768 (9 611), positively impacted by acquisitions. Orders received decreased 3% organically and was negatively impacted by optimization of the product offering in Rock Drilling Tools.

Geographical development

North America

The order intake in North America decreased 7% in local currencies. Orders for equipment decreased significantly, while orders for service increased. Tools & Attachments had higher order intake, supported by acquisitions. North America accounted for 22% (22) of orders received.

South America

The order intake in South America decreased 15% in local currencies, with lower orders for both underground and surface equipment. Service and Tools & Attachments had double digit growth. South America accounted for 14% (16) of orders received.

Europe

The order intake in Europe decreased 6% in local currencies with growth only in the service business. Europe accounted for 23% (24) of orders received.

Orders received by region and change in local currencies

ADMINISTRATION REPORT

Africa/Middle East

The order intake in Africa/Middle East was unchanged in local currencies. Orders for equipment decreased significantly, while orders for service increased. Tools & Attachments had higher order intake, supported by acquisitions. Africa/Middle East accounted for 14% (14) of orders received.

Asia/Australia

The order intake in Asia/Australia increased 10% in local currencies. Equipment & Service as well as Tools & Attachments achieved growth in both Asia and Australia. Growth was particularly strong for underground equipment. Asia/Australia accounted for 27% (24) of orders received.

Revenues

Revenues for 2019 increased 7% to MSEK 40 849 (38 285), corresponding to 1% organic increase. Currency contributed with 4% and acquisitions and divestments, net, with 2% to the growth. Epiroc's goal is to achieve an annual revenue growth of 8% over a business cycle. The compound annual revenue growth has been 9% during the period 2015–2019. The business area Mining and Rock Excavation Technique of Atlas Copco, which represents approximately 93% of Epiroc and is a good proxy for Epiroc's business had compound annual revenue growth of approximately 5% 2009–2017.

Book to bill was 97% (103).

Revenues for the segment Equipment & Service increased 5% to SEK 29 891 (28 540), corresponding to 2% organic growth. Currency contributed with 4% to the growth, while structural changes had a net negative impact of 1%.

Revenues for the segment Tools & Attachments increased 13% to MSEK 10 799 (9 519), corresponding to 2% organic decline. Currency contributed with 4% and structural changes with 11% to the growth.

All geographic regions achieved revenue growth, with the highest growth rate in South America with growth of 27%. All other geographical regions had growth of 1 to 6%.

Aftermarket revenues accounted for 66% (63) of total revenues and equipment for 34% (37).

Operating profit

The operating profit increased 10% to MSEK 8 136 (7 385) mainly as a result of a positive impact from currency and the revenue growth. The operating profit includes items affecting comparability of MSEK -446 (–394), which consist of restructuring costs and costs related to efficiency improvements of MSEK –224 (0), MSEK -28 related to the agreement with the departing President and CEO, and change in provision for long-term incentive programs of MSEK –194 (–66). Costs related to the split from Atlas Copco in 2018 were MSEK –328. The operating margin was 19.9% (19.3), affected positively by currency, revenue mix and efficiency actions, but negatively by items affecting comparability. The operating margin, adjusted for items affecting comparability was 21.0% (20.3).

The operating profit for the segment Equipment & Service increased 11% to MSEK 7 474 (6 751). The increase was mainly due to positive impact from currency and organic revenue growth. The operating margin increased to 25.0% (23.7), affected positively by revenue mix and currency.

Asia/Australia America Middle East

Revenue growth, % Compound annual growth rate 2015–2019, % Annual and average revenue growth

Equipment Aftermarket

Order growth

0% in 2019

Revenue growth

7% in 2019

Epiroc's goal is to achieve an annual revenue growth of 8% over a business cycle. The compound annual revenue growth has been 9% during the period 2015–2019.

The operating profit for the segment Tools & Attachments increased 1% to MSEK 1 252 (1 239). The increase was mainly due to a positive impact from currency and acquisitions, while restructuring costs had a negative impact. The operating margin was 11.6% (13.0), negatively affected mainly by restructuring costs.

The operating loss for Common Group Functions was MSEK –590 (–605). Costs increased for corporate functions, which were built up during 2018, and also due to that the change in provision for share-based long-term incentive programs was more negative at MSEK –194 (–66), and due to the agreement with the departing President and CEO. Costs related to the split from Atlas Copco, however, were lower and amounted to MSEK –62 (–328).

Epiroc's goal is to have an industry-best operating margin, with strong resilience over the cycle. The Group's operating margin for the years 2015–2019 was 18.6%.

Sales and profit bridge Epiroc Group

Orders
received
MSEK, Δ, %
Revenues
MSEK, Δ, %
Operating
profit
MSEK, Δ
Margin,
%, Δ, pp
2018 39 400 38 285 7 385 19.3
Organic -5 +1 +180 +0.3
Currency +3 +4 +657 +0.9
Structure and other +2 +2 -86 -0.6
Total 0 +7 +751 +0.6
2019 39 492 40 849 8 136 19.9

Operating profit and margin

Operating profit, MSEK Operating margin, % Adjusted operating margin, % Operating margin average 2015–2019 vs. peers and industrial companies

Epiroc

  • Large cap global industrials Mining and construction
  • equipment companies

Depreciation and EBITDA

Depreciation, amortization and impairment costs were MSEK –1 978 (–1 369), whereof approximately MSEK –447 was an effect of IFRS 16. Earnings before depreciation and amortization, EBITDA, increased to MSEK 10 114 (8 754), corresponding to a margin of 24.8% (22.9).

Financial items

Financial income was MSEK 180 (181) and financial expenses were MSEK –473 (–365). Net financial items were MSEK –293 (–184), negatively impacted by exchange rate differences of MSEK –112 (–39). Net interest costs were MSEK –186 (–137).

Profit before tax and income tax expense Profit before tax amounted to MSEK 7 843 (7 201), corresponding to a margin of 19.2% (18.8). Income tax expense amounted to MSEK -1 959 (-1 764), corresponding to an effective tax rate of 25.0% (24.5).

Profit for the year and earnings per share Profit for the year increased 8% to MSEK 5 884 (5 437). This corresponds to basic earnings per share of SEK 4.89 (4.50) and diluted earnings per share of SEK 4.89 (4.49).

Large cap global industrials:

Epiroc, 3M, ABB, Alfa Laval, Assa Abloy, Atlas Copco, Caterpillar, Danaher, Deere, Dover, Eaton, Emerson, Fortive, General Electric, Graco, Hitachi, Honeywell, Kone, Komatsu, Legrand, Mitsubishi Heavy Industries, Nordson, Parker-Hannifin, Rockwell Automation, Roper Technologies, Sandvik, Schindler, Schneider Electric, Siemens, SKF, Smiths Group, United Technologies, Volvo, and Xylem.

Mining and construction equipment companies: Epiroc, Caterpillar, Komatsu, Metso, Sandvik, and Weir. Reported data until February 25, 2020.

Operating profit

Operating margin

Epiroc's goal is to have an industry-best operating margin, with strong resilience over the cycle. The Group's operating margin for the years 2015–2019 was 18.6%.

ADMINISTRATION REPORT

Balance sheet in summary

% of total % of total
2019 assets 2018 assets
Intangible assets 4 226 10 3 620 10
Rental equipment 1 213 3 1 233 3
Other property,
plant and
equipment 4 613 11 2 473 7
Other non
current assets
1 838 4 1 870 5
Inventories 10 508 26 10 516 29
Trade receivables 7 287 18 8 005 22
Other receivables 1 950 5 1 622 5
Financial assets 862 2 944 3
Cash and cash
equivalents
8 540 21 5 872 16
Total assets 41 037 100 36 155 100
Total equity 22 813 56 18 847 52
Interest bearing
liabilities
9 025 22 7 080 20
Non-interest
bearing liabilities
9 199 22 10 228 28
Total equity
and liabilities
41 037 100 36 155 100

Assets

The Group's total assets increased 14% to MSEK 41 037 (36 155). Currency and acquisitions increased the assets by about 3% and 4%, respectively. Inventory and customer receivables decreased in local currency for comparable units, while cash and cash equivalents increased.

Net debt

The Group's net debt amounted to MSEK 483 (1 208), of which MSEK 596 (283) was attributable to post-employment benefits. The implementation of IFRS 16 has increased the net debt by MSEK 1 956. The net debt/EBITDA ratio was 0.05 (0.14). The net debt/equity ratio was 2.1% (6.4)

Financing

The long-term financing consists of capital market borrowings of MSEK 2 000 and loan facilities of MSEK 3 000 and MEUR 100, with maturities 2022-2027. As back-up facilities, the Group has a MSEK 4 000 revolving credit facility and a MSEK 2 000 commercial paper program, both unutilized at year-end 2019. See also note 27.

Credit rating

On December 5, 2018, Epiroc was assigned a BBB+ longterm issuer credit rating with a stable outlook from S&P Global Ratings. Epiroc's goal is to have an efficient capital structure and have the flexibility to make selective acquisitions. The goal is to maintain an investment grade rating.

Equity and comprehensive income

At year end, Group equity including non-controlling interests was MSEK 22 813 (18 847), corresponding to 55.6% (52.1) of total assets. Equity per share was SEK 19.00 (15.63). Epiroc's market capitalization at year end was MSEK 137 504. The information related to public takeover bids given in note 20 is also valid for the Group.

Total comprehensive income for the year increased to MSEK 6 185 (5 365).

Dividend

The Board of Directors proposes to the Annual General Meeting that a dividend of SEK 2.40 (2.10) per share be paid for the 2019 fiscal year. Epiroc's goal is to provide long-term stable and rising dividends to its shareholders. The dividend should correspond to 50% of net profit over the cycle. The proposed dividend corresponds to 49% (47) of net profit.

Working capital

Net working capital increased by 2% to MSEK 13 153 (12 897) compared to the previous year, due to currency and acquisitions. For comparable units and currency adjusted, net working capital decreased 6%, with a reduction in both trade receivables and inventories. Trade payables and advance payments were lower, which partly offset the improvement. The average net working capital was MSEK 14 062 (12 158). As a percentage of revenues last 12 months, the average net working capital was 34.4% (31.8).

The level of inventories remained high and additional actions were implemented to reduce it. This had positive effects at the latter part of the year. The supply-chain program described above has the objective of reducing inventories by having fewer stocking points. During the implementation, inventories have been increased at selected stocking points to be able to reduce or eliminate the inventories at other stocking points. This had some negative effect on the working capital in the short term as it required a build-up of stock in the key stocking points.

Capital turnover

The capital turnover ratio was 1.0 (1.2). The capital employed turnover ratio was 1.4 (1.7).

Tax rate

Earning per share SEK

Profit for the year increased 8% to MSEK 5 884. 4.89

Return on capital employed and return on equity Return on capital employed was 27.6% (32.0). The operating profit improved, but the return on capital employed was diluted by acquisitions, accumulation of cash, and by the implementation of IFRS 16 Leases.

Epiroc's goal is to improve capital efficiency and resilience. Investments and acquisitions shall create value. The return on capital employed remained at a high level, even if there is further potential when it comes to working capital management.

The return on equity was 28.3% (33.2).

Operating cash flow and investments Operating cash flow increased to MSEK 6 688 (3 884), mainly due to higher operating profit and an improvement in cash flow from working capital compared to the previous year.

Net cash flow from operating activities was MSEK 7 228 (4 324). Net financial items paid was MSEK –410 (–483). Taxes paid was MSEK –2 157 (–1 747). Cash flow from change in working capital was MSEK 337 (–1 875). Both trade receivables and inventories decreased. Trade payables and advance payments were also lower, which partly offset the improvement. Net investments in rental equipment were MSEK –343 (–374). Gross investments in property, plant and equipment were MSEK –486 (–577) and sales were MSEK 60 (26), and net investments in property, plant and equipment were MSEK –426 (–551). The largest investments were made in the manufacturing facilities in Örebro and Fagersta, Sweden and in Garland, Texas, United States. Investments in intangible assets, mainly related to capitalization of development expenditures but also investments in IT systems, were MSEK –521 (–459), net.

Acquisitions and other investments

Three (six) acquisitions and two divestments (zero) were completed and the cash flow effect was MSEK –984 (–546), see note 3 and 14. Proceeds to/from other financial assets, net were positive at MSEK 276 (219), net, including proceeds from the divestment of some Payment Solutions credit portfolios.

Cash flow from financing

Dividends paid to shareholders were MSEK –2 523 (–) and dividends paid to non-controlling interest were MSEK –8 (–). No dividends were paid in 2018 as Epiroc was distributed to Atlas Copco's shareholders in 2018. Cash flow from sales and repurchases of own shares was MSEK 340 (–1 307), all related to hedging or deliveries of shares for the long-term incentive programs described in note 23. Change in interest-bearing liabilities was MSEK –820 (2 367).

Employees

The average number of employees increased by 7% to 14 398 (13 517) due to acquisitions. At year end, the number of employees was 14 268 (13 847). Equipment & Service had 9 331 (9 726) employees, Tools & Attachments had 4 668 (3 874) employees and Common Group Functions 269 (247) employees. Epiroc uses an additional workforce in addition to its permanent employees to handle temporary fluctuations in demand and the additional workforce is primarily hired in the manufacturing and assembly plants. In addition, there are also additional workforce in research and development. The additional workforce was 1 366 (1 610) at the end of the year. For comparable units, the total workforce decreased with 987 compared to the previous year.

Net working capital

Average capital employed, MSEK Return on capital employed, %

Dividend per share SEK

Epiroc's goal is to provide long-term stable and rising dividends to its shareholders. The dividend should correspond to 50% of net profit over the cycle. The proposed dividend of SEK 2.40 per share corresponds to 49% of net profit.

ADMINISTRATION REPORT

Average number of employees

2019 % of total 2018 % of total
North America 2 253 16 2 064 15
South America 1 476 10 1 496 11
Europe 4 813 34 4 724 35
– of which Sweden 3 157 22 3 094 23
Africa/Middle East 2 070 14 1 462 11
Asia/Australia 3 786 26 3 771 28
Total 14 398 100 13 517 100

Employees by professional category, %

2019 2018
Service 37 37
Production 28 26
Administration 16 17
Marketing 6 7
Research & development 7 7
Sales and support 6 6
Total 100 100

Share of employees by region

Return on capital employed

of employees

Epiroc's goal is to improve capital efficiency and resilience. Investments and acquisitions shall create value. The return on capital employed remained high. Average number

Presentation of Epiroc's segments Equipment & Service, pages 46–47 Tools & Attachments, pages 48–49

Revenues split by segment

Equipment & Service Tools & Attachments

Equipment & Service

The Equipment & Service segment provides rock drilling equipment, equipment for mechanical rock excavation, rock reinforcement, loading and haulage, ventilation systems, drilling equipment for exploration, water, oil and gas, as well as related spare parts and service. The following five divisions are included in the segment: Drilling Solutions, Surface and Exploration Drilling, Underground Rock Excavation, Mining and Rock Excavation Service, and Rocktec.

2019 in review

Market development and orders received The customer demand for Epiroc's equipment decreased in 2019 as customers were more cautious in making investments decisions and placing orders for new equipment. Activities were high both in the mining industry and in infrastructure and the service business had a strong development.

Investments were made in market presence, innovation and manufacturing facilities.

The orders received for Equipment & Service decreased by 4% to MSEK 28 509 (29 695), corresponding to 6% organic decline. Currency contributed positively to orders received with 3%, while structural changes had a net negative impact of 1%. Geographically, orders received increased in Asia/ Australia, but decreased in all other regions.

Equipment had an organic decline of 20% and orders received amounted to MSEK 12 355 (15 244). The demand for equipment for both in surface and underground applications was weaker and order intake decreased for all types of equipment, Most of the orders from mining customers was related to expansion in or adjacent to existing mines rather than to replacement. Geographically, orders received increased in Asia/Australia, but decreased in all other regions.

The service business performed well and orders received increased by 12% to MSEK 16 154 (14 451). The organic growth was 8%, supported by a continued positive market development and additional marketing and sales activities. Geographically, orders received for service increased in all regions with Asia/Australia having the highest order growth.

Revenues

Revenues increased by 5% to MSEK 29 891 (28 540), corresponding to an organic growth of 2%. Currency contributed positively with 4%, while structural changes had a net negative impact of 1%. Book to bill was 95%. Service accounted for 54% (50) of the revenues in the segment.

Operating profit and margin

Operating profit increased by 11% to MSEK 7 474 (6 751), including costs of MSEK -28 related to efficiency improvements. The increase was mainly due to higher volumes and a positive impact from currency. The operating margin increased to 25.0% (23.7), affected positively by volume growth, revenue mix and currency.

Revenues, MSEK

Book to bill, %

Orders received

Revenues 29 891 MSEK

Operating profit 7 474 MSEK

Operating margin 25.0%

One acquisition completed in 2019.

Sales and profit bridge Equipment & Service

Orders
received
MSEK, Δ, %
Revenues
MSEK, Δ, %
Operating
profit
MSEK,
Δ
Margin,
%, Δ, pp
2018 29 695 28 540 6 751 23.7
Organic -6 +2 +214 +0.2
Currency +3 +4 +561 +1.1
Structure and other -1 -1 -52 0.0
Total -4 +5 +723 +1.3
2019 28 509 29 891 7 474 25.0

Business and organizational development The presence in targeted market and customer segments was enhanced by more resources added in service and sales. Investments were also made in innovation centers, automation centers and manufacturing facilities. A Control Tower was inaugurated in Epiroc's facilities in Chile, in addition to one already

established in Sweden. In the Control Tower visitors can explore remote controlled and automated machines which can be operated anywhere around the globe. The Group has also established automation centers in several locations in all regions of the world. Targeted efforts have brought the manufacturing capacity on par with the demand.

Acquisition

Equipment & Service completed one acquisition in 2019. See note 3.

Noland Drilling Equipment, a US distributor of water well drilling equipment and related parts, services and consumables with eight employees.

ADMINISTRATION REPORT

Innovations in 2019

Several new products were introduced during the year, including:

  • 6th Sense. This is Epiroc's offering to optimize customers' operations by connecting machines, systems and people using automation, information management and system integration. 6th Sense brings additional value to the customers as it combines multiple solutions of digitalization and automation to boost customers' performance.
  • The SmartROC D65 surface drill rig, which has automated drilling and rod handling and is equipped with a touchscreen that presents a significant amount of real-time data, making the operation faster and more efficient. Intelligent controls reduce fuel consumption and CO2 emissions.
  • A system that enables teleremote electric tramming of Simba long-hole underground drill rigs. It enables the operator to move and position the drill from a remote location, which increases both productivity and safety and reduces CO2 emissions. .
  • The solution "Scooptram Automation Total", which improves safety, productivity and cost effectiveness. The solution provides a traffic management and information environment that controls multiple loaders.
  • Mobilaris Onboard™, which provides drivers and operators with real-time situational awareness of all vehicles and personnel underground on a standard tablet without a positioning infrastructure. The system enables easy navigation and avoidance of traffic congestions and, in case of an evacuation event, instant directions to the closest rescue chamber or exit.
  • A digital fleet management solution called My Epiroc. The platform, which is available on web and mobile devices, includes features for increasing fleet efficiency and safety.
  • The Pit Viper 270 XC series blasthole drilling rig. It is equipped with Epiroc's latest Rig Control System, which offers numerous automation features and provides a foundation to add new functionality and options.

Agreement

Epiroc entered into a partnership with world-leading commercial explosives provider Orica to jointly develop a semiautomated explosives delivery system, enabling safer and more productive blasting operations in underground mines.

Innovation

Autonomous drilling can be implemented on the new Pit Viper 270 XC series surface drill rig.

Tools & Attachments

The Tools & Attachments segment provides rock drilling tools and hydraulic attachments that are attached to machines used mainly for drilling, deconstruction and recycling as well as rock excavation. It also provides related service and spare parts. The following two divisions are included in the segment: Rock Drilling Tools and Hydraulic Attachment Tools.

2019 in review

Market development and orders received The activity in both the infrastructure and mining industry was healthy for Tools & Attachments with a good level of activity in almost all markets. Order volumes decreased somewhat, but this was more than compensated for by acquisitions.

The orders received for Tools & Attachments increased by 12% to MSEK 10 768 (9 611), Acquisitions contributed with 11% and currency with 4% to the growth, while the organic decline was 3%. Both hydraulic attachments and rock drilling tools had an organic decline in orders received, with the latter negatively impacted by optimization of the product offering. Geographically, total orders received increased in all regions, except Europe.

Revenues

Revenues increased by 13% to MSEK 10 799 (9 519), corresponding to an organic decline of 2%. Revenues from acquisitions contributed with 11% and currency with 4% to the growth. Book to bill was 100%.

Operating profit and margin

Operating profit was MSEK 1 252 (1 239). Acquisitions and currency contributed positively to the profit, while items affecting comparability were MSEK –196. These items include costs related to restructuring of handheld rock drilling tools and the divestment of geotechnical consumables product line, see below, as well as costs related to efficiency improvements. In addition, a provision of MSEK –41 for a collection claim towards a distributor affected the operating profit. The reported operating margin was 11.6% (13.0). Excluding the items affecting comparability, the operating margin was 13.4%, affected positively by currency and efficiency, but diluted by acquisitions.

Sales and profit bridge

Tools & Attachments

Orders
received
MSEK, Δ, %
Revenues
MSEK, Δ, %
Operating
profit
MSEK,
Δ
Margin,
%, Δ, pp
2018 9 611 9 519 1 239 13.0
Organic -3 -2 +23 +0.5
Currency +4 +4 +133 +0.9
Structure and other +11 +11 -143 -2.8
Total +12 +13 +13 -1.4
2019 10 768 10 799 1 252 11.6

Orders received, revenues and book to bill

Orders received, MSEK

Revenues, MSEK Book to bill, %

Operating profit, MSEK Operating margin, %

Revenues by geographic area

Europe Asia/Australia Africa/ Middle East

Orders received

+12%

Revenues

1 252 MSEK

Operating profit

Two acquisitions were completed in 2019.

Business and organizational development The presence in targeted market and customer segments was enhanced by selected acquisitions and by adding resources in service and sales. Investments were also made in product development and in manufacturing facilities. Epiroc carried out actions to optimize its product portfolio and exit noncore areas to increase focus and efficiency. In 2019, a factory of handheld rock drilling equipment and tools in Shandong, China, was closed. It is expected to have a negative impact on annual revenues with approximately MSEK 125, but a positive impact on operating profit.

Acquisitions and divestments

Tools & Attachments completed two acquisitions and two divestments in 2019, See also note 3.

  • Fordia Group Inc., a Canadian manufacturer of exploration drilling tools, was acquired. Fordia had about 250 employees and annual revenues of about MSEK 580.
  • Innovative Mining Products (Proprietary) Limited, widely known as New Concept Mining, a South African manufacturer of rock reinforcement products for underground mining was acquired. The company had about 900 employees and annual revenues of approximately MSEK 600.
  • The geotechnical consumables product line was divested. The products consist mainly of large down-the-hole hammers and related drill bits and casing advancement systems. The business had revenues of MSEK 275 in 2018 and about 40 employees.

• The handheld drilling consumables manufacturing facility in Ockelbo, Sweden, was divested. The 40 employees at the facility were offered to transfer to the new owner.

Innovations in 2019

Several new products were introduced during the year, including:

  • A new range of drill bits for underground drilling was launched. The bits offer higher penetration rate and longer service life, which improve customers' productivity and reduce cost per drilled meter.
  • A range of down-the-hole hammers has been launched. It features a new patented design and the hammers are shorter, lighter and faster compared to its predecessors. Lighter hammers means easier handling and increased safety. A unique piston design allows much higher impact frequency and faster drilling, which also means lower fuel consumption, CO 2 emissions and running costs.
  • Epiroc Bio chisel paste has been supplied with all new hydraulic breakers as from the second quarter 2019. It is used to grease the wear bushings in the breaker, is biodegradable, and prolongs working tool life.
  • The new bucket screeners increase efficiency by allowing sorting and recycling of material on a demolition site. The basket's polygonal design with 12 sides enables the material to be shaken in an effective way to speed up the screening process. The material passes through hexagonal openings in the mesh, available in different sizes, and become aggregates.

Parent Company

Epiroc AB is the ultimate Parent Company of the Epiroc Group and is headquartered in Nacka, Sweden. Its operations include administrative functions for the Group.

Earnings

Operating loss was MSEK –167 (–199). Profit before tax totaled MSEK 3 707 (4 208). Profit for the year amounted to MSEK 2 935 (3 281).

Financing

The total assets were MSEK 57 122 (56 376) at the end of the year and cash and cash equivalents amounted to MSEK 2 (1) and interest-bearing liabilities, excluding post-employment benefits to MSEK 6 029 (5 023). Equity represented 89% (89) of total assets and the non-restricted equity totaled MSEK 50 277 (49 553).

Employees

The average number of employees was 44 (33).

Remuneration

Principles for remuneration, fees and other remuneration paid to the Board of Directors, the President and CEO, and other members of Group Management, other statistics and the guidelines regarding remuneration and benefits to Group Management as approved by the Annual General Meeting are specified in note 5.

Financial risks, risks and factors of uncertainty

Epiroc is subject to currency risks, interest rate risks and other financial risks. Epiroc has adopted a policy to control the financial risks to which Epiroc AB and the Group are exposed. A financial risk management committee meets regularly to take decisions about how to manage these risks. See also pages 60–65 and note 27.

Shares and share capital

At year end, Epiroc AB's share capital totaled MSEK 500 (500). The total numbers of issued Epiroc shares were 1 213 738 703 shares, whereof 823 765 854 shares class A and 389 972 849 shares class B. For more information, see note 20.

Performance-based long-term incentive program The Board of Directors of Epiroc has been authorized to purchase, transfer and sell own shares in relation to Epiroc's performance based personnel option plans. At year-end 2019, 10 786 679 class A shares were held by Epiroc.

The Board of Directors will propose to the Annual General Meeting 2020 a similar performance-based long-term incentive program as in previous year. See notes 20 and 23.

Appropriation of profit

The Board of Directors proposes to the Annual General Meeting a dividend of SEK 2.40 (2.10) per share, which corresponds to MSEK 2 887 (2 523). The dividend is proposed to be paid in two equal installments, the first with record date May 14, 2020 and the second with record date October 29, 2020. The proposed payment periods facilitate a more efficient cash management. It is also proposed that the balance of retained earnings after the dividend be retained in the business as described below.

SEK

Retained earnings 47 342 179 253
Profit for the year 2 935 275 424
Total 50 277 454 677
The Board of Directors proposes that these
earnings be appropriated as follows:
Total 50 277 454 677
To be retained in the business 47 390 369 819
of SEK 2.40 per share 2 887 084 858
To the shareholders, a dividend

The total amount of dividend distribution will depend on the total number of Epiroc shares outstanding on the dates of dividend distribution.

The Board of Directors proposes a dividend of SEK 2.40 per share.

Statutory sustainability report

Epiroc has prepared a sustainability report in accordance with the Global Reporting Initiative (GRI) guidelines. The sustainability report has been prepared in accordance with disclosure requirements set out in the Swedish Annual Accounts Act chapter 6 paragraph 11. The scope and content of the sustainability report is defined on page 126.

Five-year summary

MSEK 20151) 20161) 20171) 2018 2019
Orders, revenues and profit
Orders received 27 551 27 634 33 831 39 400 39 492
Revenues 28 663 27 102 31 364 38 285 40 849
Change organic, % -3 -3 +14 +18 +1
EBITDA 6 570 5 765 7 183 8 753 10 114
EBITDA margin, % 22.9 21.3 22.9 22.9 24.8
Operating profit 5 175 4 548 5 930 7 385 8 136
Operating margin, % 18.1 16.8 18.9 19.3 19.9
Adjusted operating profit 2) 5 548 4 836 6 093 7 779 8 582
Adjusted operating margin, % 2) 19.4 17.8 19.4 20.3 21.0
Net financial items -220 -137 -137 -184 -293
– of which interest net na na -125 -137 -186
Profit before tax 4 955 4 411 5 793 7 201 7 843
Profit margin, % 17.3 16.3 18.5 18.8 19.2
Income tax expenses -1 384 -1 180 -1 495 -1 764 -1 959
Tax rate, % 27.9 26.8 25.8 24.5 25.0
Profit for the period 3 571 3 231 4 298 5 437 5 884
Employees
Number of employees, period end 12 005 11 705 12 948 13 847 14 268
Additional workforce, period end 880 954 1 397 1 610 1 366
Average number of employees 12 383 11 749 12 355 13 517 14 398
Revenues per employee, SEK thousands 2 315 2 307 2 538 2 832 2 837
Cash flow
Net cash flow from operating activities 5 858 5 402 5 176 4 324 7 228
Net cash from investing activities -3 175 -1 805 5 543 -1 337 -1 655
Acquisitions and divestments of subsidiaries 137 546 984
Other adjustments 3) 2 947 1 283 -6 246 351 131
Operating cash flow 5 630 4 880 4 610 3 884 6 688
Change in working capital 417 895 -403 -1 875 337
Increase in rental equipment -899 -677 -793 -896 -915
Sale of rental equipment 335 386 422 522 572
Net investments in rental equipment -564 -291 -371 -374 -343
– as % of revenues -2.0 -1.1 -1.2 -1.0 -0.8
Investments in property, plant and equipment -368 -293 -424 -577 -486
Sale of property, plant and equipment 453 58 70 26 60
Net investments in property, plant and equipment 85 -235 -354 -551 -426
– as % of revenues 0.3 -0.9 -1.1 -1.4 -1.0
Net investments in intangible assets -313 -287 -289 -459 -521
Sale/repurchase own shares -1 307 340
Balance sheet
Total assets 28 418 29 984 27 547 36 155 41 037
Average capital employed 21 727 23 167 21 674 23 086 29 518
Capital employed turnover ratio 1.3 1.2 1.4 1.7 1.4
Return on capital employed, 12 months % 23.8 19.6 27.4 32.0 27.6
Net debt 2 419 1 986 5 424 1 208 483
Net debt/EBITDA ratio 0.37 0.34 0.75 0.14 0.05
Total equity 14 929 15 813 12 047 18 847 22 813
Debt/equity ratio, period end, % 16.2 12.6 45.0 6.4 2.1
Equity/assets ratio, period end, % 52.5 52.7 43.7 52.1 55.6
Return on equity, 12 months % 23.9 20.4 29.1 33.2 28.3
Average net working capital n/a n/a 9 991 12 158 14 062
Average net working capital/revenues, % n/a n/a 31.9 31.8 34.4

1) Financial statements prior to 2018 are combined. See note 1 in the Annual and Sustainability Report 2018.

2) Adjusted for costs for the split from Atlas Copco until 2018. for change in provision for long-term incentive programs, and for items affecting comparability.

3) In 2015–2017, mainly changes in cash-pool with Atlas Copco and currency hedges of loans. In 2018 and 2019, mainly currency hedges of loans and divestment

of Payment Solutions portfolios.

Financial definitions can be found on page 122. Non-IFRS measures are presented in this report since they are considered to be important supplemental measures of the company's performance. Information on how these measures have been calculated can also be found on Epiroc's website, www.epirocgroup.com/en/investors/financial-publications.

Corporate Governance Report

Epiroc's corporate governance is devised to support the Group's long-term strategies, market presence and competitiveness. At the same time, it shall uphold confidence among stakeholders, such as shareholders, customers, business partners, capital markets, society and employees.

Corporate governance relates to decision-making systems by which the shareholders, directly or indirectly, control the Group. The following section provides details about corporate governance within Epiroc. As a company listed on Nasdaq Stockholm, Epiroc applies the rules of the Swedish Companies Act, the Swedish Annual Accounts Act, Epiroc's Articles of Association, Nasdaq Stockholm's Rule Book for Issuers and the Swedish Corporate Governance Code (the Code) as well as other Swedish and foreign laws and regulations, as applicable. The Code applies to all Swedish companies whose shares are listed on a regulated market in Sweden and is based on the principle comply or explain. This means that Epiroc is not required to apply every rule of the Code at all times, but may choose alternative solutions, deemed to better match the circumstances, provided that Epiroc openly discloses all such deviations, describes the alternative solution and states the reason for the deviation. Epiroc does not report any deviations from the Code for the fiscal year. The auditor's statement regarding this report can be found on pages 123–125.

Further information about corporate governance is available at www.epirocgroup.com

Corporate Governance structure

The following section describes the governance structure within Epiroc and how corporate governance creates a framework for rules and regulations, areas of responsibility and processes and routines that effectively safeguard the interests of shareholders and other parties by minimizing risks and creating good conditions for a stable expansion of Epiroc's business.

Shareholders

At year-end 2019, the total number of shareholders was 70 716. The proportion of foreign ownership was 52.7% of the number of shares on the market. One shareholder, Investor, owns more than 10% of the company. At year-end, Investor owned 207 757 845 shares, corresponding to 17.1% of shares and 22.7% of the votes. Further details about the company's shares and shareholders are presented in the section "The Epiroc share", see pages 134–135, and on the website, www. epirocgroup.com/en/investors/share/shareholders.

Annual General Meeting

The Annual General Meeting (AGM) is Epiroc's highest decision-making body, where the shareholders exercise their voting rights. Notice of a General Meeting of shareholders is posted on the Group's website and published in the Official Swedish Gazette, Post och Inrikes Tidningar. Information that the notice has been given shall at the same time be published in Svenska Dagbladet and Dagens Nyheter. The AGM decides on matters such as the adoption of Epiroc's annual accounts, appropriation of the company's profits and the discharge of Board members and the CEO from liability for the year. The AGM also elects members of the Board and auditors and votes on the establishment of a Nomination Committee, remuneration for the Board of Directors and auditors and guidelines for determining the salaries and other remuneration for the CEO and Group Management. Shareholders attending the AGM may also ask questions about the Group's activities. Resolutions passed at a meeting of shareholders are disclosed after the meeting in a press release, and the minutes of the meeting are published on Epiroc's website.

The Annual General Meeting 2020 will be held at 4 PM on May 12, 2020 at Norra Latin City Conference Centre, Stockholm, Sweden.

Nomination Committee

The main task of the Nomination Committee is to propose Board members and auditors, as well as remuneration for such persons, and propose Chairman for the AGM. The Nomination Committee instructions require that the committee, in addition to the Chairman of the Board, shall consist of one representative of each of the four shareholders controlling the largest number of votes, which desires to appoint a representative. The composition of the committee is based on ownership statistics on the last day of trading in August 2019. The proposals and the Nomination Committee's statement will be published at the latest with the notice to the AGM 2020. For further information about the committee instructions, see the website www.epirocgroup.com.

The Nomination Committee shall conduct its duties in accordance with the Code and particularly consider the requirements regarding breadth and versatility of the appointed Board members' qualifications, experience and background. The Nomination Committee has in its evaluation of the board composition also taken into account diversity, independence and gender balance.

In accordance with instructions on Epiroc's website, shareholders are welcome to present proposals and opinions to the committee. Shareholders who wish to submit proposals can do so by e-mailing the secretary of the Nomination Committee at [email protected] or by mailing Jörgen Ekelöw, Epiroc AB, P.O. Box 4015, SE-131 04 Nacka, Sweden.

The following representatives of Epiroc AB's shareholders, together with the Chairman of the Board, Ronnie Leten, form the Nomination Committee for the Annual General Meeting 2020:

  • Petra Hedengran, Investor AB (chair)
  • Ramsay Brufer, Alecta
  • Jan Andersson, Swedbank Robur Funds
  • Javiera Ragnartz, SEB Investment Management AB

Board of Directors

The Board of Directors is Epiroc's highest decision-making body below the AGM. The Board is charged with the organization of the Group and management of the Group's affairs. The Board's tasks include adopting strategies, business plans, interim reports, year-end reports, annual financial statements and certain instructions, policies and guidelines. The Board is also required to monitor economic developments and ensure the quality of financial reporting and internal controls and evaluate operations based on the objectives and guidelines set by the Board. Additional targets include deciding on the Group's major investments, acquisitions and divestments, and other changes in the organization and activities. The Board adopts instructions for the committees of the Board and an instruction for the President and CEO, as well as an instruction for the financial reporting.

The work of the Board follows written rules of procedure to ensure that the Board obtains information on all issues, and that all aspects of the Group's activities relating to the Board are addressed.

The Board has established three Board committees as part of efforts to strengthen the efficiency on certain issues: a Remuneration Committee, an Audit Committee and a Repurchasing Committee. The committees have a preparatory and administrative role and members are appointed for one year at a time at the inaugural Board meeting. The work and authority of the committees are regulated by the committee instructions, which are reviewed and approved annually.

CORPORATE GOVERNANCE REPORT

Composition

Members of the Board of Directors, except for employee representatives, are appointed annually by the AGM for the period until the end of the next Annual General Meeting. According to the Group's Articles of Association, the members of the Board of Directors to be elected by the General Meeting shall consist of a minimum of six members and a maximum of twelve members. Other than the President and CEO, the employee representatives and their deputies, none of the Board members are employed by the Group. Of the Board members elected by the AGM, three are women and five are men. The Board members are presented on pages 56–57.

The Chairman leads the work, is responsible for ensuring that the Board's work is carried out efficiently and that the Board fulfills its obligations in accordance with applicable laws and regulations. The Chairman shall monitor the Board's performance and prepare and chair the meetings. The Chairman is also responsible for ensuring that the Board of Directors evaluates its work each year and always receives the information necessary to perform its work effectively. The Chairman represents the Board in relation to Epiroc's shareholders.

Work of the Board

To accomplish its task, the Board's work follows an annual cycle. At the beginning of the year, the Board considers the year-end report and the annual report, as well as matters to be submitted to the AGM. Each year, the Board reviews the strategic direction of the Group as well as the business plan and targets for the year ahead. There is also a presentation of the annual audit made by the Group's principal auditor. Every quarter, the Board reviews the Group's earnings and interim reports. An inaugural Board meeting is held in connection with the AGM at which members of the Board's committees are appointed and matters such as the right to sign on behalf of the company are decided. At Board meetings, there are normally business presentations and/or presentations on certain matters. The Board evaluates the performance of the President and CEO and also follows up on the compliance of the Code of Conduct during the year.

The Board held twelve meetings in 2019, including the inaugural meeting. In addition, the Board made a field trip to Nanjing, China. See also the illustration on pages 54–55 The attendance at Board meetings is presented on page 55. The General Counsel acted as secretary at the Board meetings.

Evaluation of the Board

The annual evaluation of the Board of Directors' work, including the Board's committees was conducted by the Chairman through a questionnaire and a follow-up discussion with each Board member. The evaluation included working procedures, competence and composition of the Board as well as the experience and diversity of the Board members. The findings were presented to the Nomination Committee.

Remuneration of the Board of Directors Remuneration and fees are based on the work done by the Board. The Annual General Meeting held on May 9, 2019 resolved that remuneration to the Board members elected by the General Meeting should be as per below

  • SEK 2 050 000 to the Chairman of the Board and SEK 640 000 each to the other Board members not employed by the Group
  • SEK 260 000 to the chair of the Audit Committee and SEK 175 000 to each of the other members of this committee

CORPORATE GOVERNANCE REPORT

  • SEK 125 000 to the chair of the Remuneration Committee and SEK 90 000 to each of the other members of this committee.
  • SEK 70 000 to each non-executive director who, in addition, participates in committee work decided upon by the board.

See also note 5.

Audit Committee

To support the Board in its role in supervising auditing and internal control issues, a separate Audit Committee is appointed. The committee is responsible for monitoring the Group's financial reporting, financial risk management and internal control, as well as accounting and auditing. The Audit Committee has regular dialogue with the Group's auditor and has at least one meeting per year with the auditor when management is not present. It also reviews and monitors the auditor's impartiality and independence, other services provided by the Group's auditor and assists the Nomination Committee with the proposal for the election of the auditor. The Audit Committee has functional responsibility over Epiroc Group Internal Audit and Assurance. The committee is responsible for reviewing and monitoring this function's independence and objectivity, as well as the effectiveness of the activities carried forward, such as the yearly internal audit plan.

The Audit Committee shall consist of at least three members of whom the majority must be independent in relation to the Group and its management. The Audit Committee consists of Ulla Litzén (chair), Anders Ullberg and Ronnie Leten, of which Ulla Litzén and Anders Ullberg are independent in relation to the Group and its management.

Remuneration Committee

The principal function of the Remuneration Committee is to propose to the Board principles for remuneration and other employment terms for members of Group Management, including proposal for remuneration to the President and CEO, and to approve remuneration and other employment conditions for the other members of the Group Management. The Remuneration Committee also handles remuneration matters of principle importance such as proposal of longterm incentive plans for key employees.

The Remuneration Committee shall consist of three members who may not be employees of the Group. The Chairman of the Board shall chair the committee. The other members shall be independent in relation to the Group and its management. The Remuneration Committee consists of Ronnie Leten (chair), Lennart Evrell and Johan Forssell, of which Lennart Evrell and Johan Forssell are independent in relation to the Group and its management.

Remuneration of the President and CEO and Group Management The remuneration for Epiroc's senior executives shall consist of a base salary, variable compensation, long-term incentive programs, pension contributions and additional benefits.

The base salary shall reflect the position, qualification and individual performance and the variable compensation shall be dependent on the extent to which predetermined quantitative and qualitative goals are met. The variable compensation is limited to a maximum of 70% of the base salary for the President and CEO, to 60% for the business area executive and to 40% for the other senior executives.

In case of termination of employment of a senior executive by the Group, the compensation amounts to between 12 and 24 months' base salary depending on age, length of employment and possible income from other economic activity or employment. See note 5 for information about the remuneration during 2019.

Performance based incentive programs It is considered by the Board to be in the best interest of the shareholders, that key personnel in Epiroc have a long-term interest in a good value development of the shares of the Group. Particularly, this applies to the group of key personnel that consists of the senior executives and the division presidents. It is also the assessment of the Board that a share related option program increases the attractiveness of Epiroc on the global market and enhances the possibility to recruit and keep key personnel in the Group. The Annual General Meeting of Epiroc 2019 resolved on a performance based personnel option plan for 2019. The option plan is directed at a maximum of 100 key employees.

For further information on the incentive programs, see note 23.

Repurchase Committee

The Board of Directors has appointed a Repurchase Committee that will prepare and execute repurchases of own shares in accordance with the AGM's authorization of the Board of Directors to repurchase own shares. See notes 20 and 23. The Repurchase Committee consists of Anders Ullberg (chair) and Ronnie Leten.

President and CEO, Group Management

The Group's President and chief executive officer (CEO) is appointed by the Board of Directors. The President and CEO, is responsible for the ongoing management of the Group's business operations in accordance with instructions and regulations established by the Board. These instructions include responsibility for financial reporting, preparation of information and input for decisions, and ensuring that agreements and other measures do not conflict with applicable legislation or regulations. The President and CEO and Group Management are jointly responsible for the daily operations.

The CEO has appointed a Group Management that is responsible for different parts of the operations. As per December 31, 2019, in addition to Per Lindberg, President and CEO, the management team consisted of Helena Hedblom, Senior Executive Vice President Mining and Infrastructure, Anders Lindén, Senior Vice President (CFO), Jörgen Ekelöw, Senior Vice President General Counsel, Mattias Olsson, Senior Vice President Corporate Communication, and Martin Hjerpe, Senior Vice President M&A and Strategy. As of March 1, 2020, Helena Hedblom is appointed President and CEO, For further information about the members of Group Management, see pages 58-59.

The role of Group Management is to establish strategies and policies for the Group based on the objectives set by the

CORPORATE GOVERNANCE REPORT

Board. Group Management sets targets for operational activities, allocates resources and monitors the business' earnings. The management team is also responsible for investment planning and follow-up, acquisitions and divestments, and for preparations for Board meetings. Group Management meets monthly to review the financial performance of the preceding month, update forecasts and plans, as well as to discuss strategic issues.

Auditor

The task of the external auditor is to audit the Group's annual report and accounts, the consolidated financial statements and the significant subsidiaries, as well as the management by the Board of Directors and the President and CEO. Following each fiscal year, the auditor shall submit an audit report to the Annual General Meeting. The principal auditor participates at all meetings with the Audit Committee and presents the annual audit to the Board of Directors, where the Board also meet the auditor without the management being present.

At the Annual General Meeting 2019 the auditor Deloitte AB, Sweden, was elected external auditing firm until the AGM 2020 in compliance with a proposal from the Nomination Committee. The principal auditor is Thomas Strömberg, Authorized Public Accountant at Deloitte AB.

Attendance

Board
meetings
Per capsulam
resolutions
Audit
Committee
Remuneration
Committee
Repurchase
Committee
Ronnie Leten 9 3 7 2 2
Anders Ullberg 9 3 7 2
Astrid Skarheim Onsum 9 3
Jeane Hull 9 3
Johan Forssell 9 3 2
Lennart Evrell 9 3 2
Per Lindberg 9 3
Ulla Litzén 9 3 7
Bengt Lindgren 6 3
Kristina Kanestad 9 3
Mårten Karlsson/ Daniel Rundgren* 9
Gustav El Rachidi 9
9 3 7 2 2

*Daniel Rundgren replaced Mårten Karlsson as deputy employee representative in April 2019.

July 18 • Q2 2019 results

August 19-21

  • Field trip to Nanjing, China
  • Review of the Group strategy and presentation of
  • the China strategy
  • Review of sustainability and
  • corporate responsibility

October 24 • Q3 2019 results

Q3 Q4

  • November 20 • Review of the Underground
  • Rock Excavation division
  • Review of Cyber Security
  • Leadership and talent review

November 26

• Appointment of new CEO as of March 1, 2020

Board of Directors

Ronnie Leten Johan Forssell Anders Ullberg Ulla Litzén Lennart Evrell Per Lindberg Jeane Hull Astrid

Function / Since Chairman
Elected 2017
Board member
Elected 2017
Board member
Elected 2017
Board member
Elected 2017
Nationality / Born Belgian / 1956 Swedish / 1971 Swedish / 1946 Swedish / 1956
Education M.Sc. in Applied
Economics from the
University of Hasselt,
Belgium.
M.Sc. in Economics
and Business Admin
istration from the
Stockholm School of
Economics, Sweden.
B.Sc. in Economics
from the Stockholm
School of Economics,
Sweden.
B.Sc. in Economics
from the Stockholm
School of Economics,
Sweden, and an MBA
from the Massa
chusetts Institute of
Technology (MIT) in the
United States.
External memberships Chairman and member
of the Boards of Direc
tors of Telefonaktie
bolaget LM Ericsson
and Piab AB, and
member of the Board
of Directors of AB SKF.
President and CEO, and
member of the Board
of Directors, of Investor
AB and a member of
the Boards of Directors
of Atlas Copco AB,
Wärtsilä Oyj Abp,
Patricia Industries AB
and EQT AB.
Chairman and member
of the Boards of
Directors of Boliden
AB and Studsvik AB
and a member of the
Boards of Directors of
Atlas Copco AB, Beijer
Alma AB and Valedo
Partners. Chairman of
the Swedish Financial
Reporting Board and
a member of the
Board of the European
Financial Reporting
Advisory Group.
Member of the Boards
of Directors of AB
Electrolux, NCC AB,
Husqvarna AB and
Ratos AB.
Principal work experience
and other information
He previously held the
position of President
and CEO of Atlas
Copco AB.
He previously held the
position of Managing
Director, Head of
Core Investments, of
Investor AB.
He previously held the
positions of Executive
Vice President and CFO
and President and CEO
of SSAB AB.
She previously held
the positions of
President of W Capital
Management AB and
Managing Director
and member of Group
Management of
Investor AB.
Independence to Epiroc
and its management
No 1) Yes Yes Yes
Independence to major
shareholders
No 2) No 4) Yes Yes
Holdings in Epiroc AB,
incl. related parties
11 308 Class A shares
55 650 Class B shares
112 234 Call options 3)
5 000 Class B shares
4 884 Synthetic shares
14 000 Class A shares
10 000 Class B shares
75 800 Class A shares
3 000 Class B shares

Principal working experience and other information and holdings in Epiroc AB as per December 31, 2019. Holdings include those of close relatives and legal entities.

CORPORATE GOVERNANCE REPORT

Employee

Lennart Evrell Per Lindberg
Jeane Hull
Astrid
Skarheim Onsum
Board member
Elected 2017
Board member and
Board member
President and CEO
Elected 2018
Elected 2018
Board member
Elected 2018
Swedish / 1954 Swedish / 1959
American / 1955
Norwegian / 1970
M.Sc. in Engineering
from the Royal Institute
of Technology (KTH)
and a B.Sc. in Business
Administration from
Uppsala University,
both in Sweden.
M.Sc. in Engineering
and a PhD in Industrial
Management,
Chalmers University of
Technology, Gothen
burg, Sweden.
B.Sc. in Civil Engineer
M.Sc. in Mechanical
ing from South Dakota
Engineering from the
School of Mines and
Norwegian University
Technology and an
of Science and
MBA from Nova South
Technology in
eastern University, both
Trondheim, Norway.
in the United States.
Member of the Boards
of Directors of Svenska
Cellulosa AB (SCA),
ICA Gruppen AB and
of The Confederation
of Swedish Enterprise
(Svenskt Näringsliv).
President and CEO of
Epiroc since 2018.
Corporation and
Incorporated.
Member of the Boards
Head of Wind Energy
at Aker Solutions ASA
of Directors of Interfor
in Norway.
Pretium Resources
He previously held the
position of President
and CEO of Boliden AB.
Previously, he was
President and CEO of
BillerudKorsnäs AB.
Mine in the United
States.
She previously held
She previously held the
positions of Executive
the positions of Chief
Vice President and
Digital Officer and
Chief Technical Officer
Managing Director
of Peabody Energy and
of the Norwegian
Chief Operating Officer
engineering business
for Rio Tinto at the Ken
at Aker Solutions.
necott Utah Copper
Yes No 5)
Yes
Yes
Yes Yes
Yes
Yes

4 000 Class B shares 2 187 Synthetic shares 35 000 Class A shares 1 000 Class B shares 262 520 personnel options 13 857 matching shares 3 617 Synthetic shares 5 804 Synthetic shares

1) Ronnie Leten has been President and CEO of a closely related company (Atlas Copco) within the last five years. 2) Ronnie Leten has a consultancy agreement with Investor AB, which is a major shareholder.

3) Call options issued by Investor AB entitling to purchase Epiroc Class A shares.

4) Johan Forssell is President and CEO of Investor AB, which is a major shareholder.

5) Per Lindberg is President and CEO of Epiroc AB until February 29, 2020.

representatives

Bengt Lindgren Board member, employee representative Appointed 2018 Nationality / Born Swedish / 1957 Holdings in Epiroc AB

Kristina Kanestad Board member, employee representative Appointed 2018 Nationality / Born Swedish / 1966 Holdings in Epiroc AB 1 200 Class B shares

Daniel Rundgren Deputy employee representative Appointed 2019 Nationality / Born Swedish / 1973 Holdings in Epiroc AB

Gustav El Rachidi Deputy employee representative Appointed 2018 Nationality / Born Swedish / 1970 Holdings in Epiroc AB

Group Management

Jörgen Ekelöw Anders Lindén Per Lindberg
Function /
Since
Senior Vice President General
Counsel
In current position since 2017
Senior Vice President Controlling
and Finance (CFO)
In current position since 2017
President and CEO
In current position since 2018 and until
February 29, 2020
Nationality /
Born
Swedish / 1955 Swedish / 1962 Swedish / 1959
Education Master of Law from Lund
University, Sweden.
B.Sc. in Economics and Business
Administration from the Stockholm
School of Economics, Sweden.
M.Sc. in Engineering and a PhD in Industrial
Management, Chalmers University of
Technology, Gothenburg, Sweden.
Principal work
experience
and other
information
General Counsel M&A and Global
Projects at Atlas Copco.
Vice President Business Control
of Atlas Copco Mining and Rock
Excavation Technique business
area.
President and CEO of BillerudKorsnäs.
Holdings in
Epiroc AB, incl.
related parties
5 421 Class A shares
76 146 personnel options
2 721 matching shares
6 465 Class A shares
76 146 personnel options
3 149 matching shares
35 000 Class A shares
1 000 Class B shares
262 520 personnel options
13 857 matching shares

Principal working experience and other information and holdings in Epiroc AB as per December 31, 2019. Holdings include those of close relatives and legal entities.

Anders Lindén
Per Lindberg
Martin Hjerpe Helena Hedblom Mattias Olsson
Senior Vice President General
Senior Vice President Controlling
President and CEO
and Finance (CFO)
In current position since 2018 and until
February 29, 2020
In current position since 2017
In current position since 2017
Function /
Since
Senior Vice President M&A and
Strategy
In current position since 2019
Senior Executive
Vice President Mining and Infrastructure
In current position since 2017
President and CEO from March 1, 2020
Senior Vice President Corporate
Communications
In current position since 2018
Swedish / 1962
Swedish / 1959
Nationality /
Born
Swedish / 1976 Swedish / 1973 Swedish / 1968
B.Sc. in Economics and Business
M.Sc. in Engineering and a PhD in Industrial
Administration from the Stockholm
Management, Chalmers University of
School of Economics, Sweden.
Technology, Gothenburg, Sweden.
Education M.Sc. in Engineering Physics from
Chalmers University of Technology,
Sweden.
M.Sc. in Material Technology from the
Royal Institute of Technology, Stockholm,
Sweden.
M.Sc. in Business Administration
from the University of Linköping,
Sweden.
Vice President Business Control
President and CEO of BillerudKorsnäs.
of Atlas Copco Mining and Rock
Excavation Technique business
area.
Principal work
experience
and other
information
Partner at McKinsey & Company. Member of the Boards of Directors of
IPCO AB and Föreningen för gruvor,
mineral- och metallproducenter i Sverige
(SveMin). Previously President of Atlas
Copco Mining and Rock Excavation
Technique business area.
Head of Investor Relations at
Assa Abloy.
6 465 Class A shares
35 000 Class A shares
76 146 personnel options
1 000 Class B shares
3 149 matching shares
262 520 personnel options
13 857 matching shares
Holdings in
Epiroc AB,
incl. related
parties*
5 226 Class A shares 9 423 Class A shares
315 621 personnel options
10 991 matching shares
4 594 Class A shares
1 200 Class B shares
46 393 personnel options
2 015 matching shares

From March 2, 2020, the following are also members of Epiroc's Group Management: José Manuel Sánchez, President Surface division, Sami Niiranen, President Underground division, Jess Kindler, President Parts & Service division, Jonas Albertson, President Technology & Digital division, Goran Popovski, President Tools & Attachments division, Nadim Penser, Senior Vice President Human Resources. See note 29 and www.epirocgroup.com/en/investors/corporate-governance/ group-management.

Internal control and risk management for financial reporting

This section includes a description of Epiroc's system of internal controls for financial reporting in accordance with the requirements set forth in the Swedish Corporate Governance Code and as stipulated by the Swedish Companies Act.

Epiroc's internal control system for financial reporting is designed to manage risks and ensure a high level of reliability in the preparation of financial reports, and to ensure that applicable accounting principles and other requirements as a publicly listed company are properly applied. Epiroc's processes have been established based on the regulatory framework for internal control issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO). COSO's components are implemented in Epiroc as presented below.

1. Control environment

The basis for Epiroc's internal control framework is defined by the overall control environment. The Board of Directors is responsible for establishing an efficient system for internal control and governs the work through the Audit Committee. Group Management sets the tone for the organization, influencing the control consciousness of the employees. One key success factor for a strong control environment is ensuring that the organizational structure, decision hierarchy, corporate values in terms of ethics and integrity as well as authority to act, are clearly defined and communicated through guiding documents such as internal policies, guidelines and Epiroc's Code of Conduct.

2. Risk assessment

An assessment of financial reporting risks is conducted annually and control activities are either reinforced or implemented. The key risk areas for Epiroc's financial reporting are presented on the next page.

3. Control activities

Epiroc's control activities are established to mitigate financial reporting risks. Control activities are performed at all levels of Epiroc and at various stages of the business processes.

4. Information and communication

Epiroc has information and communication channels designed to ensure that information is identified, captured and communicated in a form and timeframe that enable employees and managers to fulfill their responsibilities. Examples of information and communication in Epiroc are: Group policies and guidelines communicated through The Epiroc Way (intranet), business review meetings and trainings.

5. Monitoring

Ongoing and specific evaluations are carried out to ascertain that the five components of Epiroc's internal control framework are functioning. Epiroc's monitoring activities include independent internal audits, review of balance sheet accounting reconciliations, reviews of financial information and financial performance and monthly management meetings among others. Observations of suspected deficiencies are evaluated and are communicated in a timely manner. Deficiencies of material importance are reported to the Group Management team, the Audit Committee and/or the Board of Directors.

CORPORATE GOVERNANCE REPORT

Key financial reporting risks Control activities
Inventory is not appropriately
valued at the lower of cost
or net realizable value
• Inventories are appropriately reconciled at each reporting date.
• Inventory costs and production variances are reviewed and approved
by the divisions and net realizable values are compared to carrying
values to identify need for adjustments of inventory values.
• Inventory levels and saleability of inventory are assessed at each
reporting date.
Income taxes are not accounted
for in accordance with
applicable tax legislation
• Tax calculations are prepared and reviewed at each reporting date.
• The effective tax rate for each company is analyzed at each reporting
date by Group Tax.
• Compliance with transfer pricing policies is monitored regularly.
• Ongoing tax audits and disputes are monitored and provision levels are
evaluated by Group tax specialists.
Provision for bad debt is
not calculated based on
Group's guidelines
• A strong process and tools are in place for collection of accounts
receivable.
• Bad debt provision calculation guidelines are available in the Group's
intranet.
• Bad debt provision needs are recalculated and booked during each
reporting cycle.
• Independent Balance Sheet reviews are conducted to ensure the
entity has followed Group guidelines when calculating provisions.
Provision for inventory
obsolescence is not calculated
based on Group's guidelines
• Automated reports for calculation of the inventory obsolescence
provision are in place.
• Inventory obsolescence provision calculation guidelines are available
in the Group's intranet.
• Inventory obsolescence provision needs are recalculated and booked
during each reporting cycle.
• Independent Balance Sheet reviews are conducted to ensure the
entity has followed Group guidelines when calculating provisions.
Journal entries are not
accurate or supported
• Journal entries are prepared and supported by sufficient documents.
• Reviews and approvals of journal entries are in place.
• Access to financial transactions is restricted to appropriate personnel.
• Balance Sheet reconciliations are done on a regular basis.
Reporting processes
and procedures are not
well documented
• A documented manual of the business system and financial system
used exist and is updated accordingly.
• Period end closing checklists exist, are maintained and used for
financial reporting tasks. Management reviews the completed
checklists on a timely basis.
Implementation of new IFRS
standards is not done accordingly
• New IFRS standards applicable to Epiroc are known prior to their
effective date.
• Group Financial Reporting leads the implementation of new IFRS
standards and sets a plan for all levels impacted.
• Training for local finance teams is done.
• Group guidelines are updated to reflect the requirements for the new
IFRS standards.

Balanced risk-taking and efficient risk management

All business activities involve risk. Epiroc views efficient risk management both from a risk reduction and a business opportunity perspective in order to reduce probability and severity of damages and losses and to enable profitable growth.

Epiroc's products and services are sold in approximately 150 countries with principal product development and manufacturing units located in Sweden, the United States, Canada, China and India. Epiroc focuses on applications in mining and infrastructure where there is a need for performance-critical equipment and services, with significant aftermarket requirements over the equipment lifecycle and where customers focus on productivity and total cost of ownership. Hence, the global business entails a variety of risks and opportunities. Epiroc's ability to prevent, detect and manage the risks is crucial for effective governance and control of the business.

Responsibilities

It is the responsibility of the Board of Directors to ensure that there is an appropriate system and appropriate guidelines for follow-up and internal control of Epiroc's operations and the risks that are associated with its operations. The risk management system at Epiroc follows the decentralized structure of the Group. Local companies are responsible for their own risk management, which is monitored and followed-up regularly at local business board meetings. In addition, an enterprise risk management system is applied to map Group risks, see below. Group functions for legal, insurance, treasury, tax, controlling and accounting, and communications provide policies, guidelines and instructions regarding risk management.

Financial risk policies and compliance functions were established and became effective as from January 2018. The Board of Directors have adopted the overall financial policies and monitors compliance to the policies. The Group's Financial Risk Management Committee (FRMC) manages the Group's financial risks within the mandate given by the Board of Directors. The members of the FRMC are the CEO, CFO, Group Treasurer, and Manager Treasury Control. The FRMC meet on a quarterly basis or more frequently if circumstances require. The Audit Committee receives reports from the FRMC at each meeting.

Group Treasury has the operational responsibility for financial risk management in the Group. Group Treasury manages and controls financial risk exposures, ensures that appropriate financing is in place through loans and committed credit facilities, and manages the Group's liquidity. Read more about financial risk management in note 27.

The implementation of policies, guidelines and instructions covering financial reporting and financial risk management is regularly audited by internal audits. Read more on Internal control over financial reporting in the Corporate governance report, pages 60–61.

The crisis management process is managed by the Insurance & Risk Management department and Corporate Communications. It is rolled out to all entities and each disruptive or unexpected event should, as far as possible, be handled close to the origin of the incident.

Insurance

As of June 1, 2018, Epiroc is covered by its own insurance programs. The insurance programs cover, inter alia, property and business interruptions insurance, product liability insurance, cargo insurance, financial lines insurance, business travel insurance and specialty risk insurance, to the extent and for amounts considered to be in line with industry practice. However, the Group is not fully insured against all possible risks and insurance coverage for all types of risks may not be available, at a reasonable cost or at all. Hence, if there were to occur an accident causing damage in excess of the applicable insurance limits or not covered by insurance, this could have a material adverse effect on the Group's business, financial condition and results of operations.

Enterprise Risk Management

Epiroc applies an enterprise risk management system to map Group risks. The system is applied on divisions. Hereby risks are identified based on each divisional management team's knowledge of their business and area of responsibility. The ownership of managing the risks raised in the risk mappings lies with each division, while the Insurance & Risk Management department manages the overall process, moderates the sessions and, together with Group Management, consolidates the results on Group level. In addition, risk mappings are carried out on Group level for IT, legal, sustainability and for financial reporting through own analysis and discussions with stakeholders. Results of risk mappings are reported to Group Management and to the Board of Directors. The Board addresses risks and risk management annually.

Task Force on Climate-Related Financial Disclosures

Task Force on Climate-Related Financial Disclosures (TCFD) requires companies to report on their short, medium and long-term climate change risks, and increase transparency on its governance structure, risk management, strategy and targets and metrics that are applicable to address these risks. During 2019, Epiroc started to evaluate the recommendations to improve reporting on climate change risks based on the TCFD.

An outline of risks affecting Epiroc is presented on the following pages.

Epiroc Group key risks

The risks outlined on the next page have been assessed, and on pages 64–65, the highlighted risks that are key risks for the Group are presented. These risks are presented in more detail, including context, risk mitigation actions and activities as well as opportunities.

Risk Overview
Strategic risks
Market risks • Products and services are used in industries which are either cyclical or affected by general
economic conditions.
• Mineral commodity prices are volatile and may affect the demand for Epiroc's products and services.
Competition
risks
• Highly competitive markets.
• Competitors may continue to consolidate.
Regulatory and
political risks
• Regulatory and other risks associated with international operations.
• Operating in complex markets with various political, economic and social conditions where changes
in the political situation in a region or country can affect an industry or company.
External
environmental risks
• Physical changes in climate and natural resources, climate change, pollution, changes in regulations,
taxes and resource prices.

Operational risks

Product
development risks
• Failing to develop, launch and market new products or respond to technological development
and customer demand for sustainable products.
Production risks • Manufacturing and production facilities may get damaged, destroyed or closed.
Distribution risks • Epiroc is dependent on the efficiency of its distribution centers and its customer centers' sales
and service organization.
Supply chain
risks
• Epiroc relies on third party suppliers and interruption and lack of capacity could affect deliveries.
• Risks may arise if suppliers do not comply with Epiroc's Code of Conduct.
Risks with
acquisitions and
divestments
• Difficulties in completing acquisitions, integrating acquired businesses and achieving anticipated
synergies, as well as in completing divestments.
Employee risks • Risk of not being able to attract and retain key personnel or skilled employees.
• Work stoppages or strikes.
Human rights risks • Epiroc operates in countries where violations of human rights occur and encounters customers,
who are also exposed to human rights issues.
Risks to
reputation
• Reputation could be harmed due to negative public perceptions of Epiroc or its business
partners and customers due to lack of complying with internationally accepted ethical, social
and environmental standards
• May be exposed to product liability and warranty claims.
• Complaints and litigation could damage Epiroc's brand and reputation and divert management resources.
Information
technology (IT) risks
• Epiroc could experience a failure in or breach of its operational or information security systems and may
encounter problems relating to storage and processing of personal data.
• Epiroc may be unable to protect its intellectual property.
• Risk with dependency on IT-systems in operations.
Risks of corruption
and fraud
• Epiroc's governance, internal controls and compliance processes may not prevent corruption and fraud.
Insurance risk • Epiroc's insurance policies may provide insufficient protection.
Environmental
risks
• Not actively reducing negative environmental impact may negatively affect operations either
directly or by disrupting the supply chain.
• Lack of Environmental compliance can lead to substantial fines.
Safety and
health risks
• Lack of adherence to safety and health regulations can lead to accidents causing
damage to people, productivity and brand.

Legal risks and Compliance

  • Epiroc's governance, internal controls and compliance processes may not prevent regulatory penalties, trade compliance and fraud.
  • Epiroc is also subject to competition and antitrust laws and inspections.

Financial risks

Financial risks include reporting risks, i.e. risk that reports do not give a fair view of Epiroc´s financial position and results. Financial risks also include currency risk, credit and counterparty risk, hedging risks, commodity price risk, taxation risk and financing risk, i.e. the risk of Epiroc encountering difficulties in repaying its debts and financing its operations. There is also a risk that impairment of goodwill or other intangible assets will adversely affect the financial results. There is a risk that Epiroc´s future results of operations may differ materially from the financial goals set by the company.

Risk and Context Risk mitigation Opportunities
Market risks
Equipment and services are used in industries
which are affected by general economic conditions
and mineral commodity prices, which may affect
the demand for Epiroc's equipment and services.
A flexible setup in the manufacturing in
which a large share of the components
used in the assembly of equipment is
purchased from suppliers. There is also a
significant aftermarket requirement over
the equipment life-cycle, which gives a
large and resilient service business.
enhanced flexibility.
the aftermarket business. This
business.
Competition risks

The markets are highly competitive in terms of pricing, product design and service quality, the timing of development and introduction of new products, customer service and terms of financing.

Intense competition from significant competitors and to a lesser extent small regional companies, and also, increasingly, companies operating with lower costs and margins.

Product development risks

Several markets are characterized by technological advances and changes in customer preferences. Failure to develop, launch and market new products in response to customer demands for productivity and sustainability.

Product development is also affected by legislation on matters such as emissions, noise, vibrations and recycling. This may increase the risk of competition in emerging markets where such legislation is sometimes less strict.

Continuous investments in research and development to develop products in line with customer demand and expectations, even during economic downturns.

Continuous analyses and monitoring of market external factors and customer preferences in order to compete successfully and anticipate and respond to changes in evolving market demands, including demand for new products, see Product development risks below.

Designing products with a life-cycle perspective and measurable efficiency targets for the main product categories.

Designing products with reduced emissions, vibrations or noise and increased recycling potential to meet legislative requirements.

Start using the recommendation from TCFD to better understand and improve reporting on climate change risks.

Lean initiatives in the manufacturing enable a more agile setup with

Opportunity to further develop the aftermarket business. This will enhance the resilience of the

Development of high quality solutions that are in line with customer demands such as increase productivity and lower total cost of ownership.

Opportunities to continuously increase operational efficiency and lower costs of operations and improve competitive position.

Substantial opportunities to strengthen the competitive edge by innovating high quality, sustainable products and creating an integrated value proposition for customers as well as meeting external environmental risks.

Promote the integration of the Sustainable Development Goals in operations.

Supply chain risks

Incorrect deliveries, failure to fulfil deliveries or lack of capacity by suppliers could cause delays or failures in deliveries, which in turn may cause reduced sales and a decline in customer confidence.

Supply interruptions could arise from shortages of raw materials, labor disputes, and weather conditions affecting products or shipments, transportation disruptions or other factors beyond Epiroc's control.

Risk that Epiroc´s business partners do not share the same values as expressed in Epiroc´s Code of Conduct.

Risk that products contain components which are not sustainably produced, e.g. that electronic components contain conflict minerals.

Select and evaluate business partners on the basis of objective factors including quality, delivery, price, and reliability, as well as commitment to environmental and social performance.

Establishment of a global network of sub-suppliers, to prevent supplier dependency.

Providing suppliers with timely and sufficient information in order to manage changes in volumes.

Business partners to sign a Business Partner Criteria Letter and the Code of Conduct.

Continue the process to investigate and remove the potential presence of conflict minerals in the value chain.

Further increase business agility and reduce costs by improving supplier inventory management in response to changes in demand.

Continue to be a preferred business partner and promote efficiency, sustainability and safety. Good supplier relations help to improve Epiroc´s competitive position.

Promote human rights and work towards improving labor conditions, reducing corruption and conflicts.

Opportunity to strengthen customer relationships by being ready to support customers who are impacted by the Dodd Frank legislation on conflict minerals.

Promote the integration of the Sustainable Development Goals in operations.

Employee risks

Given that Epiroc constantly needs to introduce new or enhanced products, it is important that it is able to attract people with expertise in its product areas and in research and development.

If Epiroc fails to monitor its need for employees or if it fails to continue to attract and retain highly qualified management and other skilled employees on acceptable terms it may not be able to sustain or further develop parts of its business

Mapping of competences and requirements are continuously carried out to secure access to people with the right expertise at the right time.

Recruitment can take place both externally and internally, Internal recruitment and job rotation are facilitated by an internal job market.

Salaries and other conditions are adapted to the market and linked to business priorities. Epiroc strives to maintain good relationships with unions.

An employee survey is carried out every two years and followed up actively. Opportunity to set ambitious targets for employees and managers, aligned with business targets, and then give them the freedom to deliver, with accountability for results.

Motivated and skilled employees and managers are crucial to achieve or exceed business targets.

A lot of attention is spent on searching for and recruiting a high performing, diverse workforce who will thrive in an environment of trust and individual responsibility.

Promote the integration of the Sustainable Development Goals in operations.

Risk and Context Risk mitigation Opportunities

Risks to reputation

Epiroc´s reputation and business results could be negatively affected for various reasons, including:

  • If customers start to lose confidence in the safety and quality of the products and services provided • If the quality of the products and services offered
  • by Epiroc deteriorates, including timing of delivery or quality and availability of products, whether due to a mistake by Epiroc or a third party
  • Failure by Epiroc or any of its business partners or customers to comply with ethical, social, product, labor, health and safety, environmental or other standards, or related political considerations
  • Epiroc may be the subject to complaints and litigation from its customers, employees, suppliers and other third parties, alleging product injury, health, environmental, safety, data protection, antitrust or operational concerns, nuisance, negligence or failure to comply with applicable laws and regulations.

Risks of corruption and fraud

Corruption and bribery exist in many countries where Epiroc operates. Epiroc faces the risk of corruption and other illegal acts committed by its employees.

Inadequate internal controls could result in Epiroc becoming more vulnerable in relation to fraudulent acts committed by employees or other persons. Deficiencies in internal control could also cause investors and other third parties to lose confidence in Epiroc's reported financial information.

There is a risk that individual employees, either by mistake or intentionally, act in breach of the applicable legal framework and Epiroc's internal policies and processes regarding trade compliance.

Epiroc is active in a large number of jurisdictions and its operations are subject to a wide range of competition and antitrust laws, rules and regulations. There is a risk that Epiroc's employees engage in discussions, transactions or in any other way interact with competitors or customers in breach of applicable competition and antitrust laws.

All products are tested and also quality assured. Monitoring of product labeling and regular communications training. Epiroc has a clear well-known brand

promise. The Group actively engages in stake-

holder dialogue. Code of Conduct training includes

the yearly signing of a Compliance Statement for managers.

Behavior or actions that are violations of laws or of the Code of Conduct can be reported in Speak Up.

Stakeholder engagement cannot only mitigate reputational risks in certain cases but it also presents opportunities to increase the awareness and credibility of Epiroc's brand through collaboration and innovation.

Delivering tested and quality assured products improve customer satisfaction and promote repeat business.

Attract and develop employees that adhere to the Code of Conduct.

In-house lawyers support entities with advice on laws and regulations including compliance as well as support with contract reviews. Pro-active training is also done.

A yearly legal risk survey of all companies within the Group is performed in addition to a continuous follow-up of the legal risk exposure. The result of the legal-risk survey is compiled, analyzed, and reported to the Board and the auditors.

All managers are required to sign a Code of Conduct Compliance Statement,

Training on the Code of Conduct is available for all employees.

The Compliance Board is responsible for the implementation and adherence to the Code of Conduct and all managers are in turn responsible to make sure that all employees are aware of the Code of Conduct.

Complying with legal norms and laws minimizes costs and increases opportunities to strengthen Epiroc's reputation. It also creates the chance to develop reliable partnerships and improve business stability.

Safety and Health risks

Lack of adherence to safety and health regulations can lead to accidents causing damage to people, productivity and the Epiroc brand.

Health and safety laws and regulations are becoming more complex.

The cost of complying with, and the liabilities and the potential sanctions imposed pursuant to, health and safety laws and regulations could be significant.

Assess and manage safety and health risks in the operations.

All major units are certified in accordance with the OHSAS 18001 standard.

To develop a behavior with safety in mind is key and activities to highlight this, such as roll out of Safestart and Epiroc Safety Day, are organized throughout the Group.

Business partners are trained in Epiroc's policies including health and safety.

Improved safety and health increases productivity and satisfaction of employees and business partners.

Promote the integration of the Sustainable Development Goals in operations.

Financial information

Page Group

  • financial information 68 Consolidated income statement Consolidated statement of comprehensive income
  • 69 Consolidated balance sheet
  • 70 Consolidated statement of changes in equity
  • 71 Consolidated statement of cash flows

Group notes

  • 72 1. Significant accounting principles, accounting estimates and judgements 79 2. Changes in accounting policies
  • 80 3. Acquisitions and divestments
  • 81 4. Segment information
  • 84 5. Employees and personnel
  • expenses
  • 86 6. Remuneration to auditors 87 7. Other operating income
  • and expenses
    1. Financial income and expenses 88 9. Taxes
  • 89 10. Other comprehensive income 11. Earnings per share
    1. Intangible assets
  • 91 13. Property, plant and equipment 92 14. Investments in associated companies and joint ventures
    1. Other financial assets 16. Inventories
  • 93 17. Trade receivables
    1. Other receivables 19. Cash and cash equivalents
  • 94 20. Equity
  • 95 21. Borrowings
  • 96 22. Leases
  • 98 23. Employee benefits
  • 103 24. Other liabilities 25. Provisions
  • 104 26. Assets pledged and contingent liabilities
    1. Financial risk management 109 28. Related parties
    1. Subsequent events

Parent Company

financial information 110 Income statement

  • Statement of comprehensive income
  • 111 Balance sheet 112 Statement of changes in equity
  • 113 Statement of cash flows

Parent Company notes

  • 114 A1. Significant accounting principles A2. Employees and personnel expenses and remunerations to auditors
  • 115 A3. Other operating income and expenses
  • A4. Financial income and expenses
  • A5. Appropriations
  • A6. Income tax
  • 116 A7. Deferred tax assets and liabilities A8. Shares in Group companies
  • A9. Other financial assets
  • A10. Other receivables
  • A11. Equity
  • 117 A12. Post-employment benefits
  • 118 A13. Other provisions
  • A14. Borrowings
  • A15. Other liabilities
  • A16. Financial risk management
  • 119 A17. Assets pledged and contingent liabilities
  • A18. Directly owned subsidiaries A19. Related parties
  • 120 A20. Subsequent events

  • 121 Signatures of the Board of Directors

  • 122 Financial definitions
  • 123 Auditor's report

Notes to the sustainability performance

  • 126 1. Our approach to reporting 2. Materiality outcome and relevant UN Sustainable Development Goals (SDG)
  • 128 3. Stakeholder dialogue and networks
    1. Management approach/integrating sustainability
  • 129 5. We use resources responsibly and efficiently
  • 130 6. We invest in safety and well-being
    1. We grow together with passionate people and
  • courageous leaders
    1. We live by the highest ethical standards
  • 133 Auditor's report
  • 134 The Epiroc share
  • 136 Addresses

Group financial information

Consolidated income statement

January - December
MSEK
Note 2019 2018
Revenues 4 40 849 38 285
Cost of sales -25 547 -24 317
Gross profit 15 302 13 968
Marketing expenses -2 797 -2 574
Administrative expenses -3 261 -2 589
Research and development expenses -1 035 -977
Other operating income 7 130 42
Other operating expenses 7 -191 -477
Share of profit in associated companies and joint ventures 14 -12 -8
Operating profit 4, 5, 6, 16 8 136 7 385
Financial income 8 180 181
Financial expenses 8 -473 -365
Net financial items -293 -184
Profit before tax 7 843 7 201
Income tax expense 9 -1 959 -1 764
Profit for the year 5 884 5 437
Profit attributable to:
– owners of the parent
– non-controlling interests
5 874
10
5 430
7
Basic earnings per share, SEK
Diluted earnings per share, SEK
11
11
4.89
4.89
4.50
4.49

Consolidated statement of comprehensive income

January - December
MSEK
Note 2019 2018
Profit for the year 5 884 5 437
Other comprehensive income
Items that will not be reclassified to profit or loss
Remeasurements of defined benefit pension plans -274 -122
Income tax relating to items that will not be reclassified 52 25
Total items that will not be reclassified to profit or loss -222 -97
Items that may be reclassified subsequently to profit or loss
Translation differences on foreign operations 547 8
- realized and reclassified to profit and loss -7
Cash flow hedges -22 22
Income tax relating to items that may be reclassified 5 -5
Total items that may be reclassified subsequently to profit or loss 523 25
Other comprehensive income for the year, net of tax 10 301 -72
Total comprehensive income for the year 6 185 5 365
Total comprehensive income attributable to
– owners of the parent 6 175 5 358
– non-controlling interests 10 7

Consolidated balance sheet

MSEK Note Dec. 31, 2019 Dec. 31, 2018
Assets
Non-current assets
Intangible assets 12 4 226 3 620
Rental equipment 13 1 213 1 233
Other property, plant and equipment 13 4 613 2 473
Investments in associated companies and joint ventures 14 201 208
Other financial assets and receivables 15 1 007 1 119
Deferred tax assets 9 630 543
Total non-current assets 11 890 9 196
Current assets
Inventories 16 10 508 10 516
Trade receivables 17 7 287 8 005
Other receivables 18 1 597 1 289
Income tax receivables 353 333
Financial assets 15 862 944
Cash and cash equivalents 19 8 540 5 872
Total current assets 29 147 26 959
Total assets 41 037 36 155
Equity and liabilities
Equity
Share capital 20 500 500
Retained earnings 22 261 18 297
Total equity attributable to owners of the parent 22 761 18 797
Non-controlling interests 52 50
Total equity 22 813 18 847
Liabilities
Non-current liabilities
Interest-bearing liabilities 21, 22 7 724 5 095
Post-employment benefits 23 596 283
Other liabilities 98 125
Provisions 25 325 287
Total non-current liabilities 8 743 5 790
Current liabilities
Interest-bearing liabilities 21, 22 705 1 702
Trade payables 4 050 4 711
Income tax liabilities 507 605
Other liabilities 24 3 930 4 211
Provisions 25 289 289
Total current liabilities 9 481 11 518
Total equity and liabilities 41 037 36 155

Consolidated statement of changes in equity

2019 Equity attributable to owners of the parent
MSEK Share
capital
Other
paid-in
capital
Translation
reserve
Cash flow
hedge
Retained
earnings
Total Non
controlling
interests Total equity
Opening balance, January 1 500 3 190 17 18 087 18 797 50 18 847
Profit for the year 5 874 5 874 10 5 884
Other comprehensive income for the year 540 -17 -222 301 0 301
Total comprehensive income for the year 540 -17 5 652 6 175 10 6 185
Dividend -2 523 -2 523 -8 -2 531
Divestment of 4 705 198 series A shares 55 419 474 474
Acquisitions of 1 500 000 series A shares -134 -134 -134
Share-based payment, equity settled
– expense during the year 9 9 9
– exercise option -37 -37 -37
Closing balance, December 31 500 58 730 0 21 473 22 761 52 22 813
2018 Equity attributable to owners of the parent
MSEK Share
capital
Other
paid-in
capital
Translation
reserve
Cash flow
hedge
Retained
earnings
Total Non
controlling
interests
Total equity
Opening balance, January 1 21 3 182 11 835 12 041 6 12 047
Impact of change in accounting policy 1 1 1
Restated balance, January 1 21 3 182 11 836 12 042 6 12 048
Profit for the year 5 430 5 430 7 5 437
Other comprehensive income for the year 8 17 -97 -72 -72
Total comprehensive income for the year 8 17 5 333 5 358 7 5 365
Bonus issue 479 -479
Divestment of 518 482 series A shares 0 51 51 51
Acquisitions of 14 510 359 series A shares -1 359 -1 359 -1 359
Share-based payment, equity settled
– expense during the year 24 24 24
– exercise option -12 -12 -12
Other transactions with shareholders 2 693 2 693 37 2 730
Closing balance, December 31 500 3 190 17 18 087 18 797 50 18 847

Consolidated statement of cash flows

January - December
MSEK
Note
2019 2018
Cash flow from operating activities
Operating profit 8 136 7 385
Adjustments for:
Depreciation, amortization and impairment
12, 13
1 978 1 369
Capital gain/loss and other non-cash items -252 101
Net financial items received/paid -410 -483
Taxes paid -2 157 -1 747
Pension funding and payment of pension to employees -61 -52
Cash flow before change in working capital 7 234 6 573
Change in:
Inventories 739 -1 684
Operating receivables 1 051 -1 607
Operating liabilities -1 453 1 416
Change in working capital 337 -1 875
Increase in rental equipment -915 -896
Sale of rental equipment 572 522
Net cash from operating activities 7 228 4 324
Cash flow from investing activities
Investments in other property, plant and equipment -486 -577
Sale of other property, plant and equipment 60 26
Investments in intangible assets
12
-537 -459
Sale of intangible assets 16
Acquisition of subsidiaries and associated companies
3
-1 137 -546
Divestment of subsidiaries
3
153
Proceeds to/from other financial assets, net 276 219
Net cash flow from investing activities -1 655 -1 337
Cash flow from financing activities
Dividend -2 523
Dividend paid to non-controlling interest -8
Repurchase of own shares -134 -1 359
Divestment of own shares 474 52
Borrowings 3 044 6 396
Repayment of borrowings -3 432 -414
Net repayment of borrowings to former owners -3 572
Settlement of Credit Support Annex (CSA)
Payment of finance lease liabilities
-9
-423
11
-54
Net cash flow from financing activities -3 011 1 060
Net cash flow for the year 2 562 4 047
Cash and cash equivalents, Jan. 1 5 872 1 808
Exchange-rate difference in cash and cash equivalents 106 17
Cash and cash equivalents, Dec. 31
19
8 540 5 872
Operating cash flow
Net cash from operating activities 7 228 4 324
Net cash from investing activities -1 655 -1 337
Acquisition and divestment of subsidiaries and associated companies 984 546
Other adjustments1) 131 351
Operating cash flow 6 688 3 884

1) Mainly currency hedges of loans and divestment of Payment Solutions portfolios.

Group notes

1. Significant accounting principles, accounting estimates and judgements

Significant accounting principles

The consolidated financial statements comprise Epiroc AB, the Parent Company ("the Company"), and its subsidiaries (together "the Group" or Epiroc) and the Group's interest in associated companies and joint ventures. Epiroc AB is headquartered in Nacka, Sweden.

The Annual Report for the Group and for Epiroc AB, including financial statements, was approved for issuance on February 28, 2020. The balance sheets and income statements are subject to approval by the Annual General Meeting of the shareholders on May 12, 2020.

Basis for preparation

The consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS) as endorsed by the EU. The statements are also prepared in accordance with the Swedish recommendation RFR 1 "Supplementary Accounting Rules for Groups" and applicable statements issued by the Swedish Financial Reporting Board. These require certain additional disclosure requirements for Swedish consolidated financial statements prepared in accordance with IFRS.

Basis of consolidation

The consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with the acquisition method. The income statements and balance sheets of the Group include all entities in which the Company, directly or indirectly, has control. Control exists when the Company has power over the entity, is exposed, or has rights, to variable returns from its involvement with the entity and has the ability to use its power to affect its returns. Generally, control and hence consolidation is based on ownership. In a few exceptions, consolidation is based on agreements that give the Group control over an entity.

Intra-group balances and internal income and expense arising from intra-group transactions are fully eliminated in preparing the Group's financial statements. Gains and losses arising from intra- -group transactions that are recognized in assets, such as inventory and fixed assets, are eliminated in full, but losses only to the extent that there is no evidence of impairment.

Business combinations

Business combinations are accounted for using the acquisition method. Business combinations is seen as if the Group directly acquires the assets and assumes the liabilities of the entity acquired. At the acquisition date, the date on which control is obtained, each identifiable asset acquired and liability assumed is recognized at its acquisition date fair value. The consideration transferred, measured at fair value, includes assets transferred by the Group, liabilities to the former owners of the acquiree and the equity interests issued by the Group in exchange for control of the acquiree. Any subsequent change in such fair value is recognized in profit or loss, unless the contingent consideration is classified as equity. Transaction costs that the Group incur in connection with a business combination are expensed as incurred.

Goodwill is measured as the excess of the sum of the consideration transferred, the amount of any non-controlling interests in the acquiree, and the fair value of the Group's previously held equity interest in the acquiree (if any) over the net of acquisition-date fair value amounts of the identifiable assets acquired and liabilities assumed.

Non-controlling interest is initially measured at the non-controlling interest's proportionate share of the fair value of identifiable net assets.

Subsequent profit or loss attributable to the non-controlling interest is allocated to the non-controlling interest, even if it puts the non-controlling interest in a deficit position. Acquisitions of noncontrolling interests are recognized as a transaction between owners of the parent and non-controlling interests. The difference between consideration paid and the proportionate share of net assets acquired is recognized in equity. For details on the acquisitions made during the year, see note 3.

Associated companies and joint ventures

An associate is an entity in which the Group has significant influence, but not control, over financial and operating policies. When the Group holds 20–50% of the voting power, it is presumed that significant influence exists, unless otherwise demonstrated. A joint venture is an entity over which the Group has joint control, through contractual agreements with one or more parties. Investments in associated companies and joint ventures are reported according to the equity method. This means that the carrying value of interests in an associate or joint venture corresponds to the Group's share of reported equity of the associate or joint venture, any goodwill, and any other remaining fair value adjustments recognized at acquisition date.

"Shares of profit in associated companies and joint ventures", included in the income statement, comprises the Group's share of the associate's and joint venture's income after tax adjusted for any amortization and depreciation, impairment losses, and other adjustments arising from any remaining fair value adjustments recognized at acquisition date. Dividends received from an associated company or joint venture reduce the carrying value of the investment. Unrealized gains and losses arising from transactions with an associate or a joint venture are eliminated to the extent of the Group's interest, but losses only to the extent that there is no evidence of impairment of the asset. When the Group's share of losses in an associate or a joint venture equals or exceeds its interest in the associate or joint venture, the Group does not recognize further losses unless the Group has incurred obligations or made payments on behalf of the associate.

Functional currency and foreign currency translation

The financial statements are presented in Swedish krona (SEK), which is the accounting currency for Epiroc AB and also the presentation currency for the Group's financial reporting. Unless otherwise stated, the amounts presented are in millions Swedish krona (MSEK).

Transactions in foreign currencies are translated at the foreign exchange rate ruling at the date of the transaction. Non-monetary items carried at historical cost are reported using the exchange rate at the date of the transaction and non-monetary items carried at fair value are reported at the rate that existed when the fair values were determined. Tangible and intangible assets, inventory and advanced payments are examples of non-monetary items. Receivables and liabilities and other monetary items denominated in foreign currencies are translated using the foreign exchange rate at the balance sheet date. The exchange gains and losses related to trade receivables and payables and other operating receivables and liabilities are included in "Other operating income and expenses" and foreign exchange gains and losses attributable to other financial assets and liabilities are included in "Financial income and expenses". Exchange-rate differences on translation to functional currency are reported in other comprehensive income in the following cases:

  • translation of a financial liability designated as a hedge of the net investment in a foreign operation,
  • translation of intra-group receivables from, or liabilities to, a foreign operation that in substance is part of the net investment in the foreign operation,
  • cash flow hedges of foreign currency to the extent that the hedge is effective.

In the financial statements, the balance sheets of foreign subsidiaries are translated to SEK using exchange rates at the end of the reporting period and the income statements are translated at the average rates for the reporting period. Foreign exchange differences arising on such translation are recognized in other comprehensive income and are accumulated in the currency translation reserve in equity. Exchange rates for major currencies that have been used for the Group's financial statements are disclosed in note 27.

Segment reporting

An operating segment is a component of the Group that engages in business activities from which it may earn revenue and incur expenses, whose operating results are regularly reviewed by the

GROUP NOTES

1. Significant accounting principles, accounting estimates and judgements, cont.

entity's chief operating decision maker to make decisions about resources to be allocated to the segment and assess its performance, and for which discrete financial information is available. Epiroc's management monitors its operations by division which represents the Group's operating segments. The operating results of the operating segments are reviewed regularly by the Group's President and CEO, the chief operating decision maker, to make decisions about allocation of resources to the segments and to assess their performance. In the Group's financial statements the operating segments have been aggregated to two reporting segments, Equipment & Service and Tools & Attachments, in accordance with IFRS 8. See note 4 for additional information.

Revenue recognition

Revenue is recognized at an amount that reflects the expected and entitled consideration for transferring goods and/or services to customers when control has passed to the customer. See note 4 for further information on revenue by segment and by geographical area.

Goods sold

Revenue from goods sold is recognized at one point in time when control of the goods has been transferred to the customer. This occur when i.e. the Group has a present right to payment for the goods, the customer has legal title of the goods, the goods have been delivered to the customer and/or the customer has the significant risks and rewards of the ownership of the goods.

When the goods sold is highly customized and an enforceable right to payment is present, revenue is recognized over time using the proportion of cost incurred to date compared to estimated total cost to measure progress towards transferring the control of the goods to the customer.

For buy-back commitments where the buy-back price is lower than original selling price but there is an economic incentive for the customer to use the buy-back commitment option, the transaction is accounted for as an operating lease.

Variable consideration

Some contracts with customers provide a right of return, trade discounts or volume rebates. If revenue cannot be reliably measured, the revenue is deferred until the uncertainty is highly probable to be resolved. Such provisions are estimated at contract inception and updated thereafter.

Rights of return

When a contract with a customer provides a right to return the goods within a specified period, the Group accounts for the right of return using the expected value method based on historical experience with the customer or similar customers and taking into consideration future expected deliveries. The amount of revenue related to the expected returns is deferred and recognized in the balance sheet within "Other liabilities". A corresponding adjustment is made to the cost of sales and recognized in the balance sheet within "Other receivables".

Rendering of services

Revenue from service is recognized over time by reference to the progress towards satisfaction of each performance obligation. The progress towards satisfaction of each performance obligation is measured by the proportion of cost incurred to date compared to estimated total cost of each performance obligation.

Where the outcome of a service contract cannot be estimated reliably, revenue is recognized to the extent of costs incurred that are expected to be recoverable. When it is probable that total contract costs will exceed total revenue, the expected loss is recognized as an expense immediately.

Contract assets and contract liabilities

If the right to consideration for a specific performance obligation is conditional on satisfying another performance obligation, the right is classified as a contract asset. When payment has been received in advance of satisfying the performance obligation, the liability is classified as a contract liability.

Performance obligation

Information about the Group's performance obligations are summarized below:

Equipment

The performance obligation is satisfied upon delivery of the equipment, except for equipment with complex installation, in these circumstances; the performance obligation is satisfied upon completion of installation of the equipment. Payment is generally due between 30–60 days from delivery. In some contracts, short-term advances are required before the equipment is delivered. Some contracts contain right of return, late delivery penalties, volume rebates and buy backs, which give rise to variable consideration subject to constraint.

Installation services

Installation services is sold either separately or as a part of an equipment sale. The performance obligation is satisfied over time and payment is generally due upon completion and acceptance of the customer.

Spare parts and tools

The performance obligation is satisfied upon delivery of the equipment. Payment is generally due between 30–60 days from delivery. Some contracts contain volume rebates, which give rise to variable consideration subject to constraint.

Service

The providing of service is satisfied over time and payment is generally due 30–60 days after completion.

See note 4 for more information regarding the Group's performance obligations.

Rental operations

Rental income from rental equipment is recognized on a straight-line basis over the rental period. Sale of rental equipment is recognized as revenue when the significant risks and rewards of ownership have been transferred to the buyer. The carrying value of the rental equipment sold is recognized as cost of sales. Investments in and sale of rental equipment are included in cash flow from operating activities.

Other operating income and expenses

Commissions and royalties are recognized on an accrual basis in accordance with the financial substance of the agreement. Gains and losses on disposals of an item of non-current tangible and intangible assets are determined by comparing the proceeds from disposal with the carrying amount. Such gains and losses are recognized within "Other operating income" and "Other operating expenses". See note 7 for additional information.

Financial income and expenses

Interest income and interest expenses are recognized in profit or loss using the effective interest rate method. Dividend income is recognized in profit or loss on the date that the Group's right to receive payment is established. See note 8 for additional information.

Income taxes

Income taxes include both current and deferred taxes. Income taxes are reported in profit or loss unless the underlying transaction is reported in other comprehensive income or in equity, in which case the corresponding tax is reported according to the same principle. A current tax liability or asset is recognized for the estimated taxes payable or refundable for the current year or prior years.

Deferred tax is recognized using the balance sheet liability method. The calculation of deferred taxes is based on differences between the values reported in the balance sheet and their valuation for taxation, which are referred to as temporary differences, and the carry-forward of unused tax losses and tax credits. Temporary differences attributable to the following assets and liabilities are not provided for: the initial recognition of goodwill, the initial recognition (other than in business combinations) of assets or liabilities that affect neither accounting nor taxable profit, and differences related to investments in subsidiaries, associated companies and joint ventures to the extent that they will probably not reverse in the foreseeable future, and for which the Company is able to control the timing of the reversal of the temporary differences.

A deferred tax asset is recognized only to the extent that it is probable that future taxable profits will be available against which the asset can be utilized. In the calculation of deferred taxes, enacted or substantively enacted tax rates are used for the individual tax jurisdictions.

Current and deferred tax assets and liabilities are offset when there is a legally enforceable right to set off current tax assets against

GROUP NOTES

1. Significant accounting principles, accounting estimates and judgements, cont.

current tax liabilities and when they relate to income taxes levied by the same taxation authority and the Group intends to settle its current tax assets and liabilities on a net basis. For details regarding taxes, see note 9.

Earnings per share

Basic earnings per share are calculated based on the profit for the year attributable to owners of the parent and the basic number of shares outstanding adjusted for any subsequent split made prior to the release of the financial statements. Diluted earnings per share are calculated based on the profit for the year attributable to owners of the parent and the diluted number of shares outstanding. Dilutive effects arise from stock options that are settled in shares, or that at the employees' choice can be settled in shares or cash in the sharebased incentive programs. Stock options have a dilutive effect when the average share price during the period exceeds the exercise price of the options. When calculating the dilutive effect, the exercise price is adjusted by the value of future services related to the options. See note 11 for more details.

Intangible assets

Goodwill

Goodwill is recognized at cost, as established at the date of acquisition of a business (see "Business combinations"), less accumulated impairment losses, if any. Goodwill is allocated to the cash- -generating units (CGU) that are expected to benefit from the synergies of the business combination. The operating segments of Epiroc have been identified as CGU's. Impairment testing is made at least annually or whenever the need is indicated. Goodwill is reported as an indefinite useful life intangible asset.

Technology-based intangible assets

Expenditure on research activities is expensed as incurred. Research projects acquired as part of business combinations are initially recognized at their fair value at the acquisition date. Subsequent to initial recognition, these research projects are carried at cost less amortization and impairment losses. Expenditure on development activities are expensed as incurred unless the activities meet the criteria for being capitalized i.e.:

  • the product or process being developed is estimated to be technically and commercially feasible, and
  • the Group has the intent and ability to complete and sell or use the product or process.

The expenditure capitalized includes the cost of materials, direct labor, and other costs directly attributable to the project. Capitalized development expenditure is carried at cost less accumulated amortization and impairment losses. Amortization related to development expenditure has been reported as part of research and development costs in the income statement since the Group monitors the research and development function as a whole. See note 7 and 12 for more information.

Trademarks

Trademarks acquired by the Group are capitalized based on their fair value at the time of acquisition, and are subsequently carried at cost less accumulated amortization and impairment losses.

Marketing and customer related intangible assets

Acquired marketing and customer related intangibles are capitalized based on their fair value at the time of acquisition and are carried at cost less accumulated amortization and impairment losses.

Other intangible assets

Acquired intangible assets relating to contract based rights, such as licenses or franchise agreements, are capitalized based on their fair value at the time of acquisition and carried at cost less accumulated amortization and impairment losses. Expenditure on internally generated goodwill, trademarks and similar items is expensed as incurred.

Changes in the Group's intangible assets during the year are described in note 12.

Property, plant and equipment

Items of property, plant and equipment are carried at cost less accumulated depreciation and impairment losses. Cost of an item of property, plant and equipment comprises purchase price, import duties, and any cost directly attributable to bringing the asset to the location and condition for use. The cost also includes dismantlement and removal of the asset in the future if applicable. Borrowing costs for assets that need a substantial period of time to get ready for their intended use are included in the cost value until the assets are substantially ready for their use or sale and are thereafter depreciated.

The Group capitalizes costs on initial recognition and on replacement of significant parts of property, plant and equipment if it is probable that the future economic benefits embodied will flow to the Group and the cost can be measured reliably. All other costs are expensed in profit or loss when incurred.

Rental equipment

The rental fleet comprise drill rigs, mine trucks, loaders, and to a lesser extent hydraulic attachments, simulators and other mining and construction equipment. Rental equipment is initially recognized at cost and is depreciated over the estimated useful life of the equipment. Rental equipment is depreciated to a residual value estimated at 0–10% of cost.

Depreciation and amortization

Depreciation and amortization is calculated based on cost using the straight line method over the estimated useful life of the asset. Parts of property, plant and equipment with a cost that is significant in relation to the total cost of the item are depreciated separately when the useful life of the parts do not coincide with the useful life of other parts of the item.

The following useful life are used for depreciation and amortization:
Technology-based intangible assets 3–15 years
Trademarks 5–10 years
Marketing and customer related intangible assets 5–15 years
Buildings 25–50 years
Machinery and equipment 3–10 years
Vehicles 4–5 years
Computer hardware and software 3–10 years
Rental equipment 3–8 years

The useful life and residual values are reassessed annually or more often if there are indications of impairments. Land, assets under construction and goodwill are not depreciated or amortized. For changes in the Group's property, plant and equipment see note 13.

Leases – IFRS 16 (from year 2019)

The Group acts both as lessor and lessee.

Group as Lessee

The Group assesses at contract inception whether a contract is, or contains, a lease. That is, if the contract conveys the right to control the use of an identified asset for a period of time in exchange for consideration.

The Group as lessee recognizes a right-of-use asset in the balance sheet as well as a lease liability. On commencement date, the lease liability is initially measured at the present value of the unpaid lease payments, discounted using the interest rate implicit in the lease, or if the rate cannot be readily determined, the Group's incremental borrowing rate. Lease payments included in the measurement comprise fixed payments, variable lease payments that depend on an index or a rate, amounts to be paid under a residual value guarantee and lease payments due to the exercise of any options in the contract, if the Group is reasonably certain to use the option. The lease liability is subsequently measured at amortized cost adjusted for any remeasurement.

A remeasurement of the lease liability, and a corresponding applicable adjustment to the related right-of-use asset, is performed when

  • the lease term has changed or there is a change in the assessment of exercise of a purchase option, in which case the lease liability is remeasured by discounting the revised lease payments using a revised discount rate.
  • the lease payments change due to changes in an index or a change in expected payment under a guaranteed residual value, in which cases the lease liability is remeasured by discounting the revised lease payments using the initial discount rate.
  • a lease contract is modified and the lease modification is not accounted for as a separate lease, in which case the lease liability is remeasured by discounting the revised lease payments using a revised discount rate.

1. Significant accounting principles, accounting estimates and judgements, cont.

The right-of-use asset comprise the initial measurement of the corresponding lease liability with the addition of any lease payments made at or before the commencement day and any initial direct costs. The leased asset is subsequently measured at cost less accumulated depreciation and impairment and adjusted for any remeasurement. The leased asset is depreciated over the lease term on a straight-line basis or over its useful life of the underlying asset if it is assessed to be reasonably certain that the Group will obtain ownership at the end of the lease term. The depreciation starts at the commencement date of the lease. The depreciation of the right-of-use asset is recognized within operating profit and interest expense on the lease liability within net financial items. The right-of-use asset is subject for impairment following the principle described below under section "Impairment of non-financial assets".

If the lease contract is considered to include a low value asset or has a lease term that is less than 12 months such payments are recognized as an expense on a straight-line basis over the lease term. The Group has leases of certain office equipment (i.e. personal computers, printing and photocopying machines) that are considered leases of low value. Variable non-lease components such as service components are accounted for as an expense over the lease term.

In the consolidated balance sheet the Group present the lease liability within "non-current interest bearing liability" and within "current interest bearing liability" for the part of the lease liability that is due within the next 12 months. The right-of-use asset is presented within "Other property, plant and equipment" or "Rental equipment".

Group as lessor

At inception of a lease contract, the Group assess whether the lease is a finance lease or an operating lease. If the Group, as a lessor, substantially retains the ownership rights and obligations of the asset, then the lease is classified as an operating lease. On the contrary, the lease is classified as a finance lease if the ownership rights and obligations of the asset are transferred to the lessee.

In cases where the Group acts as a lessor under an operating lease, the asset is classified as rental equipment and is subject to the Group's depreciation policies. The lease payments are included in profit or loss on a straight-line basis over the term of the lease. Under finance leases where the Group acts as lessor, the transaction is recorded as a sale and a lease receivable, comprising the future minimum lease payments and any residual value guaranteed to the lessor, is recorded. Lease payments are recognized as repayment of the lease receivable and interest income. See note 22 for more details on leases.

In cases where the Group acts as an intermediate lessor, it accounts for its interests in the head-lease and the sub-lease separately. The Group assesses the lease classification of a sub-lease with reference to the right-of-use asset arising from the head-lease.

Leases - IAS 17 (comparative figures, year 2018)

The Group acts both as lessor and lessee. Leases are classified as either finance leases or operating leases. A finance lease entails the transfer to the lessee of substantially all of the economic risks and benefits associated with ownership. If this is not the case, the lease is accounted for as an operating lease.

Group as lessee

For the lessee, a financial lease implies that the fixed asset leased is recognized as an asset in the balance sheet. Initially, a corresponding liability is recorded. Upon initial recognition, the leased asset is measured at an amount equal to the lower of its fair value and the present value of the future minimum lease payments. Fixed assets under finance leases are depreciated over their estimated useful lives, while the lease payments are reported as interest and amortization of the lease liability. For operating leases, the lessee does not account for the leased asset in its balance sheet. The costs of operating leases are recorded in the income statement on a straightline basis over the term of the lease.

Group as lessor

In cases where the Group acts as the lessor under an operating lease, the asset is classified as rental equipment and is subject to the Group's depreciation policies. The lease payments are included in profit or loss on a straightline basis over the term of the lease.

Under finance leases where the Group acts as lessor, the transaction is recorded as a sale and a lease receivable, comprising the future minimum lease payments and any residual value guaranteed to the lessor, is recorded. Lease payments are recognized as interest income and repayment of the lease receivable. See note 22 for more details on leases.

Impairment of non-financial assets

The carrying values of the Group's non-financial assets are reviewed at least at each reporting date to determine whether there is any indication of impairment. If any such indication exists, the Group estimates the recoverable amount of the asset. An impairment loss is recognized if the carrying amount of an asset or its cash-generating unit (CGU) exceeds its recoverable amount (i.e. the greater of fair value less costs to sell and value in use). In assessing value in use, the estimated future cash flows are discounted to their present value using a discount rate that reflects current market assessments of the time value of money and the risks specific to the asset or CGU. For the purpose of assessing impairment, assets are grouped in CGUs, which are the smallest identifiable groups of assets that generate cash inflows that are largely independent of the cash inflows from other assets or group of assets. Impairment losses are recognized in profit or loss.

An impairment loss related to goodwill is not reversed. In respect of other assets, impairment losses in prior periods are reviewed for possible reversal of the impairment at each reporting date.

Inventories

Inventories are valued at the lower of cost and net realizable value. Net realizable value is the estimated selling price for inventories less all estimated costs of completion and costs necessary to make the sale. Inventories are recognized according to the first-in-first-out principle and includes the cost of acquiring inventories and bringing them to their existing location and condition. Inventories manufactured by the Group and work in progress include an appropriate share of production overheads based on normal operating capacity. Inventories are reported net of deductions for obsolescence and internal profits arising in connection with deliveries from the production companies to the customer centers. See note 16 for more details.

Equity

Shares issued by the company are classified as equity. Incremental costs directly attributable to the issue of ordinary shares and share options are recognized as a deduction from equity, net of any tax effect.

When shares are repurchased, the amount of the consideration paid is recognized as a deduction from equity net of any tax effect. Repurchased shares are classified as treasury shares and are presented as a deduction from total equity. When treasury shares are sold or subsequently reissued, the amount received is recognized as an increase in equity and the resulting surplus or deficit on the transaction is transferred to or from other paid-in capital. See note 20.

Provisions

Provisions are recognized:

  • when the Group has a legal or constructive obligation (as a result of a past event),
  • it is probable that the Group will have to settle the obligation, and
  • the amount of the obligation can be estimated reliably.

The amount recognized as a provision is the best estimate of the consideration required to settle the present obligation at the balance sheet date.

If the effect of the time value of money is material, the provision is determined by discounting the expected future cash flows of estimated expenditures. Provisions for product warranties are recognized as cost of sales at the time the products are sold based on the estimated cost using historical data for level of repairs and replacements. A restructuring provision is recognized when the Group has approved a detailed and formal restructuring plan and the restructuring has either commenced or been announced publicly.

Present obligations arising under onerous contracts are recognized as provisions. An onerous contract is considered to exist where the Group has a contract under which the unavoidable costs of meeting the obligations under the contract exceed the economic benefits expected to be received from the contract. Before a provision is established, the Group recognizes any impairment loss on the asset associated with the contract. For details on provisions, see note 25.

Post-employment benefits

Post-employment benefit plans are classified either as defined contribution or defined benefit plans. Under a defined contribution plan, the Group pays fixed contributions into a separate entity and will have

GROUP NOTES

1. Significant accounting principles, accounting estimates and judgements, cont.

no legal or constructive obligation to pay further amounts if the fund does not hold sufficient assets to pay all employee benefits. Contributions to defined contributions plans are expensed when employees provide services entitling them to the contribution.

Other post-employment benefit plans are defined benefit plans and it is the Group's obligation to provide agreed benefits to current and former employees. The net obligation of defined benefit plans is calculated by estimating the amount of future benefits that employees have earned in return for their services in current and prior periods.

The amount is discounted to determine its present value and the fair values of any plan assets are deducted. Funded plans with net assets, i.e. plans with assets exceeding the commitments, are reported as financial non-current assets.

The cost for defined benefit plans is calculated using the Projected Unit Credit Method, which distributes the cost over the employee's service period. The calculation is performed annually by independent actuaries using actuarial assumptions such as employee turnover, mortality and future increase in salaries and medical costs. Changes in actuarial assumptions, experience adjustments of obligations and changes in fair value of plan assets result in remeasurements and are recognized in other comprehensive income. Each quarter a remeasurement is performed to adjust the present value of pension liabilities and the fair value of pension assets against other comprehensive income. Net interest on defined benefit obligations and plan assets is reported as interest income or interest expenses. See note 23 for additional information.

Share-based compensation

The Group has share-based incentive programs, consisting of share options and share appreciation rights, which may be offered to certain employees based on position and performance. Additionally, the Board are offered synthetic shares.

The fair value of share options that can only be settled in shares (equity-settled) is recognized as an employee expense with a corresponding increase in equity. The fair value, measured at grant date using the Black-Scholes formula, is recognized as an expense over the vesting period. The amount recognized as an expense is adjusted to reflect the actual number of share options that vest.

The fair value of the share appreciation rights, synthetic shares, and options with a choice for employees to settle in shares or cash is recognized in accordance with principles for cash-settled sharebased payments. The value is recognized as an employee expense with a corresponding increase in liabilities. The fair value, measured at grant date and remeasured at each reporting date using the Black- -Scholes formula, is accrued and recognized as an expense over the vesting period. Changes in fair value are, during the vesting period and after the vesting period until settlement, recognized in profit or loss as an employee expense. The accumulated expense recognized equals the cash amount paid at settlement. Social security charges are paid in cash and are accounted for in consistence with the principles for cash-settled share-based payments, regardless of whether they are related to equity or cash-settled share-based payments. See note 23 for details.

Financial assets and liabilities – financial instruments

Financial assets and liabilities are recognized when the Group becomes a party to the contractual provision of the instrument. Transactions of financial assets are accounted for at trade date, which is the day when the Group contractually commits to acquire or dispose of the assets. Trade receivables are recognized on issuance of invoices. Liabilities are recognized when the other party has performed and there is a contractual obligation to pay. Derecognition, fully or partially, of a financial asset occurs when the rights in the contract have been realized or matured, or when the Group no longer has control over it. A financial liability is derecognized, fully or partially, when the obligation specified in the contract is discharged or otherwise expires. A financial asset and a financial liability are offset and the net amount presented in the balance sheet when there is a legal right to offset the recognized amounts and there is an intention to either settle on a net basis or to realize the asset and settle the liability simultaneously. Gains and losses from derecognition and modifications are recognized in profit or loss.

Measurement of financial instruments

Financial instruments are classified at initial recognition. The classification decides the measurement of the instruments.

Classification and measurement of financial assets

Equity instruments: are classified at fair value through profit or loss (FVTPL) unless they are held for non-trading purposes, in which case an irrevocable election can be made on initial recognition to classify them at fair value through other comprehensive income (FVOCI) with no subsequent reclassification to profit or loss. The Group classifies equity instruments at FVTPL.

Derivative instruments: are classified at FVTPL, unless they are classified as a hedging instrument and the effective part of the hedge is recognized in other comprehensive income (OCI).

Debt instruments: the classification of financial assets that are debt instruments, including hybrid contracts, is based on the Group's business model for managing the assets and the asset's contractual cash flow characteristics. The instruments are classified at either:

  • amortized cost,
  • fair value through other comprehensive income (FVOCI), or
  • fair value through profit or loss (FVTPL).

Financial assets at amortized cost are at initial recognition measured at fair value including transaction costs. After initial recognition, they are measured at amortized cost using the effective interest method. Assets classified at amortized cost is held under the business model of collecting the contractual cash flows that are solely payments of principal and interest on the principal amount outstanding. The assets are subject to a loss allowance for expected credit losses.

Fair value through other comprehensive income (FVOCI) are assets held under the business model of both selling financial assets and collecting the contractual cash flows that are solely payments of principal and interest on the principal amount outstanding. Financial instruments in this category are recognized at fair value at initial recognition and changes in fair value are recognized in other comprehensive income (OCI) until derecognition, when the amounts in OCI are reclassified to profit or loss. The assets are subject to a loss allowance for expected credit losses.

Fair value through profit or loss (FVTPL) are all other debt instruments that are not measured at amortized cost or FVOCI. Financial instruments in this category are recognized at fair value at initial recognition and changes in fair value are recognized in profit or loss.

Classification and measurement of financial liabilities

Financial liabilities are classified at amortized cost, with the exception of derivatives. Financial liabilities at amortized cost are at initial recognition measured at fair value including transaction costs. After initial recognition, they are measured at amortized cost using the effective interest method.

Derivatives are classified at FVTPL, unless they are classified as a hedging instrument and the effective part of the hedge is recognized in other comprehensive income (OCI).

Fair value for financial assets and liabilities is determined in the manner described in note 27.

Impairment of financial assets

Financial assets, except those classified at fair value through profit and loss (FVTPL), are subject to impairment for expected credit losses. In addition, the impairment model applies to contract assets, loan commitments and financial guarantees that are not measured at FVTPL. The IFRS 9 expected credit loss (ECL) model is forward looking and a loss allowance is recognized at first recognition of an asset or receivable when there is an exposure to credit risk. Expected credit losses reflect the present value of all cash shortfalls related to default events either over the following 12 months or over the expected life of a financial instrument, depending on type of asset and on credit deterioration from inception. The ECL reflects an unbiased, probabilityweighted outcome that considers multiple scenarios based on reasonable and supportable forecasts.

The simplified model is applied on trade receivables, lease receivables and contract assets. A loss allowance is recognized over the expected lifetime of the receivable or asset. For other items subject to ECL, the impairment model with a three stage approach is applied. Initially, and at each reporting date, a loss allowance will be recognized for the following 12 months, or a shorter time period depending on the time to maturity (stage 1). If it has been a significant increase in credit risk since origination a loss allowance will be recognized for the remaining lifetime of the asset (stage 2). For assets that are considered as credit impaired, allowance for credit losses will continue to capture the lifetime expected credit losses (stage 3). For credit impaired receivables and assets, the interest revenue is calculated based on the carrying amount of the asset, net of the loss allowance, rather than its gross carrying amount as in previous stages. The Group

1. Significant accounting principles, accounting estimates and judgements, cont.

defines default as customers where significant financial difficulties have been identified.

In the respective model applied, the measurement of ECL is based on different methods for different credit risk exposures. For trade receivables and contract assets, the method is based on historical loss rates in combination with forward looking considerations. Lease receivables and cash and cash equivalents are impaired by a rating method, where ECL is measured by the product of the probability of default, loss given default, and exposure at default. Both external credit agencies rating and internally developed rating methods are applied. The measurement of ECL considers potential collaterals and other credit enhancements in the form of guarantees.

The financial assets are presented in the balance sheet at amortized cost, i.e. net of gross carrying amount and the loss allowance. Changes in the loss allowance is recognized in profit or loss as impairment losses. A financial asset is written off when there is no reasonable expectation of recovering the contractual cash flows.

Derivatives and Hedge Accounting

Derivatives are initially recognized at fair value on the date a derivative contract is entered into and also subsequently measured at fair value. The method of recognizing the resulting gain or loss depends on whether the derivative is designated as a hedging instrument, and if so, the nature of the item hedged. Changes in fair value for derivatives that do not fulfill the criteria for hedge accounting are recognized as operating or financial transactions based on the purpose of the use of the derivative. Interest payments for interest rate swaps are recognized as interest income or expenses, whereas changes in fair value of future payments are presented as gains or losses from financial instruments.

IFRS 9 Hedge accounting is applied. In order to qualify for hedge accounting there must be an economic relationship between the hedged item and the hedging instrument. Also, the hedging relationship must be:

  • formally identified and designated,
  • expected to fulfil the effectiveness requirements, and
  • documented.

The Group assesses, evaluates, and documents effectiveness both at hedge inception and on an on-going basis. Hedge effectiveness is assessed by an analysis of the economic relationship between the hedged item and the hedging instrument, and the effect of credit risk must not dominate the value changes that result from that economic relationship. Further, the hedge ratio of the hedging relationship is the same as that resulting from the quantity of the hedged item that the Group actually hedges and the quantity of the hedging instrument that the Group actually uses to hedge that quantity of hedged item.

Cash flow hedges: Changes in the fair value of the hedging instrument are recognized in other comprehensive income to the extent that the hedge is effective and the accumulated changes in fair value are recognized as a separate component in equity. Gains or losses relating to the ineffective part of hedges are recognized immediately in profit or loss. The Group does not apply the cost of hedging exception. The amount recognized in equity through other comprehensive income is reversed to profit or loss in the same period in which the hedged item affects profit or loss.

The Group uses foreign currency forwards to hedge part of the future cash flows from forecasted transactions in foreign currencies. Interest rate swaps can be used as cash flow hedges for hedging interest on borrowings with variable interest. However, there are no such hedges currently in place.

Fair value hedges: The gain or loss of the hedging instrument is recognized in profit or loss. A fair value hedge is a hedge of the exposure to changes in fair value. For the effective part of the hedge accounting relationship, the gain or loss on the hedged risk adjust the carrying value of the hedged item and is recognized in profit or loss. As a result of applying hedge accounting, accounting of the hedged item and the hedging instrument are aligned, reducing volatility in the income statement.

Hedge of net investments in foreign operations: The Group can hedge a part of net investments in foreign operations by using loans and forward contracts as hedging instruments. However, there are currently no such hedges in place. Changes in the value of the hedge instrument relating to the effective portion of the hedge are recognized in other comprehensive income and accumulated in equity. Gains or

losses relating to the ineffective portion are recognized immediately in profit or loss. On divestment of foreign operations, the gain or loss accumulated in equity is recycled through profit or loss, increasing or decreasing the profit or loss on the divestment.

Accounting for discontinuation of hedges: Hedge accounting may not be voluntarily discontinued. Hedge accounting is discontinued:

  • when the hedging instrument expires or is sold, terminated, or exercised,
  • when there is no longer an economic relationship between the hedged item and the hedging instrument or the effect of credit risk dominates the value changes that result from the economic relationship, or
  • when the hedge accounting no longer meets the risk management objectives.

For cash flow hedges any gain or loss recognized in other comprehensive income and accumulated in equity at that time of hedge discontinuation remains in equity and is recognized when the forecast transaction is ultimately recognized in profit or loss. When a forecast transaction is no longer expected to occur, the gain or loss accumulated in equity is recognized immediately in profit or loss.

For fair value hedges, the hedging gain or loss that adjusts the carrying amount of the hedged item, is amortized to profit or loss over the period to maturity using a recalculated effective interest rate for hedged item for which the effective interest method is used. If the hedged item is derecognized, the unamortized fair value adjustment is recognized immediately in profit or loss.

For net investment hedges, any gain and loss recognized in other comprehensive income and accumulated in equity at that time of hedge discontinuation remains in equity until divestment of foreign operations, when the gain or loss accumulated in equity is recycled through profit or loss.

Contingent liabilities

A contingent liability is a possible obligation or a present obligation that arises from past events that is not reported as a liability or provision, due either to that it is not probable that an outflow of resources will be required to settle the obligation or that a sufficiently reliable calculation of the amount cannot be made.

New or amended accounting standards and interpretations in 2019

The Group applied IFRS 16 Leases for the first time from 2019. The nature and effect of the changes as a result of adoption of this new accounting standard are described in note 2.

Several other amendments and interpretations apply for the first time in 2019, but do not have a material impact on the consolidated financial statements of the Group.

New or amended accounting standards effective after 2019

New or revised standards, interpretations, and amendments have been issued but were not effective as of December 31, 2019 and have not been applied by the Group. They are not expected to have a material overall impact on the consolidated financial statements of the Group.

Critical accounting estimates and judgements

The preparation of financial reports requires management's judgement and the use of estimates and assumptions that affects the amounts reported in the Group's financial statements. These estimates and associated assumptions are based on historical experience and various other factors that are believed to be reasonable under the prevailing circumstances. Actual result may differ from those estimates. The estimates and assumptions are reviewed on an on-going basis. Changes in accounting estimates are recognized in the period in which they are revised and in any future periods affected.

The estimates and the judgements which, in the opinion of management, are significant to the underlying amounts included in the financial reports and for which there is a significant risk that future events or new information could entail a change in those estimates or judgements are as follows.

Revenue recognition

Key sources of estimation uncertainty

Revenue for services is recognized over time in profit or loss by reference to the progress towards satisfaction of the performance obligation at the balance sheet date. The progress towards satisfaction

GROUP NOTES

1. Significant accounting principles, accounting estimates and judgements, cont.

is determined by the proportion of cost incurred to date compared to estimated total cost of each performance obligation.

Revenue for goods sold is recognized in profit or loss at one point in time when control of the goods have been transferred to the customer.

Accounting judgement

Management's judgement is used, for instance, when assessing:

  • the degree of progress towards satisfaction of the performance obligations and the estimated total costs for such contracts when revenue is recognized over time, to determine the revenue and cost to be recognized in the current period, and whether any losses need to be recognized,
  • if the control has been transferred to the customer (i. e. the Group has a present right to payment for the goods, the customer has legal title of the goods, the goods has been delivered to the customer and/or the customer has the significant risks and rewards of the ownership of the goods), to determine if revenue and cost should be recognized in the current period,
  • the transaction price of each performance obligation when a contract includes more than one performance obligation, to determine the revenue and cost to be recognized in the current period, and
  • the customer credit risk (i.e. the risk that the customer will not meet the payment obligation), to determine and justify the revenue recognized in the current period.

Impairment of goodwill, other intangible assets and other long-lived assets Key sources of estimation uncertainty

Goodwill is not amortized but are subject to annual tests for impairment. Other intangible assets and other longlived assets are amortized or depreciated based on management's estimates of the period that the assets will generate revenue but are also reviewed regularly for indications of impairment. The impairment tests are based on a review of the recoverable amount, which is estimated based on management's projections of future cash flows using internal business plans and forecasts.

Accounting judgement

Asset impairment requires management's judgement, particularly in assessing:

  • whether an event has occurred that may affect asset values,
  • whether the carrying value of an asset can be supported by the net present value of future cash flows, which are estimated based upon the continued use of the asset in the business,
  • the appropriate assumptions to be applied in preparing cash flow projections, and
  • the discounting of these cash flows.

Changing the assumptions selected by management to determine the level of impairment, if any, could affect the financial position and results of operation. See note 12.

Deferred taxes

Key sources of estimation uncertainty

Deferred tax assets are recognized for temporary differences between the carrying amounts for financial reporting purposes of assets and liabilities and the amounts used for taxation purposes and for tax loss carry-forwards. The Group records deferred tax assets based upon management's estimates of future taxable profit in different tax jurisdictions. The actual results may differ from these estimates, due to change in the business climate and change in tax legislation. See note 9.

Inventory

Accounting judgement

The Group values inventory at the lower of historical cost, based on the first-in-first-out basis, and net realizable value. The calculation of net realizable value involves management's judgement as to the estimated sales prices, overstock articles, outdated articles, damaged goods, and selling costs. If the estimated net realizable value is lower than historical cost, a valuation allowance is established for inventory obsolescence. See note 16 for additional information.

Trade and financial receivables

Key sources of estimation uncertainty

The Group measures the expected credit losses on financial assets classified at amortized cost including trade and financial receivables, lease receivables and contract assets. The expected credit losses are an assessment that reflects an unbiased, expected outcome based on reasonable and supportable forecasts.

Accounting judgement

Management's judgement considers rapidly changing market conditions which may be particularly sensitive in customer financing operations. An overlay control is performed to ensure that an adequate loss allowance is recognized. Additional information is included in section "Credit risk" in note 27.

Pension and other post-employment benefit valuation assumptions Key sources of estimation uncertainty

Pensions and other post-employment obligations are dependent on the assumptions established by management and used by actuaries in calculating such amounts. The key assumptions include discount rates, inflation, future salary increases, mortality rates, and health care cost trend rates. The actuarial assumptions are reviewed on an annual basis and are changed when it is deemed appropriate. See note 23 for additional information regarding assumptions used in the calculation of pension and post-employment obligations.

Legal proceedings and tax claims Accounting judgement

Epiroc recognizes a liability when the Group has an obligation from a past event involving the transfer of economic benefits and when a reasonable estimate can be made of what the transfer might be. The Group reviews outstanding legal cases regularly in order to assess the need for provisions in the financial statements. These reviews consider the factors of the specific case by internal legal counsel and through the use of outside legal counsel and advisors when necessary. The financial statements may be affected to the extent that management's assessments of the factors considered are not consistent with the actual outcome. Additionally, the legal entities of the Group are frequently subject to audits by tax authorities in accordance with standard practice in the countries where the Group operates. In instances where the tax authorities have a different view on how to interpret the tax legislation, the Group makes estimates as to the likelihood of the outcome of the dispute, as well as estimates of potential claims. The actual results may differ from these estimates.

Warranty provisions

Key sources of estimation uncertainty

Provisions for product warranties should cover future commitments for the sales volumes already realized. Warranty provision is a complex accounting estimate due to the variety of variables which are included in the calculations. The calculation methods are based on the type of products sold and historical data for level of repairs and replacements. The underlying estimates for calculating the provision is reviewed at least quarterly as well as when new products are being introduced or when other changes occur which may affect the calculation.

Leasing

Accounting judgement

Determining the lease term of contracts with renewal and termination options – Group as Lessee

The Group has a few lease contracts that include extension and termination options. The Group applies judgement in evaluating whether it is reasonably certain whether or not to exercise the option to renew or terminate the lease. That is, the Group considers all relevant factors that create an economic incentive for it to exercise either the renewal or termination. For properties with a lease term of ten years or more, the non-cancellable period is assumed to equal the term stated in the contract as the renewal periods are not reasonably certain to be exercised. If the term in the contract is less than ten years it must be assessed whether any options to extend the lease will be exercised. Circumstances that affect the assessment include any investment in the property that the lessee has made. It is continuously assessed if and when the entity is reasonably certain to exercise an option to extend the contract. In addition, the renewal options for leases of vehicles are not included as part of the lease term because the Group typically leases vehicles for not more than the lease term stated in the contract and, hence, is not exercising any renewal options.

2. Changes in accounting policies

The nature and effect of the changes as a result of adoption of new accounting standards are described below.

IFRS 16 Leases

IFRS 16 Leases is effective from January 1, 2019 and replaces the lease standard IAS 17 Leases and related interpretations. The new lease standard sets out the principles for the recognition, measurement, presentation and disclosure of leases for both parties to a contract. The changes relate mainly to the accounting treatment of the lessee. IFRS 16 introduces a single accounting model for leases and requires the recognition of substantially all leases in the balance sheet and the separation of depreciation of right-of-use assets from interest of lease liabilities in the income statement. See note 1 for accounting principles.

Transition to IFRS 16

The standard has been applied by the Group from January 1, 2019, using the modified retrospective approach. Comparative information has therefore not been restated. The Group has chosen the option to set the right-of-use asset equal to the lease liability at transition and the lease liability is calculated based on the incremental borrowing

rate (IBR) at transition. The Group has at transition further decided to apply the practical expedients that permits not to reassess whether a contract is, or contains, a lease at the date of initial application and to exclude any initial direct costs from the measurement of the right-ofuse asset at the date of initial application. The Group has also applied a practical expedient to exclude leases that ends within 12 months of initial application, and leases for which the underlying asset is of low value. IFRS 16 has not resulted in any changes for the Group as lessor compared to the accounting under IAS 17.

At the date of initial application of IFRS 16 the Group recognized a right-of-use asset of total 2 158 and a corresponding lease liability amounted to total 2 153.

The table below presents the difference between operating lease commitments under IAS 17 at December 31, 2018 and the initial measurement of lease liabilities under IFRS 16 at January 1, 2019:

Operating lease commitment at December 31, 2018 (IAS 17) 1 550
Discounting effect -77
Operating lease commitment at December 31, 2018 (discounted) 1 473
Adjusted for
Low-value and short-term leases -62
Costs attributable to extension option (discounted) 636
Lease liabilities as a result of initial application of IFRS 16 of previous operating leases at January 1, 2019 2 047
Finance lease liabilities at December 31, 2018 106
Total lease liabilities at January 1, 2019 2 153

The weighted average Incremental borrowing rate (IBR) as of January 1, 2019 was approximately 1.5%. The Group has established the IBR at the date of transition based on the different contract currencies and lease terms.

Below is the adjustment on opening balances after adoption of IFRS 16 as of January 1, 2019. The transition to IFRS 16 had no impact on the Group's equity.

Assets

Jan. 1, 2019 before
adoption of IFRS 16
Opening balance adjustment
due to adoption of IFRS 16
Jan. 1, 2019 after
adoption of IFRS 16
Non-current assets
Rental equipment 1 233 14 1 247
Other property, plant and equipment 2 473 2 033 4 506
Deferred tax assets 543 0 543
Total non-current assets 9 196 2 047 11 243
Total assets 36 155 2 047 38 202

Equity and liabilities

Jan. 1, 2019 before
adoption of IFRS 16
Opening balance adjustment
due to adoption of IFRS 16
Jan. 1, 2019 after
adoption of IFRS 16
Equity 18 847 18 847
Non-current liabilities
Interest-bearing liabilities 5 095 1 690 6 785
Total non-current liabilities 5 790 1 690 7 480
Current liabilities
Interest-bearing liabilities 1 702 357 2 059
Total current liabilities 11 518 357 11 875
Total equity and liabilities 36 155 2 047 38 202

Due to the adoption of IFRS 16, the Group's tangible assets and interest-bearing liabilities have increased. The Group's leased properties in Sweden contributes to a large extent to the right-of-use asset and lease liability. There is no material net impact on the Groups income statement. The lease expenses for previous operating leases in operating profit have been replaced by depreciation of the right-of-use asset and interest expense on the lease liability, the latter is presented in net financial items. Transition to IFRS 16 had below impact on selected key ratios (presented as alternative performance measures). EBITDA has increased after transition to IFRS 16 due to that lease expenses being replaced by depreciation and interest expense. Average capital employed increases while return

on capital employed (%) decreases, due to a larger amount of leased assets within the Group. Net debt and the net debt/EBITDA ratio has increased due to additional interest-bearing liabilities.

The timing of cash flows are not impacted by the new standard. However, the amortization portion of Epiroc's lease payment is reported as a financing cash flow instead of operating cash flow. Lease payments for low value and short-term leases will continue to be reported as operating cash flows together with interest payments on the lease liability.

3. Acquisitions and divestments

3. Acquisitions and divestments

Acquisitions 2019

All acquisitions were made through the purchase of 100% of shares and voting rights or through the purchase of the net assets of the acquired businesses, except for one subsidiary to New Concept Mining where 67 % of the shares and voting rights were acquired. The Group received control over the businesses upon the date of the completion of the acquisition. All acquisitions have been accounted for using the acquisition method, no equity instruments have been issued in connection with the acquisitions.

In January, reporting segment Tools & Attachments acquired Fordia Group Inc, Canada, including subsidiaries. The company provides exploration drillings tools as well as water treatment systems and pumps.

In February, reporting segment Equipment & Service acquired the assets of Noland Drilling Equipment, a U.S. distributor of water well drilling equipment and related parts, services and consumables.

In April, reporting segment Tools & Attachments acquired Innovative Mining Products (Proprietary) Limited (known as New Concept Mining), South Africa, including subsidiaries. In September, the subsidiaries in Peru and Chile were acquired. New Concept Mining provides a range of underground mining roof support products, rock monitoring systems and related accessories.

The amounts in the following tables detail the recognized amounts aggregated for all acquisitions made during the year, as the relative amounts of the individual acquisitions are not considered significant. The Group is in the process of reviewing the final values for certain of the recently acquired businesses. No adjustments are expected to be material.

Fair value of acquired
assets and liabilities
Group recognized
values
2019
Net assets identified 713
Intangible assets 234
Goodwill 249
Total consideration 1 196
Net cash outflow 1 117

The goodwill recognized on acquisitions is primarily related to the synergies expected to be achieved from integrating these companies into the Group's existing structure. As per December 31, the acquisitions have a total cash flow effect of -1 117. According to the preliminary purchase price allocation, total consideration amount to 1 196. The acquired businesses have contributed to revenues with 1 140 and to operating profit with 87 since their respective dates of acquisition.

Contribution from businesses acquired in 2019

MSEK 2019
Contribution from date of control
Revenues 1 140
Operating profit 87
Profit for the year -7
Contribution if the acquisition
had occurred on Jan. 1
Revenues 1 349
Operating profit 107
Profit for the year 7

Divestments 2019

In September, the Epiroc Geotechnical Consumables product line was divested to Mimir Invest and in December, the Epiroc handheld drilling consumable manufacturing facility was divested to Monark AS. Other minor divestments were made during the year.

Total net cash effect of the divestments were 153. The divestments resulted in a capital loss of 28 including the result of recycling of accumulated historical translation difference of 7. The capital loss was reported under "Other operating expenses". See note 7.

Acquisitions 2018

All acquisitions described below were made through the purchase of 100% of shares and voting rights or through the purchase of the net assets of the acquired businesses. The Group received control over the businesses upon the date of the acquisition. All acquisitions have been accounted for using the acquisition method, no equity instruments have been issued in connection with the acquisitions. The acquisitions are individually and aggregated considered to have immaterial effects on the Group's financial statements.

In January, reporting segment Tools & Attachments acquired Renegade Drilling Supplies Proprietary Ltd., South Africa. The company manufactures and distributes mining exploration drilling consumables. Intangible assets of 6 and goodwill of 4 were recorded on the purchase.

In January, reporting segment Equipment & Service acquired Rockdrill Services Australia Pty. Ltd., Australia as well as Cate Drilling Solutions LLC., USA. Rockdrill Services Australia Pty. Ltd. develops, remanufactures, services and repairs rock drills used for mining and rock excavation. Cate Drilling Solutions LLC is a full service distributor, including remanufacturing, for surface drilling products. Intangible assets of 26 and goodwill of 48 were recorded on the purchase of Rockdrill Services Australia Pty. Ltd. and 91 of intangible asset and 65 of goodwill were recorded on the purchase of Cate Drilling Solutions LLC.

In February, reporting segment Equipment & Service acquired Hy-Performance Fluid Power Pty Ltd, Australia. The company remanufactures, services and repairs hydraulic components for drill rigs. Intangible assets of 25 and goodwill of 48 were recorded on the purchase.

In November, reporting segment Equipment & Service acquired Sautec A.S., Estonia. The company distributes underground mining equipment and construction demolition tools including parts, service and consumables. Intangible assets of 5 and goodwill of 6 were recorded on the purchase.

The acquisitions have a total cash flow effect of -479. Total allocated to goodwill amount to 171 and total allocated to intangible assets amount to 153.

4. Segment information

2019 Equipment
& Service
Tools &
Attachments
Common group
functions
Eliminations Group
Revenues from external customers 29 782 10 797 270 40 849
Inter-segment revenues 109 2 19 -130
Total revenues 29 891 10 799 289 -130 40 849
Operating profit/loss
– of which share of profit in associated
7 474 1 252 - 611 21 8 136
companies and joint ventures
Net financial items
12 -12
-293
Income tax expense
Profit for the year
-1 959
5 884
Non-cash expenses/income
Depreciation/amortization
1 280 442 223 - 62 1 883
Impairment 1 94 95
Other non-cash expenses/income -10 -40 - 50
Segment assets 19 991 8 746 3 122 -672 31 187
– of which goodwill 978 1 207 2 185
Investments in associated companies and joint ventures 182 19 201
Unallocated assets 9 649
Total assets 41 037
Segment liabilities
Unallocated liabilities
7 362 2 399 1 363 -493 10 631
7 593
Total liabilities 18 224
Capital expenditures
Property, plant and equipment 1 255 332 215 -63 1 739
– of which assets leased 184 139 0 323
Intangible assets 513 16 8 537
Total capital expenditures 1 768 348 223 -63 2 276
Goodwill acquired 10 239 249
2019 Equipment
& Service
Tools &
Attachments
Common group
functions
Eliminations Group
Items affecting comparability in Operating profit 281) 1961) 2222) 446

1) Refers to costs related to efficiency improvements in Equipment & Service (28) and in Tools & Attachments (17) and restructuring of handheld rock drilling tools and the divestment of geotechnical consumables product line in Tools & Attachments (179).

2) Refers to change in provision for long-term incentive programs (194) and costs related to the agreement with the departing President and CEO (28).

GROUP NOTES

4. Segment information, cont.

2018 Equipment
& Service
Tools &
Attachments
Common group
functions
Eliminations Group
Revenues from external customers 28 414 9 493 295 38 202
Inter-segment revenues 73 4 12 -89
Revenue from Atlas Copco (before June 18, 2018) 53 22 8 83
Total revenues 28 540 9 519 315 -89 38 285
Operating profit/loss 6 751 1 239 -638 33 7 385
– of which share of profit in associated
companies and joint ventures -8 -8
Net financial items - 184
Income tax expense -1 764
Profit for the year 5 437
Non-cash expenses
Depreciation/amortization 913 313 199 -57 1 368
Impairment 1 1
Other non-cash expenses 52 30 162 244
Segment assets 19 079 7 329 1 359 -761 27 006
– of which goodwill 943 933 1 876
Investments in associated companies and joint ventures 208 208
Unallocated assets 8 941
Total assets 36 155
Segment liabilities 7 014 2 077 1 088 -565 9 614
Unallocated liabilities 7 694
Total liabilities 17 308
Capital expenditures
Property, plant and equipment 1 099 245 245 -66 1 523
– of which assets leased 26 24 50
Intangible assets 502 11 -54 459
Total capital expenditures 1 601 256 191 -66 1 982
Goodwill acquired 163 9 172
2018 Equipment
& Service
Tools &
Attachments
Common group
functions
Eliminations Group
Items affecting comparability in Operating profit 3941) 394

1) Refers to change in provision for long-term incentive programs (66) and costs for split from Atlas Copco (328).

The Group is organized in seven separate and focused, but still integrated operating segments, so called divisions, aggregated into two reporting segments; Equipment & Service and Tools & Attachments. The reporting segments offer different products and services. They are also, together with the divisions, the basis for management and internal reporting and are regularly reviewed by the Group's President and CEO, the chief operating decision maker. Items affecting comparability are included in a separate table since the chief operating decision maker review also these as part of evaluating performance and allocating resources to the segments.

Common group functions are functions which serve all operating segments or the Group as a whole, and is not considered a segment. Common group functions includes Epiroc Payment Solutions. Revenues from operating leases owned by Epiroc Payment Solutions are reported under common group functions.

The accounting principles for the segments are the same as those described in note 1. Epiroc's inter-segment pricing is determined

on a commercial basis. Segment assets comprise property, plant and equipment (including right-of-use assets), intangible assets, finance lease receivables, other non-current receivables, inventories, and current receivables. Segment liabilities include the sum of non-interest-bearing liabilities such as operating liabilities, other provisions, and other non-current liabilities. Lease liabilities (part of interest-bearing liabilities) are also included. Capital expenditure includes property, plant and equipment, and intangible assets, but excludes the effect of goodwill, intangible assets and property, plant and equipment through acquisitions.

Geographical information

The revenues presented are based on the location of the customers while non-current assets are based on the geographical location of the assets. These assets include non-current assets other than financial instruments, investments in associated companies and joint ventures, deferred tax assets, and post-employment benefit assets.

4. Segment information, cont.

By geographic area/country

Revenues Non-current assets
2019 2018 2019 2018
North America
U.S.A. 4 123 3 864 1 705 1 604
Canada 3 213 2 992 542 233
Other countries 1 605 1 591 66 58
8 941 8 447 2 313 1 895
South America
Chile 2 564 2 028 126 125
Peru 1 483 1 271 83 51
Brazil 1 044 722 43 35
Other countries 1 289 1 005 42 30
6 380 5 026 294 241
Europe
Russia 2 958 2 582 34 20
Sweden 1 179 1 142 3 630 2 241
Germany 607 526 328 213
Norway 576 645 6 1
Finland 519 437 73 70
Other countries 3 592 3 772 528 438
9 431 9 104 4 599 2 983
Africa/Middle East
South Africa 2 482 1 930 544 87
Congo (DRC) 521 460 26 19
Other countries 2 429 2 963 102 90
5 432 5 353 672 196
Asia/Australia
Australia 4 465 4 057 505 350
China 1 791 1 917 834 919
India 1 388 1 704 402 366
Kazakhstan 770 820 11 9
Other countries 2 251 1 857 422 367
10 665 10 355 2 174 2 011
Total 40 849 38 285 10 052 7 326

Revenues

2019 2018
Equipment & Service 29 891 28 540
whereof Equipment 13 861 14 238
whereof Service 1) 16 030 14 302
Tools & Attachments 10 799 9 519
Common Group functions/eliminations 159 226
Total 40 849 38 285

1) "Service" includes spare parts and service.

Performance obligations

The transaction price allocated to the remaining performance obligations (unsatisfied or partially satisfied as at December 31) are as follows:

2019 2018
Within one year 283 26
More than one year 289 2

The remaining performance obligations expected to be recognized within one year or more than one year, relates to complete service contracts, where the full contract is assessed to be one performance obligation.

The amount of remaining performance obligations not yet satisfied or partially satisfied has not been disclosed for;

• Contracts with a contract period of less than one year.

• Contracts meeting the requirement for the right to invoice expedient.

5. Employees and personnel expenses

5. Employees and personnel expenses

Average number of employees

2019 2018
Women Men Total Women Men Total
Parent Company
Sweden 24 20 44 18 15 33
Subsidiaries
North America 335 1 918 2 253 297 1 767 2 064
South America 178 1 298 1 476 175 1 321 1 496
Europe 917 3 852 4 769 893 3 798 4 691
– of which Sweden 613 2 500 3 113 597 2 464 3 061
Africa/Middle East 257 1 813 2 070 206 1 256 1 462
Asia/Australia 552 3 234 3 786 545 3 226 3 771
Total subsidiaries 2 239 12 115 14 354 2 116 11 368 13 484
Total 2 263 12 135 14 398 2 134 11 383 13 517

Females in the Board of Directors and Group Management

December 31
% 2019 2018 Group
Parent Company
Board of Directors excl union representatives 38 38
Group Management 17 20
MSEK 2019 2018
Group
Salaries and other remuneration 6 916 6 209
Contractual pension benefits 400 344
Other social costs 1 154 982
Total 8 470 7 5351)

1) Adjusted compared to prior year.

Remuneration and other benefits

Remuneration and other benefits to the Board

2019
KSEK
Fee Value of
synthetic share
at grant date
Number of
shares at
grant date
Other
fees 2)
Total fees incl. Value
of synthetic shares at
grant date 20193)
Adj. due to vesting
and change in
stock price4)
Total expense
recognized
2019
Chairman:
Ronnie Leten 2 015 349 2 364 2 364
Other members of the Board:
Anders Ullberg 635 233 868 868
Astrid Skarheim Onsum 317 318 3 263 635 133 768
Jeane Hull 524 111 1 076 635 89 724
Johan Forssell 317 318 3 263 85 720 105 825
Lennart Evrell 428 207 2 187 85 720 43 763
Ulla Litzén 635 248 883 883
Union representatives1) 76 76 76
Total 4 947 954 9 789 1 000 6 901 370 7 271

1) Union representatives receive compensation to prepare for their participation in board meetings paid out in 2019.

2) Refers to fees in board committees.

3) Provision for synthetic shares (excl. social costs) at December 31, 2019, amounted to MSEK 1.9.

4) Refers to synthetic shares received in 2018 and 2019.

2018
KSEK
Fee Value of
synthetic share
at grant date
Number of
shares at
grant date
Other
fees 2)
Total fees incl. Value
of synthetic shares at
grant date 20183)
Adj. due to vesting
and change in
stock price4)
Total expense
recognized
2018
Chairman:
Ronnie Leten 1 648 293 1 941 1 941
Other members of the Board:
Anders Ullberg 396 143 539 539
Astrid Skarheim Onsum 262 262 2 541 524 -49 475
Jeane Hull 262 262 2 541 524 -49 475
Johan Forssell 167 167 1 621 38 372 -31 341
Lennart Evrell 528 76 604 604
Ulla Litzén 528 225 753 753
Union representatives1) 76 76 76
Total 3 867 691 6 703 775 5 333 - 129 5 204

1) Union representatives receive compensation to prepare for their participation in board meetings earned in 2018 (paid out in 2019).

2) Refers to fees in board committees.

3) Provision for synthetic shares (excl. social costs) at December 31, 2018, amounted to MSEK 0.6.

4) Refers to synthetic shares received in 2018.

5. Employees and personnel expenses, cont.

Remuneration and other benefits to Group Management

KSEK Base
salary
Variable
compensation1)
Other
benefits 2)
Pension Total, excl. recognized
costs for share
based payments
Recognized costs
for share based
payments 3)
Total expense
recognized
2019
President and CEO
Per Lindberg 11 275 3 067 23 950 3 946 42 238 4 175 46 413
Other members of Group
Management (5 positions) 14 463 3 298 1 224 5 152 24 137 14 753 38 890
Total 2019 25 738 6 365 25 174 9 098 66 375 18 928 85 303
Total 2018 19 653 10 770 2 698 6 768 39 889 3 947 43 836

1) Variable compensation refers to amount earned in 2019 and to be paid in 2020.

2) Refers to vacation pay, company car, medical insurance and other benefits. Other benefits also includes costs related to the agreement with the departing President and CEO. An agreement was entered into with Per Lindberg that he will leave as CEO February 29, 2020. From March 1, 2020, and during 18 months Lindberg will be available to the extent requested by the Company and he will be entitled to remuneration during the period. The total cost is MSEK 28 and includes social security fees, which are not included in the table above. The remuneration will be reduced by compensation that Lindberg may earn from other employment or assignments.

3) Refers to the stock options received in 2015–2019 and includes recognized costs due to change in stock price and vesting period.

Remuneration and other fees for members of the Board, the President and CEO, and other members of Group Management

Principles for remuneration to the Board and Group Management 2019

The principles for remuneration to the Board and Group Management are approved at the Annual General Meeting of the shareholders. The principles approved by the 2019 meeting are described in the following paragraphs.

Board members

Remuneration and fees are based on the work performed by the board. The Annual general meeting held on May 9, 2019 decided that fees to the board members elected by the general meeting, until the next Annual general meeting, should be as per below

• The chair of the board was granted an amount of SEK 2 050 000.

  • Each of the other board members not employed by the Group were granted SEK 640 000.
  • An amount of SEK 260 000 was granted to the chair of the audit committee and SEK 175 000 to each of the other members of this committee.
  • An amount of SEK 125 000 was granted to the chair of the remuneration committee and SEK 90 000 to each of the other members of this committee.
  • An amount of SEK 70 000 to each non-executive director who, in addition, participates in committee work decided upon by the board.

The board members may choose to receive their whole remuneration in cash or 50% of the remuneration in cash and 50% of their remuneration in the form of synthetic shares. The synthetic shares received will be based on an average of the closing price of A-shares during ten trading days following the publishing of the first quarter results 2019. The payment of each synthetic share is made in 2024 and corresponds to the average price during the ten trading days after the publishing of the first quarterly result in 2024. The synthetic shares also carry the right to a recalculation in order to take into account the value of any dividend paid on Epiroc's shares during the period the synthetic shares have been held.

Three board members accepted the right to receive synthetic shares. The number and costs at grant date and at the end of the financial year are disclosed by board member in the table "Remuneration and other benefits to the Board".

Remuneration and other committees

The board has three committees:

• Remuneration committee consisting of Ronnie Leten (Chair), Johan Forssell and Lennart Evrell.

• Audit committee consisting of Ulla Litzén (Chair), Anders Ullberg and Ronnie Leten.

• Repurchase committee consisting of Anders Ullberg and Ronnie Leten.

Group Management

Group Management consists of the CEO and President and five other members. The compensation to Group Management shall consist of base salary, variable compensation, possible long-term incentive, pension premiums and other benefits.

The following describes the various guidelines in determining the amount of remuneration:

• Base salary is determined by position, qualification, and individual performance.

  • Variable compensation is dependent upon how certain quantitative and qualitative goals set in advance are achieved. The variable compensation is maximized to 70% of the base salary for the President and CEO, 60% for Senior Executive Vice President Mining and Infrastructure, and 40% for other members of Group Management.
  • Upon approval of the Epiroc Board and the Annual General Meeting, Group Management will be eligible to performance related employee stock options.
  • Pension premiums are paid in accordance with a defined contribution plan with premiums ranging between 25% and 35% of base salary depending on age.
  • Other benefits consist of company car and private health insurance.

The Board has the right to deviate from the principles stated above if special circumstances exist in a certain case. No fees are paid to Group Management for board memberships in Group companies nor do they receive compensation for other duties that they may perform outside the immediate scope of their duties.

President and CEO

The variable compensation can give a maximum of 70% of the base salary. The variable compensation is not included in the basis for pension benefits.

The President and CEO is a member of the Epiroc pension policy for Swedish executives, which is a defined contribution plan. The contribution is age related and is 35% of the base salary. The standard retirement age is 65.

Other members of Group Management

Members of Group Management employed in Sweden have a defined contribution pension plan, with contribution ranging from 25% to 35% of the base salary depending on age. One member is part of the defined benefit pension plan ITP2. The variable compensation is not included in the basis for pension benefits. The standard retirement age is 65.

Stock Options holdings for Group Management

The stock options holdings (including matching shares) as at December 31, 2019 are detailed below. See also note 23 for additional information.

Stock Options holdings (including matching

shares) as at Dec. 31, 2019

Grant Year  1) President and CEO Other members
of Group
Management
2016 156 918
2017 154 351
2018 276 377 221 913
20192) 111 362 109 193
Total 387 739 642 375

1) Grants prior to 2018 relates to Atlas Copco plans transferred to Epiroc.

2) Estimated grants for the 2019 stock option program including matching shares.

Termination of employment

The CEO is entitled to a severance pay of 12 months if the Company terminates the employment and a further six months if the CEO has not been engaged in a new employment contract.

GROUP NOTES

5. Employees and personnel expenses, cont.

Other members of Group Management are entitled to severance pay if the Company terminates their employment. The amount of severance pay is dependent on the length of employment with the Company and the age of the executive, but is never less than 12 months and never more than 24 months salary.

Performance based employee stock option plan

It is important that key personnel in Epiroc have a long-term interest in a good value development of the shares of the Company and align their performance in a manner that enhances such a development. In particular this applies to the group of key personnel that consists of the senior executives and the division presidents. It is also the assessment of the Board that a share related employee stock option program increases the attractiveness of Epiroc on the global market and enhances the possibility to recruit and keep key personnel in the Group.

Epiroc Board of Directors' proposal for guidelines for senior executive remuneration 2020

The CEO and the other members in the Group Management fall within the provisions of these guidelines and are hereinafter referred to as "senior executives". The guidelines are forward-looking, i.e. they are applicable to remuneration agreed, and amendments to remuneration already agreed, after adoption of the guidelines by the annual general meeting 2020. These guidelines do not apply to remuneration decided or approved by the general meeting.

The guidelines' promotion of the company's business strategy, long-term interests and sustainability

For more information regarding the company's business strategy, please see the most recent Annual Report on Epiroc Group's webpage.

A prerequisite for the successful implementation of the company's business strategy and safeguarding of its long-term interests, including its sustainability, is that the company is able to recruit and retain qualified personnel. To this end, it is necessary that the company offers competitive remuneration.

Long-term share-related incentive programs have been implemented in the company. Such programs have been resolved, and any future such program will be resolved, by the general meeting and are therefore excluded from these guidelines. For more information on the existing programs, please see the Annual Report or the Group's webpage.

Types of remuneration, etc.

The remuneration may consist of a base salary, annual variable compensation, pension contributions and additional benefits and shall be on market terms. Additionally, the general meeting may – irrespective of these guidelines – resolve on, among other things, share-related or share price-related remuneration.

Base salary

The base salary shall reflect the position, competence and individual performance.

Variable cash remuneration

The satisfaction of criteria for awarding variable cash remuneration shall be measured over a period of one year. The variable cash remuneration compensation is limited to a maximum of 70% of the base salary. The variable cash remuneration shall be linked to criteria that can be financial or non-financial. The financial goals may be in relation to, for example, value creation, development of revenues, operating profit or working capital. The goals may be individualized, quantitative or qualitative objectives. The objective with the variable cash remuneration is to promote the fulfillment of annual short term goals in line with the company's business strategy and long-term interests, including its sustainability.

Further variable cash remuneration may be awarded in extraordinary circumstances, provided that such extraordinary arrangements are limited in time and only made on an individual basis, either for the purpose of recruiting or retaining executives, or as remuneration for extraordinary performance beyond the individual's ordinary tasks. Any resolution on

6. Remuneration to auditors

Audit fees and other services

2019 2018
Deloitte
Audit fees and other services 30 28
Other services, tax 4 2
Other services, other 0 3
Other audit firms
Audit fees 2 1
Total 36 34

such remuneration shall be made by the Board of Directors based on a proposal from the remuneration committee.

To which extent the criteria for awarding variable cash remuneration has been satisfied shall be evaluated/determined when the measurement period has ended. The remuneration committee is responsible for the evaluation so far as it concerns variable remuneration to the CEO. For variable cash remuneration to other executives, the CEO is responsible for the evaluation.

Pension benefits

The pension benefits shall be defined contribution to a maximum of 35% of the base salary. Variable cash remuneration shall not qualify for pension benefits if not stipulated by mandatory law or by collective agreement covering the executive.

Other benefits

Other benefits may include, for example, life insurance, private medical insurance and company cars. Premiums and other costs relating to such benefits may amount to not more than 15 % of the base salary.

Conditions for expatriates etc.

For a senior executive working on an international assignment outside of own home country certain other benefits apply in compliance with the Company's Conditions for Expatriate Employees. For executives employed in other countries than Sweden the pension and other benefits will be according to local market practice.

Termination of employment

In case of termination of employment of a senior executive by the Company, the compensation can amount to a maximum of 24 months base salary depending on age, length of employment and possible income from other economic activity or employment. When the executive terminates the employment, the period of notice is six months. The executive will in the latter case not be entitled to severance pay unless bound by a non-compete obligation.

Salary and employment conditions for employees

In the preparation of the Board of Directors' proposal for these remuneration guidelines, salary and employment conditions for other employees of the company have been taken into account. This is done by including information on the employees' total remuneration, the components of the remuneration and increase and growth rate over time, in the remuneration committee's and the Board of Directors' basis of decision when evaluating whether the guidelines and the limitations set out herein are reasonable.

The decision-making process to determine,

review and implement the guidelines

The remuneration committee's tasks include preparing the Board of Directors' decision to propose guidelines for senior executive remuneration. The Board of Directors shall prepare a proposal for new guidelines at least every fourth year and submit it to the general meeting. The guidelines shall be in force until new guidelines are adopted by the general meeting. The remuneration committee shall also monitor and evaluate programs for variable remuneration for the executive management, the application of the guidelines for senior executive remuneration as well as the current remuneration structures and compensation levels in the company.

Deviations from these guidelines

The Board of Directors may resolve to deviate from these guidelines, in whole or in part, if in a specific case there is special cause for the deviation and the Board deems a deviation is reasonable to serve the company's long-term interests or to ensure the company's financial viability. As set out above, the remuneration committee's tasks include preparing the Board of Directors' resolutions in remuneration-related matters. This includes any resolutions to deviate from the guidelines.

Audit fees refers to audit of the financial statements and the accounting records. For the Parent Company this also includes audit of the administration of the business by the Board of Directors, the President and CEO.

Audit activities other than the audit assignment refer for example to comfort letters. Tax services include both tax consultancy services and tax compliance services. Other services essentially comprise other consultancy services, such as due-diligence services in connection with acquisitions.

At the Annual General Meeting of Epiroc 2019, Deloitte was elected as auditor for the Epiroc Group until the Annual General Meeting 2020.

7. Other operating income and expense

7. Other operating income and expenses

Other operating income

2019 2018
Commissions received 1 2
Capital gain on sale of property,
plant and equipment 50 11
Foreign exchange gains, net 24
Other operating income 55 29
Total 130 42

Other operating expenses

2019 2018
Capital loss on sale of property,
plant and equipment -20 -7
Capital loss on divestment of business -28
Foreign exchange losses, net -82
Other operating expenses 1) -143 -388
Total -191 -477

1) Other operating expenses of 143 (388) includes costs for the split from Atlas Copco amounting to 62 (328).

8. Financial income and expenses

Financial income and expenses 2019 2018
Assets measured at amortized cost
Interest income
– cash and cash equivalents 39 22
– financial lease receivables 140 153
Interest income at effective
interest method 179 175
Assets measured at fair value
in income statement
Capital gain – other assets 1 2
Change in fair value - other assets 4
Financial income 180 181
Liabilities measured at amortized cost
Interest expenses
– Interest-bearing liabilities -105 -166
Total interest expenses at
effective interest method -105 -166
Liabilities measured at fair
value in income statement
- derivatives -194 -111
- lease liabilities -38 -4
- pension provisions, net -9 -4
- other -18 -27
Change in fair value
- other liabilities and borrowings -3 -1
Foreign exchange losses, net -112 -39
Impairment loss 6 -13
Financial expenses -473 -365
Financial expenses, net -293 -184

Additional information on costs by nature

Cost of sales includes expenses for inventories, see note 16, warranty costs, environmental fees, and transportation costs.

Salaries, remunerations and employer contributions amounted to 8 470 (7 535) whereof expenses for post-employment benefits amounted to 400 (344). See note 5 for further details.

Included in the operating profit are exchange-rate gains and losses on translation of payables and receivables of operating nature. Amortization, depreciation and impairment for the year amounted to 1 978 (1 369). Costs for research and development, including amortization, depreciation and impairment, amounted to 1 035 (977). Amortization related to development expenditure for 2019 amounted to 310 (325). See note 12 and 13 for further details.

Foreign exchange loss, net includes foreign exchange gains of 249 (436) and foreign exchange losses of 361 (475). The gains and losses refers to revaluation of derivatives, interest-bearing liabilities and cash in foreign currency. Total impairment was positive in 2019 as actual losses on financial lease receivables were less than the reversals of existing provision balance.

9. Taxes

9. Taxes

Income tax expense

2019 2018
Current taxes -1 992 -1 921
Deferred taxes 33 157
Total -1 959 -1 764

The income tax expense recognized was -1 959 (-1 764), which corresponds to an effective tax rate of 25.0% (24.5). The major differences between the effective tax rate and the expected tax rate are explained below. The expected tax rate is calculated as a weighted average, based on profit before tax multiplied by the statutory tax rate in each country.

Bridge of the effective tax rate

2019 2018
Profit before tax 7 843 7 201
Expected income tax expense
(weighted average) -1 803 -1 687
Expected tax in % 23.0 23.4
Tax effect of:
Non-deductible expenses 176 -138
Non-taxable income 146 109
Withholding taxes -76
Adjustments related to prior years, net:
– current taxes -25 -49
– deferred taxes -4 -21
Tax loss carry-forwards and tax credits, net -16 13
Change in tax rates, deferred tax 2 9
Other items -7 0
Recognized income tax expense -1 959 -1 764
Effective tax in % 25.0 24.5

The income tax expense was mainly impacted by non-deductible expenses and non-taxable income. Included in non-taxable income is income subject to reduced taxation under local tax law, mainly in China and the United States. Withholding taxes concerns taxes on profit repatriation. Adjustments from prior years, current and deferred taxes, relate to adjustments of tax provisions and tax assessments for previous years. The net effect from tax credits and tax loss carryforwards relates to expired tax credits and tax loss carry-forwards, as well as utilized tax credits and tax loss carry-forwards for which no

deferred tax assets previously were recognized. Change in tax rate relates mainly to reduced tax rates in India and the United States. Changes in the net deferred tax asset balance from the beginning of the year to the end of the year are explained below:

Change in deferred taxes

2019 2018
Opening balance, Jan. 1 543 425
Recognized in the income statement 33 157
Tax on amounts recorded in equity 52 24
Acquisitions -56 -1
Reclassifications 63
Translation difference -5 -7
Transaction with shareholders (Atlas Copco) 0 -55
Closing balance, Dec. 31 630 543

Changes in deferred taxes recognized in the income statement are attributable to temporary differences on the following items:

Deferred taxes recognized in the income statement

2019 2018
Intangible assets 20 -1
Property, plant and equipment -251 -4
Other financial assets 0 6
Inventories 14 101
Current receivables 7 -45
Operating liabilities 16 115
Provisions 0 7
Post-employment benefits 7 -7
Borrowings 247 10
Other items -22 -17
Changes due to temporary differences 38 165
Loss/credit carry-forwards -5 -8
Charges to profit for the year 33 157

The deferred taxes on property, plant and equipment and borrowings relate to temporary differences following the implementation of IFRS 16.

The deferred tax assets and liabilities recognized in the balance sheet are attributable to temporary differences on the following items:

Deferred tax assets and liabilities

2019 2018
Net Net
Assets Liabilities balance Assets Liabilities balance
Intangible assets 46 445 -399 48 406 -358
Property, plant and equipment 141 763 -622 149 279 -130
Other financial assets 15 11 4 16 10 6
Inventories 779 20 759 793 56 737
Current receivables 74 21 53 62 14 48
Operating liabilities 321 3 318 296 3 293
Provisions 79 1 78 78 2 76
Post–employment benefits 119 0 119 56 0 56
Borrowings 477 477 15 15
Loss/credit carry-forwards 14 14 19 19
Other items1) 5 176 -171 11 230 -219
Deferred tax assets/liabilities 2 071 1 440 630 1 543 1 000 543
Netting of assets/liabilities -1 440 -1 440 -1 000 -1 000
Net deferred tax balances 630 630 543 543

1) Other items primarily relate to provision for taxes on profit repatriation.

Epiroc has tax loss carry-forwards of 53 (73), for which deferred tax assets of 14 (19) were recognized. In addition, Epiroc has tax loss carry-forwards of 96 (0) for which no deferred tax asset was recognized. These tax loss carry-forwards will not be utilized due to Epiroc's restructuring in China. These tax loss carry-forwards will expire as follows:

Expiration of unused tax loss carry-forwards

2019 2018
Expires after 1-2 years 18
Expires after 3-4 years 25
Expires after 5-6 years 53
No expiry date
Total 96

10. Other comprehensive income

Other comprehensive income for the year

2019 2018
Before tax Tax After tax Before tax Tax After tax
Attributable to owners of the parent
Items that will not be reclassified to profit or loss
Remeasurements of defined benefit plans -274 52 -222 -122 25 -97
Items that may be reclassified subsequently to profit or loss
Translation differences on foreign operations 547 547 8 8
- realized and reclassified to profit and loss -7 -7
Cash flow hedges -22 5 -17 22 -5 17
Total other comprehensive income 244 57 301 -92 20 -72
Attributable to non-controlling interests
Translation differences on foreign operations 0 0 0 0
Total other comprehensive income 244 57 301 -92 20 -72

11. Earnings per share

Earnings per share
Amounts in SEK 2019 2018
Basic earnings per share 4.89 4.50
Diluted earnings per share 4.89 4.49

The calculation of earnings per share presented above is based on profits and number of shares as detailed below.

Profit for the year attributable to owners of the parent

Amounts in MSEK 2019 2018
Profit for the year 5 874 5 430

Average number of shares outstanding

In thousands of shares 2019 2018
Basic weighted average number
of shares outstanding
Effect of employee stock options
1 200 887
1 289
1 205 608
699
Diluted weighted average number
of shares outstanding
1 202 176 1 206 307

12. Intangible assets

Impairment tests are performed at least annually or when there are indications of impairment. Current goodwill is monitored for internal management purposes at operating segment level. The goodwill has therefore been tested for impairment at operating segment level. The recoverable amounts of the cash generating units have been calculated as value in use based on management's five-year forecast for net cash flows where the most significant assumptions are revenues, operating profits, working capital, capital expenditures, foreign currency and raw material prices. Right-of-use assets are included in the cash-generating unit's book value, the lease payments are therefore not included in the value in use calculation.

All assumptions for the five-year forecast are estimated individually for each operating segment based on their particular market position and the characteristics and development of their end markets. The forecasts represent management's assessment and are based on both external and internal sources. The perpetual growth for the period after five years is estimated at 2 % (2).

The Group's average weighted cost of capital was 8% (8) after tax, approximately 10.5% (10.5) before tax, and has been used in discounting the expected future cash flows to generate a return well above

the values to be tested, including sensitivity analyses/worst case scenarios. Sensitivity analyses show that no reasonably possible change to key parameters give rise to any impairment requirement.

The table below presents the carrying value of goodwill allocated to operating segments (cash generating units) and reporting segments.

Goodwill

2019 2018
Underground Rock Excavation 145 145
Surface and Exploration Drilling 382 371
Drilling Solutions 119 116
Mining & Rock Excavation Service 332 311
Equipment & Service 978 943
Rock Drilling Tools 1 065 794
Hydraulic Attachment Tools 142 139
Tools & Attachments 1 207 933
Total 2 185 1 876

Amortization and impairment of intangible assets are recognized on the following line items in the income statement:

2019 2018
Internally
generated
Acquired Internally
generated
Acquired
Cost of sales 0 21 0 16
Marketing expenses 1 107 1 40
Administrative expenses 14 18 13 13
Research and development expenses 289 21 304 21
Total 304 167 318 90

GROUP NOTES

12. Intangible assets, cont.

Impairment charges on intangible assets totaled 66 (1) of which 0 (1) were classified as research and development expenses in the income statement, and 49 (0) were classified as marketing expenses and 17

(0) as cost of sales. Of the impairment charges, 0 (1) were due to capitalized development costs relating to discontinued projects.

Internally generated Acquired
2019 Product
development
Other
technology and
contract based
Trademarks Marketing
and customer
related
Other
technology and
contract based
Goodwill Total
Cost
Opening balance, Jan. 1 2 904 241 138 456 887 1 876 6 502
Investments 308 16 213 537
Business acquisitions 38 69 127 249 483
Divestment of business -15 -4 -19
Disposals -90 -4 -1 -9 -25 -129
Reclassification -33 7 - 7 -33
Translation differences 37 4 7 21 17 64 150
Closing balance, Dec. 31 3 126 257 189 537 1 197 2 185 7 491
Amortization and impairment losses
Opening balance, Jan. 1 1 853 216 79 260 474 2 882
Amortization for the period 284 20 14 30 56 404
Impairment charge for the period 33 16 18 67
Divestment of business -11 -11
Disposals -86 -4 -1 -9 -22 -122
Reclassifications 3 - 4 -1
Translation differences 18 4 2 11 11 46
Closing balance, Dec. 31 2 069 236 130 308 522 3 265
Carrying amounts
At Jan. 1 1 051 25 59 196 413 1 876 3 620
At Dec. 31 1 057 21 59 229 675 2 185 4 226
Internally generated Acquired
2018 Product
development
Other
technology and
contract based
Trademarks Marketing
and customer
related
Other
technology and
contract based
Goodwill Total
Cost
Opening balance, Jan. 1 2 541 239 124 293 693 1 638 5 528
Investments 286 4 169 459
Business acquisitions 10 142 9 172 333
Disposals -1 -11 -6 -18
Translation differences 78 9 4 21 22 66 200
Closing balance, Dec. 31 2 904 241 138 456 887 1 876 6 502
Amortization and impairment losses
Opening balance, Jan. 1 1 511 199 66 220 411 2 407
Amortization for the period 297 20 11 26 53 407
Impairment charge for the period 1 1
Disposals -1 -11 -5 -17
Translation differences 45 8 2 14 15 84
Closing balance, Dec. 31 1 853 216 79 260 474 2 882
Carrying amounts
At Jan. 1 1 030 40 58 73 282 1 638 3 121
At Dec. 31 1 051 25 59 196 413 1 876 3 620

Other technology and contract based intangible assets include computer software, patents, and contract based rights such as licenses and franchise agreements. All intangible assets other than goodwill

are amortized. For information regarding amortization and impairment principles, see note 1.

13. Property, plant and equipment

Machinery Construction Total
2019 Buildings
and land
and
equipment
in progress
and advances
Right-of
use asset
Total Rental
equipment
Right-of
use asset
Rental
equipment
Cost
Opening balance, Jan. 1 1 225 5 214 262 2 239 8 940 2 213 100 2 313
Investments 16 171 314 323 824 915 915
Business acquisitions 158 96 7 16 277
Divestment of business -16 -104 -1 -121 -21 -21
Disposals -33 -353 -145 -531 -748 -748
Reclassifications 37 196 -232 13 14 -134 -61 -195
Translation differences 36 106 3 47 192 64 5 69
Closing balance, Dec. 31 1 423 5 326 354 2 492 9 595 2 289 44 2 333
Depreciation and impairment losses
Opening balance, Jan. 1 518 3 798 118 4 434 1 003 64 1 067
Depreciation for the period 48 437 435 920 547 12 559
Impairment charge for the period 15 12 27 1 1
Divestment of business -12 -88 -100 -13 -13
Disposals -32 -305 -53 -390 -402 -402
Reclassifications 3 3 -79 -47 -126
Translation differences 13 71 4 88 31 3 34
Closing balance, Dec. 31 553 3 925 504 4 982 1 088 32 1 120
Carrying amounts
At Jan. 1 707 1 416 262 2 121 4 506 1 211 36 1 247
At Dec. 31 870 1 401 354 1 988 4 613 1 201 12 1 213

Set out below are the carrying amounts of right-of-use assets by class of underlying asset recognized.

Right-of-use assets

2019 Buildings
and land
Machinery and
equipment
Total Rental
equipment
Carrying amounts, Jan. 1 1 824 297 2 121 36
Carrying amounts, Dec. 31 1 650 338 1 988 12
Machinery Construction
2018 Buildings
and land
and
equipment
in progress
and advances
Total Rental
equipment
Cost
Opening balance, Jan. 1 1 129 5 064 215 6 408 2 260
Investments 20 253 353 626 897
Business acquisitions 12 12
Disposals -10 -285 0 -295 -687
Reclassifications 34 283 -308 9 -231
Translation differences 52 93 2 147 61
Closing balance, Dec. 31 1 225 5 420 262 6 907 2 300
Depreciation and impairment losses
Opening balance, Jan. 1 462 3 675 4 137 1 045
Depreciation for the period 43 427 470 491
Disposals -9 -259 -268 -347
Reclassifications 2 7 9 -148
Translation differences 20 66 86 26
Closing balance, Dec. 31 518 3 916 4 434 1 067
Carrying amounts
At Jan. 1 667 1 389 215 2 271 1 215
At Dec. 31 707 1 504 262 2 473 1 233

Depreciation and impairment of tangible assets are recognized on the following line items in the income statement:

2019 2018
Cost of sales 1 033 750
Marketing expenses 161 79
Administrative expenses 274 104
Research and development expenses 35 24
Other operating expenses 4 4
Total 1 507 961

Depreciation for the period relating to right-of-use assets amount to total 447, whereof 308 relates to Buildings and land, 127 to Machinery and equipment and 12 to Rental equipment. For more information regarding depreciation, see note 1.

14. Investments in associated companies and joint ventures

14. Investments in associated companies and joint ventures

Accumulated capital participation

2019 2018
Opening balance, Jan. 1 208 94
Acquisitions of associated companies 117
Dividends -1
Profit for the year after income tax -12 -8
Translation differences 5 6
Closing balance, Dec. 31 201 208

Summary of financial information for associated companies

2019 Country Assets Liabilities Equity Revenues Profit for
the year
Group's
share, %1)
Shenzen Nectar Engineering & Equipment Co. Ltd. China 146 71 75 120 5 25
Zhejiang GIA Machinery Manufacturing Co., Ltd. China 46 16 30 37 -4 49
Mobilaris MCE AB Sweden 32 23 9 31 -5 34
ASI Mining LLC United States 202 58 144 45 -26 34
Profit for Group's
2018 Country Assets Liabilities Equity Revenues the year share, %1)
Shenzen Nectar Engineering & Equipment Co. Ltd. China 120 51 69 107 3 25
Zhejiang GIA Machinery Manufacturing Co., Ltd. China 38 5 33 33 -1 49
Mobilaris MCE AB Sweden 26 20 6 38 -11 34
ASI Mining LLC United States 181 16 165 31 -38 34

1) The Epiroc percentage share of each holding represents both ownership interest and voting power.

The above table is based on the most recent financial reporting available from associated companies.

15. Other financial assets

Fair value of financial instruments under other financial assets corresponds to their carrying value.

2019 2018
Non-current
Pension and other similar benefit assets (note 23) 17 14
Derivatives
– designated for hedge accounting 2
Financial assets classified at amortized cost
– finance lease receivables 265 318
– other financial receivables 723 787
Closing balance, Dec. 31 1 007 1 119
Current
Financial assets classified at amortized cost
– finance lease receivables 250 376
– other financial receivables 612 568
Closing balance, Dec. 31 862 944

The gross amount of finance lease receivables amounted to 520 (716), of which 5 (21) have been impaired, and the gross amount of other financial receivables amounted to 1 375 (1 400), of which 40 (47) have been impaired. The total estimated fair value of collateral to finance lease receivables and other financial receivables was 264 (462) and 1 016 (1 134) respectively, consisting primarily of repossession rights.

See note 22 on finance leases as Group as lessor and note 27 for information on credit risk

16. Inventories

2019 2018
Raw materials 530 420
Work in progress 1 627 2 122
Semi-finished goods 1 605 1 705
Finished goods 6 746 6 269
Closing balance, Dec. 31 10 508 10 516

Provisions for obsolescence and other write-downs of inventories recorded as cost of sales amounted to 381 (240). Reversals of write-downs which were recognized in earnings totaled 106 (60). Previous write-downs have been reversed as a result of improved market conditions in certain markets. Inventories recognized as expenses amounted to 19 881 (18 532).

17. Trade receivables

Fair value for trade receivables corresponds to their carrying value. Trade receivables are classified at amortized cost.

Expected credit losses, trade receivables

2019 2018
Provisions at Jan. 1 355 336
Change in accounting principles -1
Business acquisitions and divestments 1 0
Provisions recognized for expected credit losses 259 159
Release of unnecessary provisions -89 -68
Write-offs -96 -80
Translation differences 7 9
Closing balance, Dec. 31 437 355

Trade receivables of 7 287 (8 005) are reported net of impairment amounting to 437 (355). Impairment recognized in the income statement totaled 259 (159). Trade receivables are non-interest bearing and are generally on terms of 30 to 60 days. The acquisition of subsidiaries increased trade receivables with 283 (22) at date of completion of the acquisitions. At year-end 2019, the expected credit loss amounted to 5.7% (4.3) of gross total customer receivables. The impairment assessed for individual receivables affected the loss provision negative. For credit risk information, see note 27.

The following tables presents the gross value of trade receivables, both current and non-current, together with the past due-structure and the related impairment provisions.

Trade receivables, gross Trade receivables, expected credit losses
2019 2018 2019 2018
Not past due 5 225 5 425 Gross Impairment Gross Impairment
Past due Impairment assessed
0-30 days 1 197 1 469 for individual receivables 310 159 86 68
31-60 days 340 419 Impairment assessed
61-90 days 197 196 for grouped receivables 7 414 278 8 274 287
More than 90 days 765 851 Total 7 724 437 8 360 355
Total 7 724 8 360

18. Other receivables

Fair value for other receivables corresponds to their carrying value.

2019 2018
Derivatives
– classified at fair value through profit and loss 99 108
Financial assets classified at amortized cost
– other receivables 972 883
– accrued income 46 34
Prepaid expenses 480 264
Closing balance, Dec. 31 1 597 1 289

Other receivables consist primarily of VAT claims and advances to suppliers. Accrued income relates mainly to service and construction projects. Prepaid expenses include items such as rent, insurance, interest, IT and employee costs. Other receivables are reported net of impairments, amounting to 1 597 (1 289). Accrued income relates mainly to service contracts where only passage of time is required before invoicing will occur.

19. Cash and cash equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents are classified at amortized cost. Fair value corresponds to their carrying value. Cash and cash equivalents are according to IFRS 9 subject to impairment according to the expected credit loss model. During 2019 the impairment was insignificant and therefore not recognized.

Cash and cash equivalents had an estimated average effective interest rate of 0.7% (0.7). The low interest rate environment persisted during 2019, why the return is in line with previous year.

The committed, but unutilized, credit line is MSEK 4 000 (4 000), see note 21 for additional information.

2019 2018
Cash 2 657 2 335
Cash equivalents 5 883 3 537
Closing balance, Dec. 31 8 540 5 872

20. Equity

20. Equity

At year-end, Epiroc's share capital totaled 500 (500). The total numbers of issued Epiroc shares were 1 213 738 703 (1 213 738 703) shares, whereof 823 765 854 (823 765 854) shares class A and 389 972 849 (389 972 849) shares class B, each with a quota value of approximately SEK 0.41 (0.41). Class A shares entitle the owner to one vote while class B shares entitle the owner to one tenth of a vote. Class A shares and class B shares carry equal rights to a part of the company's assets upon liquidation and distribution of dividends.

The Board of Directors of Epiroc has been granted mandate by Epiroc's Annual General Meeting on May 9, 2019 to repurchase, transfer and sell own shares in order to fulfil the obligations under Epiroc's performance based employee stock option plans. Repurchase and sale will be made at a price per share within the registered trading interval, at any given point in time. The mandate is valid until Epiroc's Annual General Meeting 2020 and allows:

  • 1) The acquisition of not more than 3 250 000 series A shares, whereof a maximum of 3 150 000 may be transferred to option holders under the performance based personnel option plan 2019.
  • 2) The acquisition of not more than 30 000 series A shares, later to be sold on the market in connection with payment to Board members who have opted to receive synthetic shares as part of their remuneration.
  • 3) The sale of not more than 15 000 series A shares to cover costs related to previously issued synthetic shares to Board members.
  • 4) The sale of a maximum 7 900 000 series A shares currently held by the company, for the purpose of covering costs of fulfilling obligations related to the performance based personnel option plans 2014, 2015 and 2016.

The 2018 Annual General Meeting approved a mandate to the Board of Directors of Epiroc to repurchase, transfer and sell own shares in order to fulfil the obligations under Epiroc's performance based employee stock option plans. Repurchase and sale will be made at a price per share within the registered trading interval, at any given point in time. The mandate was valid until Epiroc's Annual General Meeting 2019 and allowed:

  • 1) Acquire not more than 30 200 000 series A shares in order to hedge delivery of shares and social securities charges under the option plans for 2014–2018.
  • 2) Acquire not more than 70 000 series A shares in order to hedge for costs in relation to remuneration in form of synthetic shares for Board members.
  • 3) Sell series A shares to cover costs related to synthetic shares to Board members giving a counter value of earlier issued synthetic shares and to cover social charges.
  • 4) Sell not more than 8 600 000 series A shares in relation to the performancebased employee stock option plans for 2014 and 2015 in order to cover costs, primarily cash settlements in Sweden, for Share Appreciation Rights (SARs) and social costs, in connection with the exercise of rights under the employee stock option plans.

During 2019 Epiroc purchased 1 500 000 shares class A and divested 4 705 198 shares class A in accordance with mandates granted by the 2019 and 2018 Annual General Meeting. As of December 31, 2019, Epiroc AB held 10 786 679 (13 991 877) shares class A. More information regarding the employee stock option plans can be found in note 23.

Reserves

Consolidated equity includes certain reserves which are described below:

Translation reserve

The translation reserve comprises all exchange differences arising from the translation of the financial statements of foreign operations, the translation of intra-group receivables from or liabilities to foreign operations that in substance are part of the net investment in the foreign operations, as well as from the translation of liabilities that hedge the company's net investments in foreign operations.

Cash flow hedge reserve

The hedging reserve comprises the effective portion of net changes in fair value for certain cash flow hedging instruments.

Non-controlling interest

The non-controlling interest amount to 52 (50). See note 14 for more information. The non-controlling interest is not material to the Group.

Other transactions with shareholders

Other transactions with shareholders includes transactions without compensation between Atlas Copco and Epiroc before the listing of Epiroc on June 18, 2018.

2019 2018
Effective tax adjustment -55
Shareholder contribution
from former owners 4 358
Acquisition of subsidiaries -1 559
Change in non-controlling interest 37
Pensions IAS 19 27
Share based compensation 44
Transfer of assets and liabilities
without consideration 1) -122
Total 2 730

1) Transfer of assets and liabilities without consideration consists of economic activities that have been carved out from companies under common control. For more information see note 28.

Appropriation of profit

The Board of Directors proposes a dividend of SEK 2.40 (2.10) per share, totaling 2 887 (2 523) if shares held by the Company on December 31, 2019 are excluded.

Amounts in SEK

Retained earnings including
reserve for fair value 47 342 179 253
Profit for the year 2 935 275 424
Total 50 277 454 677
The Board of Directors proposes that these
earnings be appropriated as follows;
To the shareholders, a dividend
of SEK 2.40 per share 2 887 084 858

To be retained in the business 47 390 369 819 Total 50 277 454 677

The proposed dividend for 2018 of SEK 2.10 per share, as approved by the Annual General Meeting on May 9, 2019, was accordingly paid by Epiroc AB. Total dividend paid amounted to SEK 2 522 753 884.

21. Borrowings

21. Borrowings

2019 2018
Maturity Carrying
amount
Fair value Carrying
amount
Fair value
Non-current
Medium Term Note Program MSEK 1 250, Fixed 2023 1 246 1 311 1 247 1 258
Medium Term Note Program MSEK 750, Floating 2023 749 771 748 752
Bilateral borrowings MEUR 100, Floating 2022 1 043 1 058 1 028 1 034
Bilateral borrowings MSEK 2 000, Floating 2024 1 995 2 006 2 000 2 045
Bilateral borrowings MSEK 1 000, Floating 2027 998 1 042
Other bank loans 65 65
Less current portion of long-term borrowings -14 -14
Total non-current bonds and loans 6 082 6 239 5 023 5 089
Lease liabilities 1 640 1 640 71 71
Other financial liabilities 2 2 1 1
Total non-current borrowings 7 724 7 881 5 095 5 161
Current
Current portion of long-term borrowings 14 14
Bridge facility 1 000 1 000
Loans 294 294 654 654
Lease liabilities 394 394 36 36
Other financial liabilities 3 3 12 12
Total current borrowings 705 705 1 702 1 702
Closing balance Dec. 31 8 429 8 586 6 797 6 863

The difference between carrying amount and fair value of borrowings relates to the measurement method as certain liabilities are reported at fair value and not at amortized cost. See additional information about the Group's exposure to interest rate risk and foreign currency risk in note 27.

Debt in the Group is primarily raised by the Parent Company and transferred to subsidiaries as internal loans or capital injections. Financing is also undertaken locally in countries in which there are legal restrictions preventing financing through Group companies. In the beginning of the year the Group entered into a bilateral loan agreement of MSEK 1 000 with Nordiska Investeringsbanken,

maturing in 2027. The loan was used to repay the remaining part of the bridge facility entered into in connection with the listing in 2018. During the year the Group also used the first of two extension options in the bilateral loan agreement with Swedish Export Credit Corporation and Svenska Handelsbanken, where the maturity was extended to 2024. Furthermore, the first of two extension options was used in the revolving credit facility agreement (RCF), which extended the maturity of the RCF to 2024. In November 2019, S&P Global Ratings reconfirmed Epiroc's BBB+ credit rating with a stable outlook. The table below shows the Group's back-up facilities.

Back-up facilities

2019 2018
Facility size Utilized Facility size Utilized
Revolving credit facility1) 4 000 4 000
Commercial paper program 2 000 2 000
Total back-up facilities 6 000 6 000

1) The revolving credit facility matures in 2024 with a one year extension option.

Reconciliation of changes in liabilities

2019 Opening
balance
January 1,
2019
Impact
of change in
accounting
principles 1)
Financing
cash flows
New
leases
Acquired/
divested
companies
Fair Value
change
through P/L
Foreign
exchange
movement
Reclassi
fication
Closing
balance
December 31,
2019
Non-current
Loans and bonds 5 023 1 043 20 4 15 -23 6 082
Lease liabilities 71 1 690 126 11 31 -289 1 640
Other financial liabilities 1 1 2
Total non-current borrowings 5 095 1 690 1 043 126 31 4 47 -312 7 724
Current
Loans 1 654 -1 431 44 29 12 308
Lease liabilities 36 357 -423 118 4 13 289 394
Other financial liabilities 12 -8 -1 3
Total current borrowings 1 702 357 -1 862 118 48 41 301 705
Total 6 797 2 047 -819 244 79 4 88 -11 8 429

1) Opening balance adjusted with 2 047 due to adoption of IFRS 16.

GROUP NOTES

21. Borrowings, cont.

2018 Opening balance
January 1, 2018
Financing cash flows New leases Aquired/
divested
companies
Fair value
change
thorugh P/L
Foreign
exchange
movement
Reclassi
fication
Closing balance
December 31, 2018
Non-current
Borrowings from Atlas Copco 2 169 -2 169
Loans and bonds 19 4 999 9 0 5 -9 5 023
Financial lease liabilities 62 -11 36 4 -20 71
Other financial liabilities 0 2 -1 1
Total non-current borrowings 2 250 2 819 36 11 0 8 -29 5 095
Current
Borrowings from Atlas Copco 4 108 -4 108
Loans 659 984 5 -3 9 1 654
Financial lease liabilities 41 -35 8 2 20 36
Other financial liabilities 0 9 0 3 12
Total current borrowings 4 808 -3 150 8 5 2 29 1 702
Total 7 058 -331 44 16 0 10 0 6 797

22. Leases

Leases – lessee (from 2019)

The Group has lease contracts primarily from rented premises, machinery, and computer and office equipment. Lease contracts for office, factory facilities and machines typically run for a period of 3 to 15 years, while motor vehicles and other equipment generally have lease terms between 2 and 5 years. For a limited number of lease contracts, purchase and renewal options exist for machinery and renewal options exist for premises. The Group has leases of certain office equipment (i.e. personal computers, printing and photocopying machines) that are considered leases of low value. Also, if the lease contract has a lease term that is less than 12 months, the lease is considered as short-term lease and such payments are recognized as an expense over the lease term.

The carrying amount of right-of-use assets as of December 31, 2019 amount to MSEK 2 000. See note 13 for the carrying amounts of right-of-use assets by class of underlying asset recognized and movements during the period.

The carrying amounts of lease liabilities (included under interest-bearing liabilities) are presented below.

2019 Lease liability
Carrying amounts, Jan. 1 2 154
Carrying amounts, Dec. 31 2 034
Non-current 1 640
Current 394
Total 2 034

See note 27 for maturity analysis of the lease liability. The Group had a cash outflow for lease liabilities of 423, refer to note 21 for more information. The amounts recognized in the income statement during 2019 are the following;

2019
-32
-55
-33
8
-38
-447

For information on financial exposure and principles for control of financial risks see note 27.

Leases – lessor (from 2019)

Operating leases – lessor

Epiroc has equipment which is leased to customers under operating leases. Long-term operating lease contracts are financed and administrated by Epiroc Payment Solutions and certain other subsidiaries. Future payments for non-cancelable operating leasing contracts fall due as follows:

2019
Fall due year:
2020 286
2021 115
2022 91
2023 50
2024 16
>2024 0
Total 558

During 2019, lease income relating to operating lease contracts amount to 686.

Finance leases – lessor

The Group offers lease financing to customers via Epiroc Payment Solutions and certain other subsidiaries. See note 27 for information on financial exposure and principles for control of financial risks. Future lease payments to be received fall due as follows:

2019
Fall due year:
2020 196
2021 151
2022 121
2023 79
2024 9
>2024 1
Undiscounted lease payments 557
Unguaranteed residual value 0
Less: Unearned finance income 37
Present value of lease payments receivable 520
Impairment loss allowance -5
Net investment in the lease 515

During the year, the finance lease receivables decreased mostly due to divestments of Payment Solutions credit portfolios.

The selling profit/loss (net) recognized in the income statement amount to 82, and the finance income on the net investment in the lease amount to 7.

22. Leases, cont.

Leases – IAS 17 (comparative figure, 2018)

Operating leases – lessee

The leasing costs of assets under operating leases amounted to 365 and are derived primarily from rented premises, machinery, and computer and office equipment. Operating leasing contracts for office and factory facilities typically run for a period of 10 to 15 years. For a limited number of operating leasing contracts, purchase and renewal options exist for machinery and renewal options exist for premises. The total leasing cost includes minimum lease payments of 356 and contingent rent of 43. Future payments for non-cancelable operating leasing contracts fall due as follows:

2018
Less than one year 417
Between one and five years 844
More than five years 289
Total 1 550

The total of future minimum sublease payments expected to be received was 29.

Operating leases – lessor

Epiroc has equipment which is leased to customers under operating leases. Long-term operating lease contracts are financed and administrated by Epiroc Payment Solutions and certain other subsidiaries. Future payments for non-cancelable operating leasing contracts fall due as follows:

2018
Less than one year 409
Between one and five years 307
More than five years 7
Total 723

Contingent rent recognized as income amounted to 12.

Finance leases – lessee

Assets utilized under finance leases

2018 Machinery and
equipment
Rental
equipment
Carrying amounts, Jan. 1, 71 42
Carrying amounts, Dec. 31, 89 22

Assets utilized under finance leases are comprised primarily of vehicles. For a limited number of finance leasing contracts, both purchase and renewal options exist. Future payments for assets held under finance leases as lessee will fall due as follows:

2018 Minimum lease
payments
Interest Principal
Less than one year 39 3 36
Between one and five years 72 7 65
More than five years 5 0 5
Total 116 10 106

Finance leases – lessor

The Group offers lease financing to customers via Epiroc Payment Solutions and certain other subsidiaries. See note 27 for information on financial exposure and principles for control of financial risks. Future lease payments to be received fall due as follows:

2018 Gross
investment
Present value of minimum
lease payments
Less than one year 405 376
Between one and five years 329 316
More than five years 2 2
736 694
Unearned finance income 42
Total 736 736

23. Employee benefits

23. Employee benefits

Post-employment benefits

Epiroc provides post-employment defined benefits pensions and other long-term employee benefits in most of its major locations. The most significant countries in terms of size of plans are Sweden, Germany, Switzerland and India.

The plans in the four most significant countries are funded with different local financing vehicles, held separately from the Group for the future benefit payments. In Sweden the financing vehicle for the main ITP2-plans retirement pension is the Group's pension foundation. Further Epiroc insures the family pension under ITP2 with a third party insurer, Alecta. This plan is accounted for as a defined contribution plan as sufficient information is not available for calculating the net pension obligation. Alecta's surplus can be distributed among the policyholders and/or the insured. At the end of 2019, Alecta's surplus in the form of its so-called collective funding amounted to 148% (142). Collective funding consists of the fair value of Alecta's assets as a percentage of the insurance obligations calculated in accordance with Alecta's actuarial calculation assumptions.

The Group identifies a number of risks in investments of pension plan assets. The main risks are interest rate risk, market risk, counter-party risk, liquidity and inflation risk and currency risk. The Group is working on a regular basis to handle the risks and has a long-term investment horizon. The investment portfolio should be diversified, which means that multiple assets classes, markets and issuers should be utilized. An asset liability management assessment should be conducted periodically. The study should include a number of elements. The most important elements are the duration of the assets and the timing of settlement of liabilities, the expected return of the assets, the expected development of liabilities, the forecasted cash flows and the impact of a shift in interest rates on the obligation.

The net obligations for post-employment benefits and other longterm employee benefits have been recorded in the balance sheet as follows:

2019 2018
Financial assets (note 15) -17 -14
Post-employment benefits 596 283
Other provisions (note 25) 68 51
Closing Balance, net 647 320

The tables below show the Group's obligations for post-employment benefits and other long-term employee benefits, the assumptions used to determine these obligations and the assets relating to these obligations for employee benefits, as well as the amounts recognized in the income statement and the balance sheet.

The net amount recognized in balance sheet amounted to 647 (320). The weighted average remaining duration of the obligation is 22.6 (21.5) years.

Post-employment benefits

2019 Funded
pension plans
Unfunded
pension plan
Other
funded plans
Other
unfunded plans
Total
Present value of defined benefit obligations 1 750 48 3 65 1 866
Fair value of plan assets -1 216 -3 -1 219
Present value of net obligations 534 48 0 65 647
Effect of asset ceiling 0 0
Other long-term service obligations 0 0
Net amount recognized in balance sheet 534 48 0 65 647
2018 Funded
pension plans
Unfunded
pension plan
Other
funded plans
Other
unfunded plans
Total
Present value of defined benefit obligations 1 427 61 15 51 1 554
Fair value of plan assets -1 223 -18 -1 241
Present value of net obligations 204 61 -3 51 313
Effect of asset ceiling 7 7
Other long-term service obligations 0 0
Net amount recognized in balance sheet 211 61 -3 51 320

23. Employee benefits, cont.

Plan assets consist of the following:

2019 Quoted
market price
Unquoted
market price
Total
Debt instruments 211 211
Equity instruments 93 93
Property 21 334 355
Assets held by insurance companies 155 155
Cash 83 83
Investment funds 322 322
Closing balance, Dec 31 885 334 1 219
2018 Quoted
market price
Unquoted
market price
Total
Debt instruments 181 181
Equity instruments 89 89
Property 33 319 352
Assets held by insurance companies 161 161
Cash 105 105
Investment funds 342 342
Others 11 11
Closing balance, Dec 31 922 319 1 241

Movement in plan assets

2019 2018
Fair value of plan assets at Jan. 1 1 241 1 149
Interest income 30 30
Remeasurement – return on plan assets -7 37
Settlements -30 -1
Other significant events 9
Employer contributions 11 8
Plan members contributions 1 1
Benefit paid by the plan -44 -24
Reclassifications 0
Transactions with Atlas Copco 26
Translation differences 8 15
Fair value of plan assets at Dec 31 1 219 1 241

Transactions with Atlas Copco during 2018 refers to plan assets in India, which was transferred from the Atlas Copco Gratuity fund.

The plan assets are allocated among the

following geographic areas:

2019 2018
Europe 1 180 1 208
of which Sweden 966 965
Rest of the world 39 33
Total 1 219 1 241

Asset ceiling

2019 2018
Asset ceiling at Jan. 1 7
Remeasurements – asset ceiling -7 7
Translation difference 0 0
Asset ceiling, Dec. 31 0 7

Movement in present value of the obligations for defined benefits

2019 2018
Defined benefit obligations at Jan. 1 1 554 1 337
Current service cost 97 72
Past service cost -9 1
Gain/loss on settlement 2 1
Interest expense (+) 39 34
Other significant events 16
Actuarial gains (–)/ losses (+) arising
from experience adjustments 37 38
Actuarial gains (–)/ losses (+) arising
from financial assumptions 241 122
Actuarial gains (–)/ losses (+) arising
from demographic assumptions 0 1
Settlements -30 -1
Benefits paid from plan or company assets -93 -67
Translation differences 12 16
Defined benefit obligations, Dec. 31 1 866 1 554

Remeasurements recognized in other comprehensive income amounts to 274 (122) and 16 (8) in profit and loss. The Group expects to pay 46 (53) in contributions to defined benefit plans in 2020.

Expenses recognized in the income statement

2019 2018
Current service cost 97 72
Past service cost -9 1
Gain/loss on settlements 2 1
Net interest cost 9 4
Employee contribution/
Participant contribution 1 -1
Remeasurement of other long-term benefits 16 8
Total 116 85

The total benefit expense for defined benefit plans amounted to 116 (85) of which 107 (81) has been charged to related functions under operating expenses and 9 (4) to financial expenses. Expenses related to defined contribution plans amounted to 293 (263).

GROUP NOTES

23. Employee benefits, cont.

Principal actuarial assumptions at the balance sheet date (expressed as weighted averages, in %)

2019 2018
Discount rate
Europe 1.59% 2.34%
Future salary increases
Europe 2.67% 2.77%

The Group has identified discount rate and future salary increases as the primary actuarial assumptions for determining defined benefit obligations. Changes in those actuarial assumptions affect the present value of the net obligation. The discount rate is determined by reference to market yields at the balance sheet date using, if available, high quality corporate bonds (AAA or AA) matching the duration of the pension obligations. In countries where corporate bonds are not available, government bonds are used to determine the discount rate. In Sweden, in line with prior years, mortgage bonds are used for determining the discount rate.

Epiroc's mortality assumptions are set by country, based on the most recent mortality studies that are available. Where possible, generational mortality assumptions are used, meaning that they include expected improvements in life expectancy over time.

The table below shows the sensitivity analysis for discount rate and increase in life expectancy and describes the potential effect on the present value of the defined pension obligation.

Sensitivity analysis

Europe 2019 2018
Change in discount rate + 0.50% -187 -149
Change in discount rate - 0.50% 217 171
Increase in life expectancy, + 1 year 77 62

Share value based incentive programs

Split of Atlas Copco's incentive programs 2014–2017

Employees in Epiroc have prior to 2018 been offered to participate in certain share-based payment programs offered by Atlas Copco. At the time when the Epiroc shares were listed, Atlas Copco had four programs in place, 2014–2017, in which certain Epiroc employees were participants. The performance based employee stock option plans in Atlas Copco for the years 2014–2017 were in accordance with their terms split between Atlas Copco and Epiroc in connection with the distribution and listing of Epiroc on Nasdaq Stockholm. Approximately 90 key employees of Epiroc have under the performance based employee stock option plan for the years 2014–2017 received options related to Epiroc and receive incentives related to the performance of Epiroc.

The terms and conditions for the performance based employee stock option plans for the years 2014–2017 are in all material aspects similar to the terms and conditions for the performance based employee stock option plan for 2018 - 2019 in Epiroc, as described below. More details of the programs as per split date is found in table "Summary of share value based incentive programs" (see page 101).

Performance based employee stock option plan 2019

The Annual general meeting of Epiroc held on May 9, 2019 thus resolved, based on a proposal from the Board of Directors, to introduce a performance based employee stock option plan for 2019,

Key assumptions

which is similar in structure as the previous stock option plan decided by the Annual general meeting.

The performance based employee stock option plan is directed at a maximum of 100 key employees in Epiroc, who will have the possibility to acquire a maximum of 3 058 704 shares of Class A in Epiroc. The issuing of options depend on the value increase expressed as Economic Value Added, of Epiroc during 2019. In an interval of SEK 750 000 000, the issue varies linear from zero to 100% of the maximum number of options. The participating key employees are divided into different categories, with different amount of maximum issues of options, depending on their positions. The issuing of options will take place not later than March 20, 2020. The term of the options is seven years from granting, and the options are exercisable not earlier than three years from grant date. The exercise price shall be set at an amount corresponding to 110% of the average of the closing rates on Nasdaq Stockholm of Epiroc's Class A shares during a period of ten business days following the date of the publishing of the fourth quarter and year-end report for 2019. A participant must still be employed in order to exercise its options. The options are not transferable.

The costs of the performance based employee stock option plan will, on an on-going basis during the term of the plan, be reported in accordance with IFRS 2, and is estimated to amount up to approximately MSEK 49. The estimated costs for advice and administration linked to the program are approximately MSEK 3.5. In order to limit the exposure of the performance based employee stock option plan, hedging measures have been adopted in the form of share buy-backs (see note 20), which can be transferred to the participants of the plan pursuant to resolutions passed at the General meeting of Epiroc.

A prerequisite for the participation of the senior executives and division presidents (13 participants) in the performance based employee stock option plan is an investment of a maximum of ten procent of the participants' respective base salary for 2019 before tax, in series A shares of Epiroc. The investments may be made in cash or by payment of shares, however not shares that are obtained as a part of the performance based employee stock option plans for 2016 – 2018. Senior executives and division presidents who have invested in Epiroc series A shares as a part of the employee stock option plan, in addition to the proportional participation in the plan, have a right to acquire a matching number of shares three years after the grant until the expiration of the employee stock option plan at a price equal to 75% of the market value upon which the exercise price of the shares in the 2019 employee stock option plan was based, subject to continued employment and continued ownership of the shares.

For all the programs, 2015–2019, a total maximum of 8 720 509 shares could be delivered to employees, corresponding to approximately 0.7 % of the total number of shares in Epiroc.

The Board of Epiroc has the right to decide to implement an alternative incentive solution (SARs) for key persons in such countries where the grant of employee stock options is not feasible. In the 2014–2019 programs, the options may, on request by an optionee in Sweden, be settled by the Company paying cash equal to the excess of the closing price of the shares over the exercise price on the exercise day, less any administrative fees. Due to this choice of settlement by the Swedish employees, these options are classified for accounting purposes as cash-settled in accordance with IFRS 2.

The Black-Scholes model is used to calculate the fair value of the options/SARs in the programs at issue date. For the programs in 2019, the fair value of the options/SARs was based on the following assumptions:

2019 Program
(Dec. 31, 2019)
2018 Program
(Dec. 31, 2018)
Expected exercise price SEK 125.79/85.761) SEK 92.22/62.881)
Expected volatility 30% 30%
Expected options life (years) 4.64 4.64
Expected share price SEK 114.35 SEK 83.84
Expected dividend (growth) SEK 2.10 (6%) SEK 1.73 (6%)
Risk free interest rate 1.00% 1.00%
Expected average grant value SEK 19.99/33.581) SEK 14.10/23.901)
Number of outstanding options 2 888 142 2 532 225
– of which forfeited 2) -1 943 161 -69 535
Number of matching shares 44 784 50 566

1) Matching shares for senior executives. 2) Including adjustments for performance achievement.

23. Employee benefits, cont.

The expected volatility has been determined by analyzing the historic development of the Epiroc A Share price and other shares on the stock market. When determining the expected option life, assumptions have been made regarding the expected exercising behavior of different categories of optionees.

For the stock options in 2015–2019 programs, the fair value is recognized as an expense over the following vesting periods:

Program
Vesting period Exercise period
Stock options From To From To
2015 May-15 Apr-18 May-18 Apr-20
2016 May-16 Apr-19 May-19 Apr-23
2017 May-17 Apr-20 May-20 Apr-24
2018 May-18 Apr-21 May-21 Apr-25
2019 May-19 Apr-22 May-22 Apr-26

For the 2019 program, a new valuation of the fair value has been made and will be made at each reporting date until the issue date, which as indicated below will occur in March 2020.

Timeline 2019 option plan

For SARs and the options classified as cash-settled, the fair value is recognized as an expense over the same vesting period; the fair value is, however, remeasured at each reporting date and changes in the fair value after the end of the vesting period continue to be recognized as a personnel expense.

In accordance with IFRS 2, the expense in 2019 for the Group for all share-based incentive programs amounted to 159 (54) excluding social costs of which 9 (8) refers to equity-settled options. The related costs for social security contributions are accounted for in accordance with the statement from the Swedish Financial Reporting Board (UFR 7) and are classified as personnel expenses. In the balance sheet, the provision for the Group for share appreciation rights and stock options classified as cash-settled as of December 31, 2019, amounted to 157 (129). See additional information about the Group's share-based incentive program in note 5.

Summary of share value based incentive programs

Program Initial number
of employees
Number of
options
Expiration
date
Exercise
price, SEK
Type of
share
Fair value at
grant date
Intrinsic value for
vested SARs
Stock options
2014 17 786 560 4/30/19 65.71 A 13.10
2015 41 1 308 754 4/30/20 47.43 A 8.39
2016 66 4 966 702 4/30/23 75.75 A 16.53
2017 64 2 095 148 4/30/24 94.38 A 15.90
2018 63 1 976 817 4/30/25 96.83 A 15.63
Matching shares
2014 1 3 178 4/30/19 44.91 A 23.84
2015 2 8 735 4/30/20 32.43 A 15.65
2016 3 11 029 4/30/23 51.79 A 26.29
2017 7 22 993 4/30/24 64.37 A 26.84
2018 11 47 875 4/30/25 66.02 A 27.11
Share appreciation rights
2014 7 359 240 4/30/19 65.71 A 48.64
2015 8 311 567 4/30/20 47.43 A 66.92
2016 12 954 761 4/30/23 75.75 A 38.60
2017 14 446 150 4/30/24 94.38 A
2018 24 555 408 4/30/25 96.83 A

GROUP NOTES

23. Employee benefits, cont.

Number of options/rights 2019

Program Outstanding
January 1
Exercised Expired/
forfeited
Outstanding
December 31
–of which
exercisable
Time to
expiration,
in months
Average stock
price for exercised
options, SEK
Stock options
2015 1) 1 040 614 854 341 186 273 186 273 4 102.34
2016 2) 4 748 332 2 247 280 154 071 2 346 981 2 346 981 16 101.07
2017 3) 2 005 889 40 605 1 965 284 28
2018 4) 1 907 173 46 284 1 860 889 40
Matching shares
2015 8 735 8 735 4 111.40
2016 11 029 5 953 2 229 2 847 2 847 16 117.60
2017 22 993 1 708 21 285 28
2018 50 566 50 566 40
Share appreciation rights
2015 311 567 290 303 21 264 21 264 4 101.23
2016 881 971 399 950 72 790 409 231 409 231 16 104.70
2017 416 397 59 506 356 891 28
2018 555 517 46 284 509 233 40

1) of which 99 813 have been accounted for as cash-settled

2) of which 1 435 711 have been accounted for as cash-settled

3) of which 1 429 730 have been accounted for as cash-settled

4) of which 1 374 907 have been accounted for as cash-settled

Number of options/rights 2018

Program Outstanding
June 18, 2018
Exercised Expired/
forfeited
Outstanding
December 31
–of which
exercisable
Time to
expiration,
in months
Average stock
price for exercised
options, SEK
Stock options
2014 1) 786 560 186 192 600 368 600 368 4 99.09
2015 2) 1 308 754 268 140 1 040 614 1 040 614 16 99.07
2016 3) 4 966 702 218 370 4 748 332 28
2017 4) 2 095 148 89 259 2 005 889 40
Matching shares
2014 3 178 3 178 3 178 4
2015 8 735 8 735 8 735 16
2016 11 029 11 029 28
2017 22 993 22 993 40
Share appreciation rights
2014 359 240 64 150 295 090 295 090 4 96.75
2015 311 567 311 567 311 567 16
2016 954 761 72 790 881 971 28
2017 446 150 29 753 416 397 40

1) of which 385 088 have been accounted for as cash-settled

2) of which 772 673 have been accounted for as cash-settled

3) of which 3 510 902 have been accounted for as cash-settled

4) of which 1 500 088 have been accounted for as cash-settled

24. Other liabilities

Other financial liabilities are classified at amortized cost. Fair value of other liabilities corresponds to carrying value.

Other current liabilities

2019 2018
Derivatives
– classified at fair value through profit and loss 74 7
Other financial liabilities
– other liabilities 583 708
– accrued expenses 2 370 2 051
Advances from customers 1) 795 1 343
Deferred revenues service contracts 1) 108 102
Closing balance, Dec 31 3 930 4 211

1) In advances from customers and deferred revenue, 695 (999) are related to contract liabilities. The decrease from prior year is the result of less advances from the decrease of orders received. 878 (561) of the advances from customers and deferred revenue 2018 have been recognized as revenue during 2019.

Accrued expenses include items such as social costs, vacation pay liability, accrued interest, and accrued operational expenses.

25. Provisions

2019 Product warranty Restructuring Other Total
Opening balance, Jan. 1 217 40 319 576
During the year
– provisions made 168 25 274 467
– provisions used -124 -19 -225 -368
– provisions reversed -61 - -10 -71
Translation differences 7 -1 4 10
Closing balance, Dec. 31 207 45 362 614
Non-current 5 35 285 325
Current 202 10 77 289
Total 207 45 362 614
2019, Maturity Product warranty Restructuring Other Total
Less than one year 202 10 77 289
Between one and five years 5 34 233 272
More than five years 1 52 53
Total 207 45 362 614
2018 Product warranty Restructuring Other Total
Opening balance, Jan. 1 198 55 296 549
Business acquisitions 1 1
During the year
– provisions made 144 1 146 291
– provisions used -93 -13 -97 -203
– provisions reversed -35 -25 -60
Reclassification -2 -2
Translation differences 3 -3 0 0
Closing balance, Dec. 31 217 40 319 576
Non-current 4 34 249 287
Current 213 6 70 289
Total 217 40 319 576
2018, Maturity Product warranty Restructuring Other Total
Less than one year 213 6 70 289
Between one and five years 4 33 223 260
More than five years 1 26 27
Total 217 40 319 576

Other provisions consist primarily of amounts related to sharebased payments including social fees and other longterm employee benefits (see note 23).

26. Assets pledged and contingent liabilities

26. Assets pledged and contingent liabilities

Epiroc had 49 (29) in securities and other contingent liabilities. These primarily relate to pension commitments and commitments related to customer claims and various legal matters. Additional, Epiroc have

27. Financial risk management

Epiroc is in its operations exposed to a variety of financial risks; funding and liquidity risk, currency risk, interest rate risk and credit risk.

Organization

The Board of Directors establishes the Group's financial risk policy. The Group has a Financial Risk Management Committee (FRMC) that manages the Group's financial risks within the mandate given by the Board of Directors. The members of the FRMC are the CEO, CFO, Group Treasurer and representatives from Group Treasury. The FRMC meets quarterly or more frequently if circumstances require.

Group Treasury has the operational responsibility for financial risk management in the Group. Group Treasury manages and controls financial risk exposures, ensures that appropriate financing is in place through loans and committed credit facilities and manages the Group's liquidity.

Group Treasury reports to the FRMC quarterly and the FRMC reports to the Audit Committee.

Capital structure

The Group defines capital as borrowings and equity. The Group's financial goals include an efficient capital structure and the flexibility to make selective acquisitions, while maintaining an investment grade rating. The Group's goal is to provide longterm stable and raising dividends to its shareholders. The dividend should correspond to 50% of net profit over the cycle. The capital requirement is assessed on the basis of ratios as net debt/equity and net debt/EBITDA.

Net debt

Net debt is defined as interest-bearing liabilities and postemployment benefits, adjusted for the fair value of interest rate swaps, less cash and cash equivalents and certain other financial receivables. The position for December 31, was:

commercial guarantees for fulfilment of contractual undertakings which is part of the Group's normal course of business of 206 (208).

Net debt and net debt/equity ratio

2019 2018
Interest-bearing liabilities 1) 8 429 6 797
Post-employment benefits 596 283
Cash and cash equivalents -8 540 -5 872
Certain other financial receivables -2
Net debt 483 1 208
Total equity 22 813 18 847
Net debt/equity ratio, % 2.1 6.4

1) Implementation of IFRS 16 has increased net debt by 1 956 as of December 31, 2019

Rating

Another variable in the assessment of the Group's capital structure is the credit rating. In November 2019, S&P Global Ratings reconfirmed Epiroc's BBB+ credit rating with a stable outlook.

Funding and liquidity risk

Funding and liquidity risk is defined as the risk of the cost being higher and financing opportunities limited as the borrowing is renegotiated and the payment obligations cannot be met as a result of insufficient liquidity or difficulties in securing funding.

Policy

The policy states the minimum average tenor, i.e. time to maturity (3 years), and the maximum amount that can mature within the next 12 months (MSEK 3 000). According to the policy the Group should maintain a minimum of committed credit facilities (MSEK 4 000) and ensure a short-term liquidity reserve, which comprises cash, cash equivalents and uncommitted credit facilities.

Comments for the year

In the beginning of the year the Group entered into a bilateral loan agreement of MSEK 1 000 with Nordiska Investeringsbanken, maturing in 2027. The loan was used to repay the remaining part of the bridge facility entered into in connection with the listing in 2018. As back-up facilities, the Group has a MSEK 4 000 revolving credit facility and a MSEK 2 000 commercial paper program, both unutilized at year-end.

As per December 31, 2019, the Group's total interest bearing loans amounted to 8 429 (6 797). The average time to maturity of the Group's external debt was 4.6 years (3.9) at year-end. Cash and cash equivalents for the Group totals to 8 540 (5 872). For more information on borrowings, maturities and back-up facilities, see note 21.

The following table shows maturity structure of the Group's financial liabilities. The figures shown are contractual undiscounted cash flows based on contracted date, when the Group is liable to pay, including both interest and nominal amounts. The Group's short-term liquidity reserve exceeds financial liabilities due within 2020.

27. Financial risk management, cont.

Financial liabilities

2019 2020 2021 2022 2023 2024 >2024
Liabilities to credit institutions 63 72 1 108 2 063 2 020 1 028
Lease liabilities 365 303 228 159 746
Derivatives
Other liabilities 58
Non-current financial liabilities 63 495 1 411 2 291 2 179 1 774
Liabilities to credit institutions 308
Lease liabilities 457
Derivatives 74
Other accrued expenses 2 370
Trade payables 4 050
Other liabilities 567
Current financial liabilities 7 826
Total financial liabilities 7 889 495 1 411 2 291 2 179 1 774

Interest rate risk

Interest rate risk is the risk that changes in market interest rates affect the Group's net interest. How quickly interest rate changes impact the net interest depends on the fixed interest term of the borrowings, including interest rate derivatives.

Policy

The policy states that the duration, i.e. period of which interest rates are fixed, of the loan portfolio should be within a range (6–48 months, with a benchmark of 12 months), including effects from interest rate derivatives.

Comments for the year

The Group's borrowings have a mix of fixed and floating rates. To manage interest rate risk and to receive the desired mix, the Group uses interest rate swaps to convert fixed rates to floating rates on part of the capital market borrowings.

As per December 31, 2019, the nominal amount of the outstanding interest rate swaps was 250 (250) and the fair value was 2 (0). The swaps are designated as fair value hedging instruments and the hedged item is part of the fixed SEK bond. The average interest duration, including interest rate swaps, was 12 months and the average interest rate of the Parent Company's borrowings was 0.73% (0.54). For more information about the Group's borrowings, see note 21.

A shift up in interest rates of 1 percentage point would affect the Group's borrowings and interest rate derivatives and impact the Group's net interest by approximately -50 (-50) and a similar downwards shift would impact the Group's net interest by approximately +29 (+18).

Hedge accounting

The Group applies fair value hedge accounting for interest rate risk, where part of fixed rate bonds is converted into floating rate by interest rate swaps. There is an economic relationship between the bond and the interest rate swaps as the critical terms match. To measure any ineffectiveness a quantitative method is applied (dollar offset method). The Group ensure effectiveness by aligning the currency, dates and interest base of the interest rate swaps towards the bond with fixed interest rate. Potential ineffectiveness due to counterparty's or Epiroc's credit risk is deemed insignificant.

Fair value hedges of interest rate risk

2019 Notional
amount
Carrying amount
[asset (+) liability (-)]
Line item in
consolidated balance sheet
Hedging instruments
Interest swaps, SEK fixed to floating rate Stibor 3M 250 2 Other financial assets
Hedged items
Bond, SEK fixed interest rate -1 248 Interest bearing-liabilites, non-current
Fair value adjustments -2 Excluded in the above amount

GROUP NOTES

27. Financial risk management, cont.

Currency risk

The Group operates in various geographical markets and undertakes transactions denominated in foreign currencies and is consequently exposed to exchange rate fluctuations. Currency exposure occurs in connection with payments in foreign currency (transaction exposure) and when translating foreign subsidiaries' balance sheets and income statements into SEK (translation exposure).

Transaction exposure

Transaction exposure primarily arises when the Group's products are sold in other countries and in other currencies. Sales in each respective market primarily take place in local currency. These payment flows create currency exposures that affects the Group's earnings in the event of exchange rate fluctuations.

Policy

The Group's policy states that exposures shall be reduced by matching in- and outflows of the same currencies. Based on the assumption that hedging does not have any significant effect on the Group's longterm result, the policy recommends leaving transaction exposures unhedged on an ongoing basis. Divisional management is responsible for maintaining readiness to adjust operations (price and cost) to compensate for adverse currency movements. However, the FRMC can decide to hedge part of the transaction exposure. For these cases, transactions shall qualify for hedge accounting in accordance with IFRS and hedging beyond 18 months is not allowed.

Cash flow hedges

2019 2018
Nominal
amount
Fair value Nominal
amount
Fair value
AUD
USD
-20 MAUD
-32 MUSD
0 MSEK
-8 MSEK
-65 MAUD
-64 MUSD
16 MSEK
7 MSEK

The table below shows the effect on pretax earnings that one-sided fluctuations in each currency may have.

Transaction exposure sensitivity1)

2019 2018
AUD Currency rate +/–1% 22 19
USD Currency rate +/–1% 27 30
SEK Currency rate +/–1% 116 96

1) The indication is based on the assumptions that no hedging transactions have been undertaken, and before any impact of offsetting price adjustments or similar measures.

The financial transaction exposure in the Group, i.e. internal and external borrowing or lending in foreign currencies, is centrally managed by Group Treasury. Group Treasury hedges the financial transaction exposure either by FX forwards or by matching in- and outflows in the same currencies.

Translation exposure

Currency exposure occurs when translating the results of foreign subsidiaries into SEK, which affects the Group's earnings when exchange rates fluctuates (income statement). The translation exposure on the balance sheet occurs when translating net assets of foreign subsidiaries into SEK, which affects other comprehensive income (OCI).

Comments for the year

The operational transaction exposure is measured as an estimate of the net foreign exchange flows per currency. Estimates are based on the Group's intercompany payments and on payments flows from customers and to suppliers in the most significant currencies. The net amounts are shown in the graphs below, corresponding to 11 591 (9 489).

The Group has continued to manage transaction exposures primarily by matching in- and outflows in the same currencies. A part of the transaction exposure in AUD and USD has been hedged with FX forward contracts following decision by the FRMC.

Estimated operational transaction exposure in the Group's most important currencies, 2019 and 2018

Policy

The Group's general policy for managing translation exposure is that the translation exposure should be reduced by matching assets and liabilities in the same currencies. The FRMC may decide to hedge part or all of the remaining translation exposure and any hedging shall qualify for hedge accounting in accordance with IFRS.

Comments for the year

The translation exposure is measured as the net of assets and liabilities in a certain currency. As per year-end the Group has not hedged any of its translation exposure.

A change up or down by 1% in the value of each currency against the Swedish krona would affect the Group's pretax earnings by approximately +/- 18 (34).

Credit risk

Credit risk can be divided into operational and financial credit risk. These risks are described further in the following sections. The table shows the total credit risk exposure related to assets classified as financial instruments as per December 31, 2019.

Credit risk

2019 2018
Loans and receivables
– trade receivables 7 287 8 005
– finance lease receivables 515 694
– other financial receivables 1 335 1 355
– other receivables 972 883
– accrued income 46 34
– cash and cash equivalents 8 540 5 872
Derivatives 101 108
Total 18 796 16 951

27. Financial risk management, cont.

Operational credit risk

Operational credit risk is the risk that the Group's customers do not meet their payment obligations.

Policy

According to the Group's operational credit risk policy, divisions and individual business units are responsible for the commercial risks arising from their operations. The operational credit risk is measured as the net aggregate value of receivables on a customer.

Since the Group's sales are distributed among many customers, of whom no single customer represents a significant share of the Group's commercial risk, the monitoring of commercial credit risks is primarily done at the divisional or business unit level. Each entity is required to have an approved commercial risk policy. These shall aim at preserving the high credit quality of the Group's portfolios and thereby protecting the Group's short and longterm viability. Risk is always assessed based on all available information; taking into account collateral, credit characteristics and overall market conditions. When making commercial credit risk decision, risk will always be judged based on the combined risks rather than by each of the several risk factors evaluated.

The entity establish provisions for their estimate of expected credit losses (ECL) in respect of financial assets. The measurement of ECL is based on different measures for different credit risk exposures. For trade receivables and contract assets, the measure for ECL is based on expected loss rate based on historical default statistics, with forward looking analysis separately considered. Provision is calculated for all receivables grouped and the expected loss rate is applied. Additional, the Group perform an assessment on individual basis to ensure that adequate loss allowance is made for receivables with observable evidence of higher credit risk with specific factors such as signs of bankruptcy, officially known insolvency etc.

Lease receivables are impaired by using a rating model when determined the expected credit loss. The rating model is considering the customer's rating, the country's political and commercial risk and a rating of the country's legal system. Both external credit agencies rating and internally developed rating methods are applied. The measurement of ECL consider the fair value of the collaterals and the delay. The assessment also take into account the degree of insurance.

Forward looking analysis, including macroeconomics factors impacting different customer segments and geographical areas, are separately considered in both models described above (if not reflected in the rating model) and impairment level is adjusted to reflect identified changes for the specific market, if needed.

Comments for the year

Trade receivables relate to a large number of customers, spread across diverse geographical areas and reflects the spread of sales. Stringent credit policies are applied and there is no major concentration of credit risk, the Group therefore evaluates the credit risk to be limited. At year-end 2019, trade receivables of 7 287 (8 005) are reported net of impairment amounting to 437 (355). The expected credit loss amounted to 5.7% (4.3) of gross total customer receivables. For further information, see note 17.

The Group has an inhouse customer finance operation (part of Epiroc Payment Solutions) as a means of supporting equipment sales. Credit risk in customer financing are typically mitigated by Epiroc Payment Solutions maintains collateral for its credit portfolio primary through repossession rights in equipment. Entities may also partly transfer the commercial risk through insurance to external entities (normally to an export credit agency). At December 31, 2019, the credit portfolio of the customer financial operations totaled approximately to 1 766 (1 997) consisting of 42 (15) reported as trade receivables, 515 (684) reported as finance lease receivables, and 1 209 (1 298) reported as other financial receivables. In addition, Epiroc Payment Solutions also has non-cancelable operating lease contracts of 562 (611). There were no significant concentrations of customer risks in these operations. No customer represented more than 5% (5) of the total outstanding receivables. For further information, see note 15 and 22.

Financial credit risk

Credit risk on financial transactions is the risk that the Group incurs losses as a result of non-payment by counterparts related to the Group's investments, bank deposits or derivative transactions. The financial credit risk is measured differently depending on transaction type.

Policy

The Group's policy states that diversification of credit risk should be the norm and that maximum exposure limits shall be assigned for each financial counterpart (with a maximum of MSEK 2 000 per counterpart). Derivative transactions can only be undertaken with counterparts for which CSA (Credit Support Annex) agreements are established. Furthermore, financial transactions are only to be entered into with counterparts that have a certain rating (not below A3/A/A). An investment policy stipulating the framework for investments of the Group's excess cash shall consider the above points. The policy's demand of security shall always be prioritized over the aim of maximum return.

Comments for the year

When measuring credit risk on cash and cash equivalents, the Group applies the general approach on impairment. The maturities are well below 12 months and the counterparties are stable banks with high rating. Calculations based on the banks' probabilities of default, gives an expected loss which is in all aspects immaterial. At year-end 2019, the measured credit risk on derivatives, taking into account the market-to-market value and collaterals, amounted to 44 (90). The table below presents the reported value of the Group´s derivatives.

Outstanding derivative instruments, fair value

2019 2018
Interest rate swaps
Assets 2 0
Liabilities
Foreign exchange forwards
Assets 99 108
Liabilities 74 7

No financial assets or liabilities are offset in the balance sheet. Derivative instruments are subject to master netting agreements and the fair value of derivatives that are not offset in the balance sheet are 101 (108) for assets and 74 (7) for liabilities. The table below shows derivatives covered by master netting agreements.

Outstanding net position for derivative instruments

2019 Gross Offset in
Balance
sheet
Net in
Balance
sheet
Master
netting
agreement
CSA Net
position
Assets
Derivatives
Liabilities
101 101 -74 -3 24
Derivatives 74 74 -74 0 0

Other market and price risks

Commodity-price risk is the risk that the cost of direct and indirect materials could increase as underlying commodity prices rise in global markets. The Group is directly and indirectly exposed to raw material price fluctuations. Cost increases for raw materials and components frequently coincide with strong end-customer demand and are offset by increased sales to mining customers and compensated for by increased market prices. Therefore, the Group does not hedge commodity-price risks.

GROUP NOTES

27. Financial risk management, cont.

Fair value of financial instruments

In the Group's balance sheet, financial instruments are carried at fair value or at amortized cost. The fair value is established according to a fair value hierarchy. The hierarchy levels should reflect the extent to which fair value is based on observable market data or own assumptions.

  • Level 1: Quoted (unadjusted) prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities.
  • Level 2: Inputs other than quoted prices included in level 1 that are observable for assets or liabilities either directly or indirectly, for example market interest rates or yield curves.
  • Level 3: Based on a valuation model, whereby significant input is based on unobservable market data.

Valuation methods

• Forward exchange contracts: Fair value is calculated based on prevailing market rates and present value of future cash flows.

• Interest rate swaps: Fair value is based on market rates and present value of future cash flows.

  • Interest-bearing liabilities: Fair values are calculated based on market rates and present value of future cash flows.
  • Finance leases and other financial receivables: Fair values are calculated based on market rates and present value of future cash flows.

The Group's financial instruments by level

The fair value of bonds are based on level 1 and the fair values of other financial instruments are based on level 2 in the fair value hierarchy. Compared to 2018, no transfers have been made between different levels in the fair value hierarchy and no significant changes have been made to valuation techniques, inputs or assumptions.

The carrying value for the Group's financial instruments corresponds to fair value in all categories except for borrowings. See note 21 for additional information about the Group's borrowings.

Currency rates used in the financial statements

Year-end rate Average rate
Value Code 2019 2018 2019 2018
Australia 1 AUD 6.51 6.33 6.56 6.49
Canada 1 CAD 7.12 6.59 7.10 6.70
China 1 CNY 1.33 1.31 1.37 1.31
EU 1 EUR 10.43 10.28 10.56 10.26
Chile 1000 CLP 12.46 12.86 13.31 13.57
South Africa 1 ZAR 0.67 0.62 0.65 0.66
USA 1 USD 9.31 8.97 9.42 8.70

28. Related parties

Transactions with associated companies and joint ventures

The Group sold various products and purchased goods through certain associated companies and joint ventures on terms generally similar to those prevailing with unrelated parties.

Transactions with shareholders

During 2018 was transactions between Atlas Copco Group and Epiroc Group related to lending and allocation of net debt between the groups. These transactions have been classified as transactions with shareholders and been carried out via equity and are presented in the consolidated statement of changes in equity. On March 31, 2018 Epiroc AB received an unconditional shareholder's contribution of 4 150 from Atlas Copco AB. As of April 26, 2018 the foreign exchange derivatives between Epiroc Treasury AB and Atlas Copco AB matured and was cash settled. On June 18, 2018 Epiroc AB repaid a borrowing of 3 752 to Atlas Copco AB. Receivables and payables between Atlas Copco and Epiroc from the period when Atlas Copco AB was the parent company, have been included in the balance sheet as external balances. The balances as of December 31, 2019 between Atlas Copco and Epiroc are not material. Since the distribution of the Epiroc shares from Atlas Copco on June 18, 2018, Atlas Copco is no longer a related party.

29. Subsequent events

In January 2020, it was announced that Epiroc will consolidate the dimension stone industry manufacturing to its existing production facility in Nashik, India. The operation at Epiroc Stonetec in Bagnolo, Italy, will be closed by mid-2020, affecting about 40 employees.

On February 28, 2020, the Board approved an organizational change. Epiroc previously had seven divisions, where the presidents reported to a business area president. The new structure has five divisions and the presidents now report directly to the President and CEO. The financial reporting setup will remain with two segments, Equipment & Service, which includes the divisions Surface, Underground, Parts & Service and Technology & Digital, and Tools & Attachments, which includes the division with the same name. From March 2, 2020, Epiroc's Group Management has the following members:

Compensation to key management personnel

Compensation to the Board and to Group Management is disclosed in note 5.

The following table summarizes the Group's related party transactions with its associates and joint ventures.

2019 2018
Revenues 9 1
Goods purchased 109 51
Service purchased 0 0
At Dec, 31:
Receivables 13 13
Payables 18 17
  • Helena Hedblom, President and CEO
  • Anders Lindén, Senior Vice President Controlling and Finance (CFO)
  • José Manuel Sánchez, President Surface division*
  • Sami Niiranen, President Underground division*
  • Jess Kindler, President Parts & Service division*
  • Jonas Albertson, President Technology & Digital division*
  • Goran Popovski, President Tools & Attachments division*
  • Nadim Penser, Senior Vice President Human Resources*
  • Jörgen Ekelöw, Senior Vice President General Counsel
  • Martin Hjerpe, Senior Vice President M&A and Strategy
  • Mattias Olsson, Senior Vice President Corporate Communications
  • * = new member.

Parent Company financial information

Income statement

January - December
MSEK Note 2019 2018
Administrative expenses A2 -258 -143
Marketing expenses -18 -13
Other operating income A3 163 72
Other operating expenses A3 -54 -115
Operating result -167 -199
Financial income A4 45 17
Financial expenses A4 -58 -34
Profit after financial items -180 -216
Appropriations A5 3 887 4 424
Profit before tax 3 707 4 208
Income tax A6 -772 -927
Profit for the year 2 935 3 281

Statement of comprehensive income

January - December
MSEK
Note 2019 2018
Profit for the year 2 935 3 281
Total comprehensive income for the year 2 935 3 281

Balance sheet

MSEK Note Dec. 31, 2019 Dec. 31, 2018
Assets
Non-current assets
Intangible assets 1 1
Tangible assets 8 7
Financial assets
- Deferred tax assets A7 13 4
- Shares in Group companies A8, A18 45 941 45 776
- Other financial assets A9 6 053 5 035
Total non-current assets 52 016 50 823
Current assets
Income tax receivables 33
Other receivables A10 5 071 5 552
Cash and cash equivalents 2 1
Total current assets 5 106 5 553
Total assets 57 122 56 376
Equity and liabilities
Equity
Share capital 500 500
Legal reserve 3 3
Total restricted equity 503 503
Retained earnings 47 342 46 272
Profit for the year 2 935 3 281
Total non-restricted equity 50 277 49 553
Total equity 50 780 50 056
Provisions
Post-employment benefits A12 15 6
Other provisions A13 201 161
Total provisions 216 167
Liabilities
Non-current liabilities
Borrowings A14 6 029 5 023
Total non-current liabilities 6 029 5 023
Current liabilities
Borrowings A14 1 000
Tax liabilities 76
Other liabilities A15 97 54
Total current liabilities 97 1 130
Total equity and liabilities 57 122 56 376

Statement of changes in equity

2019 Equity attributable to owners of the parent
MSEK Number of shares
outstanding
Share
capital
Legal
reserve
Retained
earnings
Total Equity
Opening balance, Jan. 1 1 199 746 826 500 3 49 553 50 056
Total comprehensive income for the year 2 935 2 935
Dividends -2 523 -2 523
Acquisition of series A shares -1 500 000 -134 -134
Divestment of series A shares 4 705 198 474 474
Share-based payment, equity-settled
- expense during the year 9 9
- exercise option -37 -37
Closing balance, Dec. 31 1 202 952 024 500 3 50 277 50 780

See note A11 for additional information.

2018 Equity attributable to owners of the parent
MSEK Number of shares
outstanding
Share
capital
Legal
reserve
Retained
earnings
Total Equity
Opening balance, Jan. 1 206 885 21 3 43 886 43 910
Total comprehensive income for the year 3 281 3 281
Increase of share capital through
shareholders' contribution 4 358 4 358
Increase of share capital through
shareholders' bonus issue 1 213 531 818 479 -479
Acquisition of series A shares -14 510 359 -1 359 -1 359
Divestment of series A shares 518 482 51 51
Share-based payment, equity-settled
- expense during the year 8 8
- exercise option -193 -193
Closing balance, Dec. 31 1 199 746 826 500 3 49 553 50 056

Statement of cash flows

January - December
MSEK
Note
2019 2018
Cash flow from operating activities
Operating result -167 -199
Adjustments for:
Depreciation, amortization and impairment 2 1
Capital gain/loss and other noncash items -153 -22
Operating cash surplus/deficit -318 -220
Net financial items received/paid -8 -17
Group contributions received 4 424 14
Taxes paid -889 -851
Cash flow before change in working capital 3 209 -1 074
Change in:
Operating receivables -978 -715
Operating liabilities -44 2 113
Change in working capital -1 022 1 398
Net cash from operating activities 2 187 324
Cash flow from investing activities
Investments in tangible assets -2 -8
Investments in intangible assets -1 -1
Repayments/Investments in financial assets -5 030
Net cash from investing activities -3 -5 039
Cash flow from financing activities
Dividends paid -2 523
Repurchase and divestment of own shares 340 -1 307
Change in interest-bearing liabilities 6 023
Net cash from financing activities -2 183 4 716
Net cash flow for the year 1 1
Cash and cash equivalents, Jan. 1 1 0
Net cash flow for the year 1 1
Cash and cash equivalents, Dec. 31 2 1

PARENT COMPANY NOTES

A1. Significant accounting principles

A1. Significant accounting principles

Epiroc AB is the ultimate Parent Company of the Epiroc Group and is headquartered in Nacka, Sweden. The financial statements of Epiroc AB have been prepared in accordance with the Swedish Annual Accounts Act and the recommendation RFR 2, "Accounting for Legal Entities", hereafter referred to as "RFR 2", issued by the Swedish Financial Reporting Board. In accordance with RFR 2, parent companies that issue consolidated financial statements according to International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS), as endorsed by the European Union, shall present their financial statements in accordance with IFRS, to the extent these accounting principles comply with the Swedish Annual Accounts Act and may use exemptions from IFRS provided by RFR 2 due to Swedish accounting or tax legislation. The financial statements are presented in Swedish krona (SEK), which is the accounting currency for Epiroc AB and also the presentation currency. Unless otherwise stated, the amounts presented are in millions Swedish krona (MSEK).

The Parent Company's accounting principles have been consistently applied to all periods presented unless otherwise stated. The financial statements are prepared using the same accounting principles as described in note 1 in the Group's consolidated financial statements, except for those disclosed in the following sections. For information regarding accounting estimates and judgments, see page 77.

Subsidiaries

Participations in subsidiaries are accounted for by the Parent Company at historical cost. The carrying amounts of participations in subsidiaries are reviewed for impairment in accordance with IAS 36, Impairment of Assets. See the Group's accounting policies, Impairment of financial assets, for further details. Transaction costs incurred in connection with a business combination are accounted for by the Parent Company as part of the acquisition costs and are not expensed.

Lease contracts

The Parent Company recognizes leases in accordance with the exemption rule for IFRS 16 provided in RFR 2, which results in no change compared to previous year (2018). All lease contracts entered into by the Parent Company are accounted for as operating leases.

Employee benefits

Defined benefit plans

Defined benefit plans are not accounted for in accordance with IAS 19. In the Parent Company defined benefit plans are accounted for

according to the Swedish law regarding pensions,"Tryggandelagen" and regulations issued by the Swedish Financial Supervisory Board. The primary differences as compared to IAS 19 are the way discount rates are fixed, that the calculation of defined benefit obligations is based on current salary levels, without consideration of future salary increases and that all actuarial gains and losses are included in profit or loss as they occur.

Share-based payments

The share-based payments that the Parent Company has granted to employees in the Parent Company are accounted for using the same principle as described in note 1 in the Group's consolidated financial statements. The share-based payments that the Parent Company has granted to employees in subsidiaries are not accounted for as an employee expense in the Parent Company, but are recognized as an increase in Shares in Group companies. This vesting cost is accrued over the same period as in the Group and with a corresponding increase in equity for equity-settled programs and as a change in liabilities for cash-settled programs.

Financial guarantees

Financial guarantees issued by the Parent Company for the benefit of subsidiaries are not valued at fair value. They are reported as contingent liabilities, unless it becomes probable that the guarantees will lead to payments. In such case, provisions will be recorded.

Financial instruments

The Parent Company applies the exemption rule for IFRS 9 "Financial instruments", in accordance with RFR 2, which means that all financial instruments are reported in accordance with a method based on cost, in accordance with the Swedish Annual Accounts Act. Except for impairment of financial assets where the principles for expected credit losses is applied. The Parent Company does not apply hedge accounting.

Group and shareholders' contributions

In Sweden, Group contributions are deductible for tax purposes but shareholders' contributions are not. Group contributions are recognized as appropriations in the income statement. Shareholders' contributions are recognized as an increase of Shares in Group companies and tested for impairment.

A2. Employees and personnel expenses and remunerations to auditors

Average number of employees 2019 2018
Women Men
Total
Women Men Total
Sweden 24 20
44
18 15 33
Women in Epiroc Board of Directors and Group Management
December 31
%
2019 2018
Board of Directors excl. union representatives 38 38
Group Management 17 20
Remuneration and other benefits
2019 2018
Board members and
Group Management 1)
Other employees Board members and
Group Management 1)
Other employees

1) Includes 7 (7) board members who receive fees from Epiroc AB as well as the President and CEO and 5 (4) members of the group Management who are employed by and receive salary from the Company.

Sweden 65 35 38 12

of which variable compensation2) 6 11

2) Refers to variable compensation earned in 2019 to be paid in 2020.

A2. Employees and personnel expenses and remunerations to auditors, cont.

For information regarding remuneration and other fees for members of the Board, the President and CEO, and other members of the Group Management, see note 5 of the consolidated financial statement.

Pension benefits and other social costs

2019 2018
Contractual pension benefits for Board
Members and Group Management 9 7
Contractual pension benefits
for other employees 5 6
Other social costs 33 19
Total 47 32

Remunerations to auditors

2019 2018
Deloitte
– audit fees 3 3
– audit activities other than audit assignment 1 1
– other services, tax 1
– other services, other 0 2
Total 4 7

Audit fees refers to audit of the financial statements and accounting records. For the Parent Company the audit also includes the administration of the business by the Board of Directors, the President and CEO.

Audit activities other than the audit assignment refer for example to comfort letters and the limited assurance report on Epiroc´s Sustainability report.

Tax services include both tax consultancy services and tax compliance services. Other services essentially comprise consultancy services, such as consultancy services due to the split of the Atlas Copco Group. At the Annual General Meeting 2019, Deloitte was elected as auditors for the Group until the Annual General Meeting 2020.

A3. Other operating income and expenses

Other operating income

2019 2018
Management fees1) 162 72
Exchange-rate differences, net 0
Other operating income 1
Total 163 72

Other operating expenses

2019 2018
Management fees2) -60 -22
Exchange-rate differences, net -1
Other operating expenses3) 6 -92
Total -54 -115

1) Income related to services for common group functions placed in Parent Company.

2) Expenses related to services for common group functions placed in Epiroc Rock Drills AB.

3) Other operating expenses refer to one time cost due to the split of Atlas Copco Group. Reversal of accruals 2019, 6 MSEK.

A4. Financial income and expenses

Assets measured at amortized cost

2019 2018
Interest income
– cash and cash equivalents 0
– receivables from Group companies 45 17
Interest income at effective
interest method 45 17
Financial income 45 17
Liabilities measured at amortized cost
Interest expenses
– borrowings -58 -33
– liabilities to Group companies 0 -1
– other 0 0
Total interest expenses
at effective interest method -58 -34
Financial expenses -58 -34
Financial expenses, net -13 -17

A5. Appropriations

2019 2018
Group contributions paid -91
Group contributions received 3 978 4 424
Total 3 887 4 424

A6. Income tax

2019 2018
Current tax -781 -931
Deferred tax 9 4
Total -772 -927
2019 2018
Profit before tax 3 707 4 208
The Swedish corporate tax rate, % 21.4 22.0
National tax based on profit before taxes -793 -926
Tax effect of:
Non-deductible expenses -7 -4
Tax-exempt income 25 3
Adjustments from prior years 3 0
Change in tax rate, deferred tax 0 0
Income tax expense -772 -927
Effective tax in % 20.8 22.0

PARENT COMPANY NOTES

A7. Deferred tax assets and liabilities

A7. Deferred tax assets and liabilities

The deferred tax assets and liabilities recognized in the balance sheet are attributable to the following:

Deferred tax assets and liabilities

2019 2018
Assets Liabilities Net
balance
Assets Liabilities Net
balance
Post-employment benefits 9 9 1 1
Other provisions 4 4 3 3
Deferred tax assets/liabilities 13 13 4 4
2019 2018
Net balance, Jan 1 4 0
Charges to profit for the year 9 4
Net balance 31 Dec 13 4

A8. Shares in Group companies

2019 2018
Accumulated cost
Opening balance, Jan. 1 45 776 45 571
Shareholder contributions 165 205
Closing balance, Dec. 31 45 941 45 776

For further information about Group companies, see note A18.

A9. Other financial assets

2019 2018
Receivables from Group companies 6 042 5 031
Endowment insurances 11 4
Closing balance Dec 31 6 053 5 035

Endowment insurances relate to defined contribution pension plans and are pledged to the pension beneficiary (see notes A12 and A17).

A10. Other receivables

2019 2018
Receivables from Group companies 5 046 5 517
Financial assets classified at amortized cost
– other receivables 0 3
Prepaid expenses and accrued income 25 32
Closing balance Dec 31 5 071 5 552

A11. Equity

For information on share transactions and mandates approved by the Annual General Meeting and proposed dividend for 2019, see note 20 in the consolidated financial statements.

The Parent Company's equity includes legal reserve which is a part of the restricted equity and is not available for distribution.

A12. Post-employment benefits

2019 2018
Defined
contribution
pension plan
Defined benefit
pension plan
Total Defined
contribution
pension plan
Defined benefit
pension plan
Total
Opening balance, Jan 1 4 2 6 0 0 0
Provision made 7 2 9 4 2 6
Closing balance, Dec 31 11 4 15 4 2 6

The Parent Company has endowment insurances of 11 (4) relating to defined contribution pension plans. The insurances are recognized as other financial assets, and pledged to the pension beneficiary.

Description of defined benefit pension plans

The Parent Company has one defined benefit pension plan. The ITP plan is a final salary pension plan covering the salaried employees in Epiroc AB which benefits are secured through the Epiroc pension trust.

2019
Funded
pension
Unfunded
pension
Total Funded
pension
Unfunded
pension
Total
Defined benefit obligations 4 4 2 2
Fair value of plan assets
Present value of net obligations 4 4 2 2
Not recognized surplus 0 0 0 0
Net amount recognized in balance sheet 4 4 2 2

Reconcilliations of defined benefit obligations

2019 2018
Funded
pension
Unfunded
pension
Total Funded
pension
Unfunded
pension
Total
Defined benefit obligations at Jan. 1 2 2 0 0
Service cost 2 2 2 2
Interest expenses (+) 0 0 0 0
Defined benefit obligations at Dec 31. 4 4 2 2

Pension commitments provided for in the balance sheet

2019 2018
Costs excluding interest 2 2
Total 2 2
Pension commitments provided for through insurance contracts
Service cost 7 4
Total 7 4
Net cost for pensions, excluding taxes 9 6
Special employer's contribution 4 1
Total 13 7

PARENT COMPANY NOTES

A13. Other provisions

A13. Other provisions

2019 2018
Opening balance, Jan. 1 161 0
During the year
– provisions made 189 180
– provisions used -149 -19
Closing balance, Dec. 31 201 161

Other provisions include primarily provisions for costs related to employee option programs accounted for in accordance with IFRS 2 and UFR 7.

A14. Borrowings

2019 2018
Carrying Carrying
Maturity amount Fair Value amount Fair Value
Non-current
Euro MTN Program MSEK 1 250, Fixed 2023 1 245 1 311 1 247 1 258
Euro MTN Program MSEK 750, Float 2023 749 771 748 752
Bilateral borrowings MEUR 100, Float 2022 1 043 1 058 1 028 1 034
Bilateral borrowings MSEK 2 000, Float 2024 1 994 2 006 2 000 2 045
Bilateral borrowings MSEK 1 000, Float 2027 998 1 042
Total non-current borrowings 6 029 6 188 5 023 5 089
Current
Current borrowings from Group companies
Bridge Facility 1 000 1 000
Total current borrowings 1 000 1 000
Closing balance Dec 31 6 029 6 188 6 023 6 089
Whereof external borrowings 6 029 6 188 5 023 5 089

The difference between carrying value and fair value relates to the measurement method as certain liabilities are reported at amortized cost and not at fair value. Changes in interest rates and credit margins create the difference between fair value and amortized cost.

A15. Other liabilities

2019 2018
Accounts payable 5 10
Liabilities to Group companies 3 2
Other financial liabilities 15 2
Accrued expenses and prepaid income 74 40
Closing balance, Dec 31 97 54

Accrued expenses include items such as social costs, vacation pay liability, and accrued interest.

A16. Financial risk management

Financial credit risk

2019 2018
Cash and cash equivalents 2 1
Receivables from Group companies 5 046 5 517
Total 5 048 5 518

Financial credit risk

Credit risk on financial transactions is the risk that the Parent Company incurs losses as a result of nonpayment by counterparts related to the Parent Company's investments and bank deposits. Cash, cash equivalents and receivables from Group companies are subject to

impairment according to the expected credit loss model. During 2019 the impairment was insignificant and therefore not recognized.

The table above shows the actual exposure of financial instruments as per December 31.

A17. Assets pledged and contingent liabilities

A17. Assets pledged and contingent liabilities

2019 2018
Assets pledged for pension commitments
Endowment insurances 11 4
Total assets pledged for pension commitments 11 4
Contingent liabilities
Sureties and other contingent liabilities
– for external parties 0 3
– for Group companies 92 78
Total contingent liabilities 92 81
Total 103 85

Sureties and other contingent liabilities include commercial and financial bank and parent company guarantees.

A18. Directly owned subsidiaries

2019 2018
Number
of shares
Percent
held (%)
Carrying
value
Number
of shares
Percent
held (%)
Carrying
value
Epiroc Rock Drills AB, 5560779018, Örebro 1 026 897 100 45 941 1 026 897 100 45 776
Carrying amount, Dec 31 45 941 45 776

A19. Related parties

Relationships

The Parent Company has related party relationships with its largest shareholder, its subsidiaries, its associates, its joint ventures and with its Board members and Group Management. The Parent Company's largest shareholder, Investor AB, controls approximately 23% of the voting rights in Epiroc AB. The subsidiaries that are directly owned by the Parent Company are presented in note A18 and all directly and indirectly owned operating subsidiaries are listed on the following pages.

Information about Board members and Group Management is presented on pages 56-59.

Transactions and outstanding balances

The Group has not had any transactions with Investor AB during the year and has no outstanding balances with Investor AB. Investor AB has controlling or significant influence in companies which Epiroc AB may have transactions with in the normal course of business. Any such transactions are made on commercial terms.

The following details directly and indirectly owned holding and operational subsidiaries (excluding branches), presented by country of incorporation:

The following table summarizes the Parent Company's transactions with Group companies:

2019 2018
Revenues
Group contribution 3 978 4 424
Interest income 45 17
Expenses
Group contribution -91
Interest expenses 0 -1
Receivables 5 046 5 517
Liabilities 3 2
Guarantees 92 78
Country Company Location (City)
Argentina Epiroc Argentina S.A.C.I Buenos Aires
Armenia Epiroc Armenia LLC Yerevan
Australia Epiroc Australia Pty Ltd Blacktown
Epiroc Financial Solutions Blacktown
Australia Pty Ltd
Epiroc ProReman Pty Ltd Blacktown
Epiroc South Pacific
Holdings Pty Ltd
Blacktown
Fordia South East Asia Pty Ltd Geebung
Austria Epiroc Österreich GmbH Vienna
Country Company Location (City)
Bolivia Epiroc Bolivia Equipos
y Servicios S.A.
La Paz
Bosnia and
Herzegovina
Epiroc B-H d.o.o. Sarajevo
Botswana Epiroc Botswana (Pty) Ltd Gaborone
Brazil Epiroc Brasil Comercializacao
De Produtos E Servicos Para
Mineracao E Construcao Ltda
Sao Paulo
Bulgaria Epiroc Bulgaria EOOD Sofia
Burkina Faso Epiroc Burkina Faso SARL Ouagadougou

PARENT COMPANY NOTES

A19. Related parties, cont.

Country Company Location (City) Country Company Location (City)
Canada Epiroc Canada Holding Inc. Toronto Panama Epiroc Central América S.A. Panama
Epiroc Canada Inc. Toronto Peru Epiroc Perú S.A. Lima
Fordia Group Inc. Montreal Fordia Andina S.A.C. Lima
Chile Epiroc Chile S.A.C. Santiago New Concept Mining Peru S.A.C. Lima
Epiroc Financial Santiago Philippines Epiroc Philippines Inc. Laguna
Solutions Chile Ltda Poland Epiroc Polska Sp. z o.o. Warsaw
Fordia Sudamerica Ltd Santiago Portugal Epiroc Portugal Unipessoal Lda Porto Salvo
New Concept Mining Chile SpA Santiago Russia Epiroc RUS LLC Moscow
China Epiroc (Nanjing) Construction Nanjing Serbia Epiroc Srbija a.d. Belgrade
and Mining Equipment Co., Ltd South Africa CHT Beleggings (Pty) Ltd Aeroton
Epiroc (Shenyang) Trading Co., Ltd Shenyang Epiroc Holdings South Boksburg
Epiroc (Zhangjiakou) Construction
& Mining Equipment Co., Ltd
Zhangjiakou Africa (Pty) Ltd
Epiroc South Africa (Pty) Ltd
Boksburg
Epiroc Financial Leasing Co., Ltd Shanghai Fordia South Africa (Pty) Ltd Alberton
Epiroc Trading Co., Ltd Nanjing Innovative Mining Aeroton
GIA (Shanghai) Mining
Equipment Co., Ltd
Shanghai Products (Pty) Ltd
Shandong Rock Drilling Shandong Keep Investments (Pty) Ltd Aeroton
Tools Co., Ltd New Concept Mining (Pty) Ltd Aeroton
Fordia (Changzhou) Mining Changzhou Nicaud Companies 22 (Pty) Ltd Aeroton
Equipment Co., Ltd Retfin 211 (Pty) Ltd Aeroton
Colombia Epiroc Colombia S.A.S Bogota South Korea Epiroc Korea Co., Ltd Seongnam
Fordia Colombia S.A.S La Estrella Spain Epiroc Minería e Ingeniería Coslada
Croatia Epiroc Croatia d.o.o. Zagreb Civil España, S.L.U
Czech Republic Epiroc Czech Republic s.r.o. Prague Sweden Construction Tools PC AB Kalmar
Democratic Epiroc DRC SARL Lubumbashi Epiroc Drilling Tools AB Fagersta
Repuplic of
the Congo
Epiroc Financial Solutions AB Nacka
Ecuador Epiroc Ecuador S.A. Guayaquil Epiroc Gällersta Gryt 4:9 HB Örebro
Estonia Sautec AS Tallinn Epiroc Rock Drills AB Örebro
Finland Epiroc Finland Oy Ab Vantaa Epiroc Sweden AB Norsborg
France Epiroc France S.A.S Cergy Pontoise Epiroc Treasury AB Nacka
Fordia Europe Sarl Le Perray Switzerland Epiroc Meyco AG Frauenfeld
en-Yvelines Tajikistan Epiroc Tajikistan LLC Rogun
Germany Anbaufräsen PC GmbH Thüringen Tanzania Epiroc Tanzania Ltd Dar es Salaam
Construction Tools GmbH Essen Thailand Epiroc (Thailand) Ltd Bangna
Epiroc Deutschland GmbH Essen Turkey Epiroc Makina AS Istanbul
Ghana Secoroc Ghana Ltd Accra Ukraine Epiroc Ukraine LLC Kiev
Greece Epiroc Hellas S.A. Athens United Arab
Emirates
Epiroc Middle East FZE Dubai
Hong Kong Epiroc Hong Kong Ltd Hongkong United Kingdom Epiroc UK and Ireland Ltd Hemel
India Epiroc Mining India Ltd Pune Hempstead
Indonesia PT Epiroc Southern Asia Jakarta USA Epiroc Drilling Solutions LLC Garland
Italy Epiroc Italia S.r.l. Milan Epiroc Drilling Tools LLC Grand Prairie
Epiroc Stonetec S.r.l. Bagnolo
Piemonte
Epiroc Financial
Solutions USA LLC
Parsippany
Japan Epiroc Japan KK Kanagawa Epiroc North America Corp Garland
Kazakhstan Epiroc Central Asia LLP Astana Epiroc USA LLC Commerce City
Kenya Epiroc Eastern Africa Ltd Nairobi Fordia USA Inc. Elko
Mali Epiroc Mali SARL Bamako Uzbekistan Epiroc Tashkent LLC Tashkent
Mexico Epiroc México, S.A. de C. V. Tlalnepantla Zambia Epiroc Zambia Ltd Chingola
Mongolia Epiroc Mongolia LLC Ulaanbaatar Zimbabwe Epiroc Zimbabwe (Private) Ltd Harare
Morocco Epiroc Maroc SARL Casablanca
Mozambique Epiroc Moçambique Limitada Maputo
Namibia Epiroc Mining (Namibia) (Pty) Ltd Windhoek
Norway Epiroc Norge AS Langhus

Fordia Andina S.A.C. Lima New Concept Mining Peru S.A.C. Lima Philippines Epiroc Philippines Inc. Laguna Poland Epiroc Polska Sp. z o.o. Warsaw Portugal Epiroc Portugal Unipessoal Lda Porto Salvo Russia Epiroc RUS LLC Moscow Serbia Epiroc Srbija a.d. Belgrade South Africa CHT Beleggings (Pty) Ltd Aeroton Epiroc Holdings South Boksburg Epiroc South Africa (Pty) Ltd Boksburg Fordia South Africa (Pty) Ltd Alberton Innovative Mining Products (Pty) Ltd Aeroton Keep Investments (Pty) Ltd Aeroton New Concept Mining (Pty) Ltd Aeroton Nicaud Companies 22 (Pty) Ltd Aeroton Retfin 211 (Pty) Ltd Aeroton South Korea Epiroc Korea Co., Ltd Seongnam Spain Epiroc Minería e Ingeniería Civil España, S.L.U Coslada Sweden Construction Tools PC AB Kalmar Epiroc Drilling Tools AB Fagersta Epiroc Financial Solutions AB Nacka Epiroc Gällersta Gryt 4:9 HB Örebro Epiroc Rock Drills AB Örebro Epiroc Sweden AB Norsborg Epiroc Treasury AB Nacka Switzerland Epiroc Meyco AG Frauenfeld Tajikistan Epiroc Tajikistan LLC Rogun Tanzania Epiroc Tanzania Ltd Dar es Salaam Thailand Epiroc (Thailand) Ltd Bangna Turkey Epiroc Makina AS Istanbul Ukraine Epiroc Ukraine LLC Kiev Epiroc Middle East FZE Dubai United Kingdom Epiroc UK and Ireland Ltd Hemel Hempstead USA Epiroc Drilling Solutions LLC Garland Epiroc Drilling Tools LLC Grand Prairie Solutions USA LLC Parsippany Epiroc North America Corp Garland Epiroc USA LLC Commerce City Fordia USA Inc. Elko Uzbekistan Epiroc Tashkent LLC Tashkent Zambia Epiroc Zambia Ltd Chingola Zimbabwe Epiroc Zimbabwe (Private) Ltd Harare

A20. Subsequent events

No subsequent events have occurred after the balance sheet date.

Signatures of the Board of Directors

The financial statements have been prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in Sweden and the consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with International Accounting Standards as prescribed by the European Parliament and the Regulation (EC) No 1606/2002 dated July 19, 2002 on the application of International Accounting Standards. The Parent Company financial statements and the consolidated financial statements give a true and fair view of the Parent Company's and the Group's financial position and results of operations.

The administration report for the Group and Parent Company provides a true and fair overview of the development of the Group's and Parent Company's business activities, financial position and results of operations as well as the significant risks and uncertainties which the Parent Company and its subsidiaries are exposed to.

Nacka, February 28, 2020

Ronnie Leten Per Lindberg Chairman Board member President and CEO

Lennart Evrell Johan Forssell Jeane Hull Board member Board member Board member

Ulla Litzén Astrid Skarheim Onsum Anders Ullberg Board member Board member Board member

Kristina Kanestad Bengt Lindgren Employee representative Employee representative

Our audit report was submitted on February 28, 2020

Deloitte AB

Thomas Strömberg Authorized Public Accountant

Financial definitions

Description Reason for use
Book to bill Book to bill is orders received divided by revenues. Book to bill is an indicator of demand trends.
Gross profit margin Gross profit margin is gross profit as a percentage
of revenues.
Gross profit margin measures how much of the Compa
ny's revenues is left after paying the costs of goods sold.
EBITDA EBITDA (earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation
and amortization) is the operating profit plus deprecia
tion, impairment and amortization.
EBITDA shows the business' performance, adjusted for
the effect of depreciation and amortization, in relation
to sales, which indicate the business' cash generating
ability.
Operating margin Operating margin is operating profit as a percentage
of revenues.
Operating margin shows the business' operating result
in relation to revenues and is a measurement of the
profitability in Epiroc's operational business.
Profit margin Profit margin is profit before tax as a percentage
of revenues.
Profit margin shows the business' profit before tax in
relation to revenues and is a measurement of the profit
ability in the entire company.
Capital employed
turnover ratio
Capital employed turnover ratio is revenues2) divided
by the average capital employed.1)
Capital employed turnover ratio shows how efficiently
Epiroc generates revenues from the capital utilized to
run the operations.
Return on capital
employed
Return on capital employed is operating profit2) as a
percentage of average capital employed.1)
Return on capital employed measures how efficiently
Epiroc generates profits from the capital utilized to run
operations.
Net working capital Total of inventories, trade receivables, trade payables,
other operating assets and liabilities.
Net working capital measures the company's liquidity
and capital efficiency.
Capital
turnover ratio
Capital turnover ratio is revenues2) divided by average
total assets.1)
Capital turnover ratio shows how effectively total assets
are used.
Net debt Net debt consists of interest-bearing liabilities and
post-employment benefits, adjusted for the fair value
of interest rate swaps, less cash and cash equivalents
and certain other financial receivables.
Net debt is a measurement of the financial position.
Net debt/
EBITDA ratio
Net debt/EBITDA ratio is net debt in relation to
EBITDA1).
Net debt/EBITDA ratio is a measure of financial risk and
puts interest-bearing debt in relation to cash generation.
Net debt/
equity ratio
Net debt/equity ratio is net debt in relation to equity,
including non-controlling interests.
Net debt/equity ratio helps showing the financial risk.
Equity/assets ratio Equity/assets ratio is equity including non-controlling
interests, as a percentage of total assets.
Equity/assets ratio is a measure of financial risk, which
show how much of Epiroc's total assets that has been
financed with equity.
Return on equity Return on equity is net profit2) divided by total equity1). Return on equity shows the company's ability to gener
ate return on the investments made by its shareholders.
Operating cash flow Operating cash flow is cash flow from operations and
cash flow from investing activities, excluding company
acquisitions/divestments, as well as other adjustments.
Operating cash flow indicates the business' ability to
generate sufficient positive cash flow to maintain and
grow operations.
Operating cash
flow per share
Operating cash flow per share is operating cash flow
divided by the number of shares outstanding.
Operating cash flow per share shows the operating cash
flow per share.
Organic order
growth
Organic order growth is order growth that excludes
effects from exchange rate differences, and acquisi
tions/divestments.
Organic order growth provides an understanding of the
Group's order development driven by volume, price and
product/service mix changes.
Organic revenue
growth
Organic revenue growth is sales growth that excludes
effects from exchange rate differences, and acquisi
tions/divestments.
Organic revenue growth provides an understanding of
the Group's revenue development driven by volume,
price and product/service mix changes.
Organic profit
growth
Organic profit growth is profit growth that excludes
effects from exchange rate differences, and acquisi
tions/divestments.
Organic profit growth provides an understanding of the
Group's profit development driven by volume, price and
product/service mix changes.

1) 2016 and 2015 is calculated as an average of two periods. 2017 and 2018 is calculated as an average of five quarters.

2) Calculated based on the 12 months value.

Auditor's report

To the general meeting of the shareholders of Epiroc AB corporate identity number 556041-2149

Report on the annual accounts and consolidated accounts

Opinions

We have audited the annual accounts and consolidated accounts of Epiroc AB for the financial year January 1-December 31, 2019, except for the corporate governance statement on pages 52-61. The annual accounts and consolidated accounts of the company are included on pages 38-51 and 62-121 in this document.

In our opinion, the annual accounts have been prepared in accordance with the Annual Accounts Act and present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the parent company as of December 31, 2019 and its financial performance and cash flow for the year then ended in accordance with the Annual Accounts Act. The consolidated accounts have been prepared in accordance with the Annual Accounts Act and present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the group as of December 31, 2019 and its financial performance and cash flow for the year then ended in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS), as adopted by the EU, and the Annual Accounts Act. Our opinions do not cover the corporate governance statement on pages 52-61. The statutory administration report is consistent with the other parts of the annual accounts and consolidated accounts.

We therefore recommend that the general meeting of shareholders adopts the income statement and balance sheet for the parent company and the group.

Our opinions in this report on the annual accounts and consolidated accounts are consistent with the content of the additional report that has been submitted to the parent company's audit committee in accordance with the Audit Regulation (537/2014) Article 11.

Basis for Opinions

We conducted our audit in accordance with International Standards on Auditing (ISA) and generally accepted auditing standards in Sweden. Our responsibilities under those standards are further described in the Auditor's Responsibilities section. We are independent of the parent company and the group in accordance with professional ethics for accountants in Sweden and have otherwise fulfilled our ethical responsibilities in accordance with these requirements. This includes that, based on the best of our knowledge and belief, no prohibited services referred to in the Audit Regulation (537/2014) Article 5.1 have been provided to the audited company or, where applicable, its parent company or its controlled companies within the EU.

We believe that the audit evidence we have obtained is sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis for our opinions.

Key Audit Matters

Key audit matters of the audit are those matters that, in our professional judgment, were of most significance in our audit of the annual accounts and consolidated accounts of the current period. These matters were addressed in the context of our audit of, and in forming our opinion thereon, the annual accounts and consolidated accounts as a whole, but we do not provide a separate opinion on these matters.

Recognition of revenue in the appropriate period The group generates revenues from product and product related offerings of equipment, tools, service and rental to customers in multiple geographies. The time of delivery of the different offerings ranges from a specific point in time to over several years, and the sales agreements may include complex terms such as buy-back commitments, return rights, and a single transaction may contain separate revenue components such as product delivery, installation and servicing of equipment sold. These complexities, managed by many subsidiaries, require policies and procedures as well as management's judgment to determine the appropriate method and period to properly recognize revenues.

In note 1 the group's revenue recognition policy together with critical accounting estimates and judgments are described, and note 4 provides disclosures of revenues separated on different product offerings and geographies.

Our audit procedures

Our audit procedures included, but were not limited to:

  • assessing the group's accounting policy for revenue recognition and its compliance with IFRS,
  • analytical review of revenues disaggregated on different product offerings and geographies, and
  • on a sample basis testing of sales transactions for revenue recognition in the appropriate period.

Valuation of trade receivables

The group has significant amounts of trade receivables from its sales to customers in more than 150 countries. There is a risk that parts of the receivables will not be paid. The risk may be higher in some geographies due to weaker economic conditions or geopolitical uncertainties. Procedures for collecting payments and assessing customers' ability to pay together with appropriate accounting policies to recognize provisions for doubtful receivables are important factors to ensure a fair valuation of trade receivables.

In note 1 the group's accounting policy for recognizing impairment of trade receivables is described, and note 17 describes the provisions for bad debts and discloses the ageing of trade receivables.

Our audit procedures

  • Our audit procedures included, but were not limited to:
  • assessing the group's accounting policy for recognizing bad debt for compliance with IFRS,
  • evaluating processes and controls for credit assessments and approval of credit limits,
  • on a sample basis confirming trade receivables against customer statements alternatively against subsequent cash receipts, and
  • evaluating management's estimates of the provision for doubtful receivables.

Valuation of inventory

The group carries significant inventories of goods and spare parts manufactured and held by production companies and customer centres in many countries. Valuation of inventory requires clear policies and is subject to management's estimates for determining its cost, judgment about its saleability and its net realizable value as well as procedures for safeguarding and keeping track of the inventory.

AUDIT REPORT

In note 1 the group's inventory accounting policy and critical accounting estimates and judgments are described, and note 16 provides disclosures of the group's inventory obsolescence provisions.

Our audit procedures

Our audit procedures included, but were not limited to:

  • assessing the group's accounting policy and the individual entities' accounting for inventory in compliance with IFRS,
  • observations of physical inventory counts,
  • on a sample basis testing of the valuation of inventory,
  • evaluating management's estimates of the obsolescence reserves, and
  • review of eliminations of intragroup profits in inventory.

Other information than the annual accounts and consolidated accounts

This document also contains other information than the annual accounts and consolidated accounts and is found on pages 1-23, 122 and 134-136. The Board of Directors and the Managing Director are responsible for this other information. Our opinion on the annual accounts and consolidated accounts does not cover this other information and we do not express any form of assurance conclusion regarding this other information.

In connection with our audit of the annual accounts and consolidated accounts, our responsibility is to read the information identified above and consider whether the information is materially inconsistent with the annual accounts and consolidated accounts. In this procedure we also take into account our knowledge otherwise obtained in the audit and assess whether the information otherwise appears to be materially misstated.

If we, based on the work performed concerning this information, conclude that there is a material misstatement of this other information, we are required to report that fact. We have nothing to report in this regard.

Responsibilities of the Board of Directors and the Managing Director

The Board of Directors and the Managing Director are responsible for the preparation of the annual accounts and consolidated accounts and that they give a fair presentation in accordance with the Annual Accounts Act and, concerning the consolidated accounts, in accordance with IFRS as adopted by the EU. The Board of Directors and the Managing Director are also responsible for such internal control as they determine is necessary to enable the preparation of annual accounts and consolidated accounts that are free from material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error.

In preparing the annual accounts and consolidated accounts, The Board of Directors and the Managing Director are responsible for the assessment of the company's and the group's ability to continue as a going concern. They disclose, as applicable, matters related to going concern and using the going concern basis of accounting. The going concern basis of accounting is however not applied if the Board of Directors and the Managing Director intends to liquidate the company, to cease operations, or has no realistic alternative but to do so.

The Audit Committee shall, without prejudice to the Board of Director's responsibilities and tasks in general, among other things oversee the company's financial reporting process.

Auditor's responsibility

Our objectives are to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the annual accounts and consolidated accounts as a whole are free from material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error, and to issue an auditor's report that includes our opinions. Reasonable assurance is a high level of assurance, but is not a guarantee that an audit conducted in accordance

with ISAs and generally accepted auditing standards in Sweden will always detect a material misstatement when it exists. Misstatements can arise from fraud or error and are considered material if, individually or in the aggregate, they could reasonably be expected to influence the economic decisions of users taken on the basis of these annual accounts and consolidated accounts.

As part of an audit in accordance with ISAs, we exercise professional judgment and maintain professional scepticism throughout the audit. We also:

  • Identify and assess the risks of material misstatement of the annual accounts and consolidated accounts, whether due to fraud or error, design and perform audit procedures responsive to those risks, and obtain audit evidence that is sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis for our opinions. The risk of not detecting a material misstatement resulting from fraud is higher than for one resulting from error, as fraud may involve collusion, forgery, intentional omissions, misrepresentations, or the override of internal control.
  • Obtain an understanding of the company's internal control relevant to our audit in order to design audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the company's internal control.
  • Evaluate the appropriateness of accounting policies used and the reasonableness of accounting estimates and related disclosures made by the Board of Directors and the Managing Director.
  • Conclude on the appropriateness of the Board of Directors' and the Managing Director's use of the going concern basis of accounting in preparing the annual accounts and consolidated accounts. We also draw a conclusion, based on the audit evidence obtained, as to whether any material uncertainty exists related to events or conditions that may cast significant doubt on the company's and the group's ability to continue as a going concern. If we conclude that a material uncertainty exists, we are required to draw attention in our auditor's report to the related disclosures in the annual accounts and consolidated accounts or, if such disclosures are inadequate, to modify our opinion about the annual accounts and consolidated accounts. Our conclusions are based on the audit evidence obtained up to the date of our auditor's report. However, future events or conditions may cause a company and a group to cease to continue as a going concern.
  • Evaluate the overall presentation, structure and content of the annual accounts and consolidated accounts, including the disclosures, and whether the annual accounts and consolidated accounts represent the underlying transactions and events in a manner that achieves fair presentation.
  • Obtain sufficient and appropriate audit evidence regarding the financial information of the entities or business activities within the group to express an opinion on the consolidated accounts. We are responsible for the direction, supervision and performance of the group audit. We remain solely responsible for our opinions.

We must inform the Board of Directors of, among other matters, the planned scope and timing of the audit. We must also inform of significant audit findings during our audit, including any significant deficiencies in internal control that we identified.

We must also provide the Board of Directors with a statement that we have complied with relevant ethical requirements regarding independence, and to communicate with them all relationships and other matters that may reasonably be thought to bear on our independence, and where applicable, related safeguards.

From the matters communicated with the Board of Directors, we determine those matters that were of most significance in the audit of the annual accounts and consolidated accounts, including the most important assessed risks for material misstatement, and are therefore the key audit matters. We describe these matters in the auditor's report unless law or regulation precludes disclosure about the matter.

Report on other legal and regulatory requirements

Opinions

In addition to our audit of the annual accounts and consolidated accounts, we have also audited the administration of the Board of Directors and the Managing Director of Epiroc AB for the financial year January 1 - December 31, 2019 and the proposed appropriations of the company's profit.

We recommend to the general meeting of shareholders that the profit to be appropriated in accordance with the proposal in the statutory administration report and that the members of the Board of Directors and the Managing Director be discharged from liability for the financial year.

Basis for Opinions

We conducted the audit in accordance with generally accepted auditing standards in Sweden. Our responsibilities under those standards are further described in the Auditor's Responsibilities section. We are independent of the parent company and the group in accordance with professional ethics for accountants in Sweden and have otherwise fulfilled our ethical responsibilities in accordance with these requirements. We believe that the audit evidence we have obtained is sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis for our opinions.

Responsibilities of the Board of Directors and the Managing Director

The Board of Directors is responsible for the proposal for appropriations of the company's profit or loss. At the proposal of a dividend, this includes an assessment of whether the dividend is justifiable considering the requirements which the company's and the group's type of operations, size and risks place on the size of the parent company's and the group's equity, consolidation requirements, liquidity and position in general.

The Board of Directors is responsible for the company's organization and the administration of the company's affairs. This includes among other things continuous assessment of the company's and the group's financial situation and ensuring that the company's organization is designed so that the accounting, management of assets and the company's financial affairs otherwise are controlled in a reassuring manner. The Managing Director shall manage the ongoing administration according to the Board of Directors' guidelines and instructions and among other matters take measures that are necessary to fulfill the company's accounting in accordance with law and handle the management of assets in a reassuring manner.

Auditor's responsibility

Our objective concerning the audit of the administration, and thereby our opinion about discharge from liability, is to obtain audit evidence to assess with a reasonable degree of assurance whether any member of the Board of Directors or the Managing Director in any material respect:

  • has undertaken any action or been guilty of any omission which can give rise to liability to the company, or
  • in any other way has acted in contravention of the Companies Act, the Annual Accounts Act or the Articles of Association.

Our objective concerning the audit of the proposed appropriations of the company's profit or loss, and thereby our opinion about this, is to assess with reasonable degree of assurance whether the proposal is in accordance with the Companies Act.

Reasonable assurance is a high level of assurance, but is not a guarantee that an audit conducted in accordance with generally accepted auditing standards in Sweden will always detect actions or omissions that can give rise to liability to the company, or that the proposed appropriations of the company's profit or loss are not in accordance with the Companies Act.

As part of an audit in accordance with generally accepted auditing standards in Sweden, we exercise professional judgment and maintain professional scepticism throughout the audit. The examination of the administration and the proposed appropriations of the company's profit or loss is based primarily on the audit of the accounts. Additional audit procedures performed are based on our professional judgment with starting point in risk and materiality. This means that we focus the examination on such actions, areas and relationships that are material for the operations and where deviations and violations would have particular importance for the company's situation. We examine and test decisions undertaken, support for decisions, actions taken and other circumstances that are relevant to our opinion concerning discharge from liability. As a basis for our opinion on the Board of Directors' proposed appropriations of the company's profit or loss we examined the Board of Directors' reasoned statement and a selection of supporting evidence in order to be able to assess whether the proposal is in accordance with the Companies Act.

The auditor's examination of the

corporate governance statement

The Board of Directors is responsible for that the corporate governance statement on pages 52-61 has been prepared in accordance with the Annual Accounts Act.

Our examination of the corporate governance statement is conducted in accordance with FAR's auditing standard RevU 16 The auditor´s examination of the corporate governance statement. This means that our examination of the corporate governance statement is different and substantially less in scope than an audit conducted in accordance with International Standards on Auditing and generally accepted auditing standards in Sweden. We believe that the examination has provided us with sufficient basis for our opinions.

A corporate governance statement has been prepared. Disclosures in accordance with chapter 6 section 6 the second paragraph points 2-6 of the Annual Accounts Act and chapter 7 section 31 the second paragraph the same law are consistent with the other parts of the annual accounts and consolidated accounts and are in accordance with the Annual Accounts Act.

Deloitte AB, was appointed auditor of Epiroc AB by the general meeting of the shareholders on the May 9, 2019 and has been the company's auditor since June 17, 2010.

Stockholm 28 February 2020 Deloitte AB

Thomas Strömberg Authorized Public Accountant

Notes on Sustainability Performance

Notes overview*

1. Our approach to reporting

  • 2. Materiality outcome and relevant UN Sustainable Development Goals (SDG)
  • 3. Stakeholder dialogue and networks
  • 4. Management approach/integrating sustainability
  • 5. We use resources responsibly and efficiently
  • 6. We invest in safety and well-being
  • 7. We grow together with passionate people and courageous leaders
  • 8. We live by the highest ethical standards

* Additional information can be found on p. 26-37

1. Our approach to reporting

This is the second sustainability report for Epiroc as a separate group after the split from Atlas Copco and the distribution and listing of the shares in Epiroc AB on Nasdaq Stockholm. Between 2001 and 2017, sustainability issues were reported in accordance with the Global Reporting Initiative (GRI) as part of Atlas Copco's Annual Report.

The scope

This sustainability report is part of this Annual and Sustainability Report 2019 and includes information regarding all aspects where Epiroc has a significant economic, environmental and social impact and how these impacts are managed. The report covers Epiroc's operations for the 2019 fiscal year, unless otherwise stated. The entities in the scope are companies where Epiroc has operational control, which are those companies that Epiroc AB, as the ultimate parent company, indirectly or directly owns. By the end of 2019, the number of subsidiaries was 103, as well as 4 associated companies. The report also covers indirect impacts along the value chain, among suppliers and when products are in use.

This report has been prepared in accordance with the GRI Standards: Core option. It comprises pages 24-37 and 126-133. Our GRI Index is available at www.epirocgroup.com/en/sustainability. Reporting also meet requirements of Sweden's legislation on sustainability reporting as per Chapter 6 Section 11 of the Annual Accounts Act.

As of 2018, Epiroc is a signatory to the UN Global Compact, a strategic policy initiative for businesses that are committed to aligning their operations and strategies with ten universally accepted principles in the areas of human and labor rights, environment and anti-corruption.

This report serves as our Communication on Progress (COP), and discloses performance in relation to the UN Global Compact's ten principles. This information is also made available at the above link and on UN Global Compact's website at www.unglobalcompact. org/participation/report/cop.

This Annual and Sustainability Report contains information about sustainability aspects necessary for understanding Epiroc's development and performance, as well as impacts from our operations. Epiroc regards sustainability as an integral part of its business. To provide a more complete picture of its business, environmental and social information have been included in sections whenever relevant.

Also, information is provided about material topics, risks, relevant policies, activities and results. The ambition is that these disclosures provide investors and stakeholders with a comprehensive and easily accessible overview of Epiroc's most important activities.

Changes to reporting

Significant changes from the previous reporting period are as follows:

• The definition of significant suppliers as well as for agents, resellers and distributors reporting period has been changed during the year

Target audience

The report's primary target audience are investors and shareholders. We also strive to meet the information needs of other stakeholders such as customers, suppliers, employees and society.

Review

The Annual and Sustainability Report has been reviewed and approved by Epiroc's Group Management and the Epiroc Board of Directors. The sustainability information in the 2019 Annual and Sustainability Report has been subject to limited assurance by Deloitte AB, see the auditors' report on page 133.

Data collection, calculation and reporting

The Sustainability and Corporate Governance Reports are parts of the 2019 Annual and Sustainability Report. Quantified and other disclosures have been verified in accordance with Epiroc's procedures for internal control. Data collection is integrated into our reporting consolidation system and collected on a quarterly basis.

When a restatement of data is done, it is either due to a change of calculation method or scope. Values are not typically corrected retroactively.

Environmental data covers production units and distribution centers. Business partner data covers production units and distribution centers. Business partner data related to agents, resellers and distributors also covers customer centers. Employee data covers all operations. Responsibility for reporting employee data rests with the General Manager of each company. Responsibility to provide sustainability data rests with Divisional SHEQ managers. Data is reported at local operating unit level, aggregated to division and Group level. Data is verified at each level prior to submitting it to external auditors for verification.

Greenhouse gas emissions is reported in accordance with the GHG Protocol (ghgprotocol.org) and the International Energy Agency (iea.org). Epiroc follows recommendations from the Swedish Network for Transport and Environment (NTM), which may impact reporting of CO2 emissions from transport.

Epiroc's material topics – management approach

Sustainability management (Disclosures on Management Approach) as per material topic is described in greater detail on the following pages as well as pages 26-37.

2. Materiality outcome and relevant UN Sustainable Development Goals (SDG)

Our materiality analysis helps ensure that we are disclosing, managing and monitoring our most relevant sustainability topics. The most material topics (illustrated in the graph on next page) for Epiroc to address and communicate on have been clustered into the four areas described on pages 26-37.

Impact on Epiroc's non-financial targets

In consultation with stakeholders, our materiality process identified areas important for our strategy to create long-term value for stakeholders. Based on the outcome, we have adapted KPIs to reflect their relevance. We also strive to link KPIs to goals to support the UN Sustainable Development Goals and outcomes of the UN Climate Conference in Paris. Our KPIs help monitor and address risks, opportunities and impacts of our businesses in the parts of the value chain where they have been identified to be most material. The formulation of these KPIs has been guided by the GRI Standard indicators or KPIs similarly defined. The Group's consolidated targets on selected KPIs are presented throughout this report.

UN Sustainable Development Goals (SDG) – how we contribute

The United Nations Sustainable Development Goals (SDGs) are a universal call to action to shift to a more sustainable society. The 17 goals seek to put society on the right path to end poverty, protect the planet and create peaceful and inclusive societies to 2030. Epiroc has a role to play in this effort by reducing adverse impacts on people and the planet and by maximizing the value we deliver through our products and core business operations. We can make the greatest difference in eight of the SDG goals. Here's how:

of women. During 2019, we continued to strive to increase the proportion of female employees and managers. We have targets in place and measure progress. The Epiroc Global Female Mentorship Program is one example of activities with focus on gender equality.

We aim to contribute to ending all forms of discrimination

We want to strengthen local communities in improving water and sanitation management. Epiroc has been engaged in 'Water for All' since 1984, an initiative founded by two of our employees. We also work to reduce water consumption in operations, particularly in water stressed areas. We have targets and measurements in place.

Epiroc is contributing to the substantial increase of the share of renewable energy in the energy mix and to limit the use of energy overall. Targets and measurement are in place to improve efficiency. We are developing more efficient products and battery-powered equipment that support low-carbon alternatives and are reducing energy consumption in operations.

We are contributing to higher levels of economic productivity and decent job creation. People are our most vital resource. By providing safe and decent working conditions, we have the best opportunity to be a thriving company that contributes to sustainable growth.

increased adoption of clean and environmentally sound technologies through efficient high-productivity products and services. Business units are encouraged to develop more energy-efficient products. We're helping to shape the mine of the future as CO2-free, digitalized and autonomous.

We are contributing to upgrading infrastructure and retrofitting industries to make them sustainable, with

We are generating less waste through prevention, reduction, recycling and reuse from operations, and reducing use of fossil fuels. We handle chemicals with care. We are decreasing CO2 emissions from transportation and have targets and KPIs in place to measure our impact. We report our sustainability performance in this Annual and Sustainability Report.

Through products that deliver efficiencies in the mining industry, we are contributing to more sustainable use of terrestrial ecosystems, lessens risks of desertification and biodiversity loss.

We are contributing to reducing corruption and bribery in all their forms by maintaining zero tolerance to corruption along our value chain. We have processes and practices in place to monitor compliance. To strengthening the possibility to report violations of the Code of Conduct, a Speak Up line was rolled out during 2019 and a Responsible Sales Assessment process was also launched.

3. Stakeholder dialogue and networks

We are in dialogue with stakeholders on a regular basis, addressing a range of topics. These dialogues include energy performance, product efficiency, emissions, supply-chain management, health and safety, diversity, working conditions, human rights, anti-corruption and other sustainability issues. We have identified the following core stakeholder groups: customers, employees, shareholders, business partners and society.

External networks

Epiroc is a member—or is represented on the boards—of a range of networks. Here, we learn, contribute to and influence specific agendas material to our business. Networks include:

• Swemin

  • Swedish Leadership for Sustainable Development (SLSD)
  • International Council of Swedish Industry (NIR)
  • UN Global Compact Network Sweden
  • EU Battery Alliance
  • EIT RawMaterials
  • Committee for European Construction Equipment, Technical Commission
  • Global Mining Guidelines Group
  • International Tunneling and Underground Space Associations
  • EIT Innoenergy

The ongoing stakeholder dialogue

Stakeholder Definition Dialogue forum
Customers Existing and potential Meetings, interaction via customer centers as well as joint projects,
exhibitions, customer surveys, materiality assessment
Employees Current and potential Workplace meetings, management meetings, internal councils,
employee surveys, performance review, trade unions and other
cooperation councils, employee engagements, materiality assessment
Shareholders Current and potential shareholders,
investors and analysts
Investors and analysts' meetings, Capital Market Days, website, annual
and sustainability report, questionnaires and surveys, materiality
assessment
Business partners Suppliers, sub-suppliers, joint-ventures
partners, agents, distributors and
resellers
Business partners evaluations and audits, procurements, meetings,
materiality assessment, joint projects, development projects
Society Governments, local communities, non
governmental organizations, industry
partners, academia, the general public
Meetings, stakeholder dialogues, participation in industry groups,
research projects, materiality assessment, collaboration with academia
and governments, interaction with industry peers

4. Management approach/integrating sustainability

Governance system

Epiroc's governance system is the foundation of how we work. Embedded in our management system, the Epiroc Way, our Code of Conduct (CoC) forms the basis for what we do and how we should act in our relationships with one another and with stakeholders. The CoC reflects our commitments to the international standards in the box below. The board has approved the CoC. All employees and managers in Epiroc, as well as business partners, are expected to adhere to the CoC.

Targets and KPIs are based on our materiality assessment and they help ensure that we stay competitive, innovative and ethically sound. Our priorities are informed by stakeholder input and integrated into the Group's strategy and planning process to ensure that the Group can capture opportunities while reducing risks to business.

Our Sustainability Policy guides our work. The policy is applicable to all units within the Epiroc Group. Operational responsibility of each Divisional President, General Manager and Manager in the Group includes all sustainability aspects as well as communication and implementation of the policy and its spirit.

Sustainability and corporate responsibility issues are anchored at the highest levels of Epiroc, including the Board of Directors. The CEO has ultimate responsibility for sustainability issues. Group Management is responsible for formulating and integrating our priority topics, targets and activities. The Vice President Corporate Responsibility is responsible for coordinating and driving sustainability and corporate responsibility work at Group level, and reports to the Senior Vice President Corporate Communication, a member of Group Management. Sustainability is integrated into the daily work within the Group. Epiroc has a Group Safety, Health, Environment and Quality (SHEQ) Council to support integration of safety, health, the environment and quality priorities. It includes representatives from each division and relevant Group functions. Similarly, with respect to responsible sourcing issues, a Sourcing Council exists.

How we manage material topics in the areas of economic, environmental and social impact is described below and p. 26-37.

Epiroc's management system

The Epiroc Way is our single most important management tool and is available to employees via our intranet. It includes policies, guidelines, processes and instructions within all main areas, covering a number of different sustainability and corporate responsibility topics, such as: purchasing, safety, health, the environment, quality, trade compliance, tax, anti-corruption and human rights. This ensures a management system that works to integrate sustainability and corporate responsibility commitments into every aspect of how we conduct business. The management system is certified according to different standards (see box). In addition, local policies, instructions, guidelines, tools and management systems correspond to specific risks.

Group Management decides on strategies and KPIs for profitable growth, sustainability KPIs and three-year targets. The Group Management also follows up and monitors progress.

Implementation is carried out by divisions. Divisions are the highest operational units, responsible for delivering results in line with the strategies and objectives set for financial and non-financial targets. Each division has global responsibility for its own product range and its management leads and develops the business through its product companies, distribution centers and customer centers. Each division has an administrative responsibility for its operational entities, such as customer centers or product companies. Administrative responsibility ensures compliance and understanding of Group procedures as per the Epiroc Way, and all legal requirements.

For more information, see our approach for material topics on pages 26-37. See also the Corporate Governance Report pages 52-59.

SUSTAINABILITY NOTES

Crisis and risk management

Epiroc's ability to prevent, detect and manage the risks related to the business is crucial for effective governance and control. Having an efficient risk management in place is key from both risk reduction and business opportunity perspectives.

Risk management follows the decentralized structure of Epiroc, and local companies are therefore responsible for managing, monitoring and regularly following up their own risk management. Group functions are responsible for legal, insurance, treasury, tax, controlling, accounting, and providing policies, guidelines and instructions regarding risk management. Implementation is regularly audited by internal and external audits. For an overview, see the Corporate Governance report pages 52-59. For more information on Epiroc's risk management and processes to deal with disruptive and unexpected events that could harm the organization, the environment or our stakeholders, see pages 60-65.

Epiroc's policies, guidelines and certificates

Epiroc is a signatory of:

• UN Global Compact (UNGC)

Epiroc is committed to conducting its business in accordance to:

  • UN Guiding Principles on Business and Human Rights (UNGP)
  • United Nations International Bill of Human Rights
  • International Labor Organization Declaration on Fundamental Principles and Rights at Work (ILO)
  • OECD's Guidelines for Multinational Enterprises
  • UN Sustainable Development Goals (SDG)

Sustainability policies and guidelines

We have internal policies and guidelines that cover ethical, quality, environmental, labor, health and safety issues. Some examples:

  • Sustainability Policy (including Health and Safety, Quality and Environmental issues)
  • Alcohol and Drug Policy
  • Speak Up Policy
  • Purchasing Policy
  • Guidelines for Diversity
  • Tax Policy

Epiroc's certified management system

We work with a global certified management system that ensures that our operations review significant issues, set targets, measure performance, follow-up on progress and continuously improved performance. Certification programs also demand documented delegation of responsibilities on each site and that relevant competences are upheld. The following standards are adopted:

  • ISO 1400:2015 (Environment)
  • OHSAS 18001:2007 (Occupational health and safety)
  • ISO 9001:2015 (Quality)

For all major operating units, we strive to be triple-certified for ISO 9001, ISO 14001 and OHSAS 18001. All production units, distribution centers and customer centers with more than 70 employees are to be triple certified. Acquired product units are normally certified within a two year period.

By the end of 2019, 5% of required units lack triple certification. The same measure for each individual certification is 4% for ISO 9001, 5% for ISO 14001 and 5% for OHSAS 18001. These units are mainly acquisitions still within the recommended two-year compliance time frame, or represent units that are newly restructured. Some units not yet triple-certified are in the process of doing so.

Epiroc's Code of Conduct

The Code of Conduct (CoC) is our guide to doing business ethically and to optimizing social and environmental impacts of our operations. Laws, environmental standards and social conditions vary in the countries where we operate. The CoC is designed to make sure that we always act with the highest ethical standards and integrity.

The Compliance Board

To ensure implementation of, and compliance to, the CoC, a Compliance Board was created in 2018. The mandate of the Compliance Board is to decide, guide, support and follow-up on the implementation of the CoC.

The Compliance Board consisted of the General Counsel (Chair), President and CEO, Senior Executive Vice President Mining and Infrastructure, Senior Vice President Corporate Communications, Vice President Corporate Responsibility, Vice President Human Resources and the Head of Internal Control and Assurance. For the complete version of Epiroc's CoC, please see www.epirocgroup.com/eng/sustainability

5. We use resources responsibly and efficiently

Environmental performance

Epiroc has integrated its most material environmental KPIs into its planning process. The KPIs help monitor and drive improvements and efficiency so that the Group can reduce the environmental impact.

We comply with applicable environmental laws in countries where we operate

It is mandatory to report incidents or fines for non-compliance within environmental legislation, as well as incidents involving chemical, oil or fuel spillages. There were 4 (12) accidents resulting in adverse environmental effects. All accidents were addressed fully and with corrective actions. Clean-up costs amounted to SEK 26 (82.5).

Permits in compliance with the Swedish environmental regulations

Three production units require permits as in accordance to Swedish environmental regulations. These operations mostly involve machinery and assembly of components. Permits relate to areas such as emissions to water and air, as well as noise pollution. None of these permits were under revision in 2019.

Environmental management

To help minimize environmental impacts and to ensure that the precautionary approach is applied, we have implemented environmental management systems into most of our units through our global triple certification.

Product responsibility

All products and services come with relevant product, service and safety information. Information contains instructions for service and safe use of the product. Customer training is included when relevant, to secure the safe handling of products. Any safety issues arising in the field or from service are tracked through safety campaigns fol-

SUSTAINABILITY NOTES

lowed by appropriate actions. 0 (0) incidents for non-compliance with regulations and/or voluntary codes concerning the health and safety impacts of products and services were reported for 2019.

Conflict minerals

Responsible sourcing of the minerals included in our products is important to us. Suppliers of products containing tin, tungsten, tantalum or gold (3TG) are required to identify and declare the origin of such minerals present in the products and components sold to us. This ensures that the minerals do not directly or indirectly finance or benefit the armed groups in the Democratic Republic in Congo, e.g. that the products are conflict free. In 2019, 89% of the suppliers required to provide the origin of 3TG provided such information. Information on the presence and origin of 3TG in Epiroc products is consolidated and shared with interested parties. 202 suppliers of products containing 3TG responded. 335 smelters of tin, tungsten, tantalum and gold were identified by our suppliers, none of which finance the armed groups in Democratic Republic of Congo.

The fact that our products do not use conflict minerals is important not only for Epiroc, but it also supports our customers and their obligations to report the origins of tin, tungsten, tantalum and gold in a transparent way. Broad industry cooperation is needed to meet the challenges with conflict minerals. In 2018 we joined the Responsible Minerals Initiative (RMI) which has grown into one of the most utilized and respected resources for companies addressing issues related to the responsible sourcing of minerals in their supply chains. Our membership in RMI is a good source of information to keep us updated and prepared for new emerging issues.

Although it is not yet a regulated metal, cobalt is a concern for Epiroc. In 2019, suppliers of batteries as well as cobalt metal were asked to declare the origin of the cobalt included in the products to get an understanding of supplier awareness.

Hazardous substances in products and processes

Epiroc maintains lists of hazardous substances, which are either prohibited or which must be declared due to their potential negative impact on health or the environment. Substances included in the Epiroc Prohibited List may not be included in any products, components or used in processes. The presence of substances included in the Epiroc Declarable List must be reported. Suppliers' use of listed substances is regularly checked, and if prohibited substances is found, they must immediately be replaced by appropriate alternatives. Compliance to the prohibited and Declarable lists is included in the Epiroc Business Partner Criteria letter which is signed by Epiroc suppliers.

Both lists are continuously revised according to applicable legislation, including REACH and global conventions. The lists on prohibited and declarable substances are published on the Epiroc website together with Epiroc's Substance of Concern Policy, which explains actions required by suppliers and the internal organization for substances included in either of the lists.

6. We invest in safety and well-being

Geographical spread of injuries among Epiroc's total workforce

Number
in Epiroc's
workforce
Number of
work-related
LTIs, 2019
Number of
work-related
MTIs, 2019
North America 2 367 17 44
South America 1 491 15 3
Europe 5 369 34 24
Africa/Middle East 2 199 4 5
Asia/Australia 4 511 12 26
Total 15 937 82 102

The majority of injuries reported have been in Asia/Australia, North America and Europe (85% of total injuries). However compared to 2018 the amount of injuries in Asia/Australia has decreased by 50%. Lost time injuries (LTIs) from operations globally has decreased by 17%. There is a continued focus on training and activities to further reduce the number of Injuries.

LTI's for additional workforce has increased to 3.7 compared to 2.3 in 2018. The increase is partly due to increased production volumes. We give the additional workforce the same safety introduction as hired staff. Discussions about why the accidents among additional workforce has increased is a topic in focus.

7. We grow together with passionate people and courageous leaders

Number of employees, December 31, 2019 14 268
The average number of training hours per employee 39 hours
The average number of training hours among
- blue-collar employees 45 hours
- white-collar employees 33 hours

Employee turnover 2019

Employee turnover increased compared to the 12-months period ending in December 2018 with 5.7 %.

30% of total turnover during 2019 was in Asia/Australia, 23 % in Europe, 24 percent in North America, 14 % in South America and 9 % in Africa/Middle East.

Number of new employee hires 2019 1 467

Number of new hires decreased compared to the 12-months period ending in December 2018 with 37 %.

25% of new hires in 2019 were represented in Europe, 30 % in Asia/ Australia, 18 % in North America, 15% in South America and 13% in Africa/Middle East

In 2019, voluntary employee turnover was 7.3%.

Freedom of association and the right to collective bargaining Employees have the right to choose whether they wish to be represented by a trade union or not. In 2019 a total of 45 % (42%) of our employees where covered by collective bargaining agreements.

8. We live by the highest ethical standards

Suppliers' commitment

2019 2018
Significant suppliers, number 1 406 1 298
Safety, health, social and environment
evaluated suppliers, % 11 11
Approved suppliers, % 95 95
Conditionally approved
suppliers (monitored), % 5 5
Rejected suppliers, % 0 0
Suppliers asked on commitment
to the Epiroc's CoC, number 1 402 1 297
Significant suppliers that have confirmed
their commitment to Epiroc's CoC, % 99 98

Agents, resellers and distributors' commitment

2019 2018
Significant agents, resellers
and distributors, number 329 280
Agents, resellers and distributors asked on
commitment to the Epiroc's CoC, number 323 249
Significant agents, resellers and
distributors that have confirmed their
commitment to Epiroc's CoC, % 81 75

For the definition of high risk countries, risk indices provided by an external risk indices firm are used.

The old scope of significant suppliers previously included all suppliers of goods and services, direct and indirect, with a purchasing value above EUR 100 000, based on 12-month values from October to September of the reporting year. Suppliers were also deemed significant when located in high-risk countries, with a purchasing value above EUR 12 500, based on 12-month values from October to September of the reporting year.

The new scope of significant suppliers includes all suppliers of goods and services, direct and indirect, with a purchasing value above EUR 100 000, based on 12-month values from October 2017 to September 2018. All suppliers are also deemed significant when they are located in high-risk countries, have a purchasing value above EUR 12 500, based on 12-month values from October 2017 to September 2018. The same method applies to significant agents, distributors and resellers.

Epiroc's significant suppliers during 2019 amounted to 1 406 (1 298). Evaluations on their performance and impacts are conducted by Epiroc teams at the suppliers' site. 1 402 (1 297) suppliers were requested to commit to the CoC and Business Partner Criteria Letter. If a supplier after negotiations refuses to accept our CoC, but can show that their own Code is equivalent to ours, they may be exempted. However, each case is to be closely evaluated and decisions are taken based on the specific supplier's situation.

Epiroc's significant agents, resellers and distributors during 2019 amounted to 329 (280). 323 (249) agents, resellers and distributors were asked to commit to the CoC.

The supplier evaluation process examines:

  • Business partners' record of governance, ethics and stance against corruption
  • Labor issues: Rejection of forced, compulsory or child labor, elimination of discrimination, safeguarding employee health and safety, collective bargaining rights
  • Environmental performance: Managing waste, minimizing emissions, and reducing consumption of natural resources
  • Human rights issues: Responsible sourcing and respect for human rights in operations

Speak Up cases

Reported potential violations, number

2019 2018
Fraud and corruption 12 7
Labor related matters 26 11
Safety 1 1
Discrimination 1 2
Harassment 2 2
Conflict of interest 0 1
Other 2 2
Total 44 26

In 2019, 4 cases are still under investigation, whereof 3 concern labor relations and 1 harassment. 0 case was material during the year.

No fines related to non-compliances reported through our Speak Up line have been paid during the year. There have been 0 instances of anti-competitive behavior brought to the attention of Epiroc management.

No significant fines or non-monetary sanctions related to non-compliance with laws and/or regulations in the social and economic area have been paid during the year.

Implementing the UN Guiding Principles on Business and Human Rights (UNGP)

We are committed to addressing and integrating human rights across our business operations in accordance with the UN Guiding Principles on Business and Human Rights (UNGP). The Compliance Board monitors the implementation of the Code, including human rights issues. Our commitment and how we conduct human rights due diligence is described on pages 36-37.

Knowledge about human rights is key to understand risks

A key priority is to raise the employees' awareness about human rights and at the same time create an understanding in the organization of the different challenges that may need to be addressed along the value chain – in relation to both suppliers and customers. How to address human rights issues are therefore part of the CoC and the internal CoC-training sessions. One example of the latter is the internal training for the sourcing organization on the Business Partner Ten Criteria Letter and the CoC. This training session, developed during 2018 and launched in 2019, includes special attention to labor standards, such as working hours, modern slavery and forced labor, conflict minerals, non-discrimination and other human rights issues. The e-learning on Responsible Sales Assessment includes sessions on how Epiroc should implement the UNGP. It covers different human rights issues and aims to build a greater awareness of specific human rights challenges.

Stakeholder consultation

Epiroc's ability to influence in order to effect change in possible wrongful practices along the value chain, is an important way to take action in accordance with the UNGPs. Therefore, human rights issues are on the agenda for dialogues with Epiroc´s identified stakeholders. Feedback from these consultations are implemented into operations as a way to build a better understanding, as well as assessing and mitigating human rights risks in complex markets. We are fully committed to continuously addressing and monitoring human rights challenges.

Leverage

Leverage is important for the implementation of the UNGPs. It exists where we can effect change in the wrongful practices of an entity that causes harm (principle 19, UNGPs). We are exploring this aspect through dialogue with business partners and non-governmental organizations, finding examples of how we can better understand and assess human rights risks in complex markets.

Remediation

Both states and companies have roles to play in ensuring that victims of business related human rights abuses have access to effective remedy. Remedy means taking action to repair any harm done to people. Behavior or actions that are, or for good reasons may be perceived as, violations of laws or of the Epiroc CoC should be reported. The Speak Up line may be used by employees or external stakeholders to report concerns.

Management of taxes – observing the spirit as well as the letter of laws of each country

Epiroc is a global company with a presence in many countries and through compliance with the Arm's Length principle, we aim to pay the fair amount of tax in each country. We strive to be a good and reliable corporate citizen through prudent and sustainable management of taxes.

We also recognize the importance of tax in the area of advancing economic development and contributing to society by paying corporate income taxes as well as other taxes, levies and social security contributions. Our action is in accordance with IFRS, all applicable tax laws and regulations as well as international standards from the OECD and the UN. During 2018 the board approved a Tax Policy which is available at (www.epirocgroup.com/en/investors/tax-policy).

Epiroc Sourcing general process: Manage Procurement and Suppliers

Notes to the sustainability performance1)

Economic value Note 2016 2017 2018 2019 Targets
2019*
Targets
2020*
Direct economic value
Revenues2) 27 490 31 675 38 500 41 096
Economic value distributed
Operating costs3) 16 145 18 651 23 399 24 326
Employee wages and benefits, including other social costs 6 583 6 862 7 535 8 454
Costs for providers of capital4) 731 5 547 365 2 926
Costs for direct taxes to governments 1 065 1 590 1 921 1 992
Economic value retained 2 966 –975 5 280 3 398
We live by the highest ethical standards
% Managers made a Code Compliance Commitment 91 95
% Managers trained in Epiroc Code of Conduct 91 95
% Significant suppliers confirmed compliance
with the Epiroc Code of Conduct5) 5 98 97 98 99 100 100
% Significant agents, resellers and distributors confirmed
compliance with the Epiroc Code of Conduct6) 5 75 81 83 97
We invest in safety and well-being
Work-related Lost time injuries, number7) 6 91 113 99 82
Work-related Lost time injuries, number
per one million working hours7) 6 3.8 4.3 3.4 2.7 3.2 2.3
Lost days due to Lost time injuries, number
per one million working hours7) 6 158 93 97 70
Work-related Medical treatment injuries, number7) 6 158 102
Work-related Medical treatment injuries,
number per one million working hours7) 6 5.4 2.7
Total recordable injuries frequency rate (TRIFR) 6 8.9 6 7.4 5.3
Fatalities 0 1 0 1 0 0
Sick leave due to illness, % 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1
Sick leave due to illness and Lost time injuries, % 2.3 2.2 2.2 2.1 <2.5 <2.5
We use resources responsibly and efficiently
Renewable energy for operations, % of total energy 45 45 49 53
Renewable energy for operations incl.
renewable of mix, % of total energy 8) 55 55 60 63 60 64
Direct energy use in GWh9) 29 27 30 29
Indirect energy use in GWh9) 124 129 142 132
Total energy use in GWh9) 153 155 172 161
Total energy use in MWh/COS9) 9.3 8.5 7.6 6.8 6.7 6.5
CO2 emissions '000 tonnes (direct energy) – scope 110) 6 6 6 6
CO2 emissions '000 tonnes (indirect energy) – scope 210) 26 28 29 22
CO2 emissions '000 tonnes (total energy) – scope 1+210) 32 34 35 28
Location-based CO2 emissions '000
tonnes (indirect energy) scope 211) 30 31 33 28
CO2 emissions '000 tonnes (transports) – scope 310) 92 114 128 105
CO2 emissions tonnes (transports)/COS10) 5.6 6.2 5.6 4.5 5.3 4.4
Proportion of reused or recycled waste, % 96 97 97 95
Water consumption in water risk areas ('000 m3) 12) 76 67 65 55
Water consumption in water risk areas (in m3)/COS12) 4.6 3.7 2.9 2.4 2.8 2.4
We grow together with passionate people and Targets Targets
courageous leaders Note 2016 2017 2018 2019 2019* 2020*
White-collar employees, % 53 51 51 49
Blue-collar employees, % 47 49 49 51
Employee turnover white-collar employees, % 8 4.8 5.7 7.4 7.5
Employee turnover blue-collar employees, % 8 4.3 4.7 7.4 7.3
Total turnover, voluntary leave % 8 4.6 5.2 7.4 7.4
Yearly performance and development discussion, % 90 87 88 88
Proportion of women employees, period end, % 15.1 15.7 16.0 15.5 16.6 17.5
Proportion of women managers, period end, % 20.3 18.2 20.0 19.3 21.5 22.4
New hires of women into the Group, share
of total external recruitment, % 15.9 18.4 17.4 16.2
Nationalities among senior managers, number 30 32

* Epiroc's key performance indicators for sustainability.

Auditor's Limited Assurance Report on Epiroc AB's Sustainability Report and statement regarding the Statutory Sustainability Report

This is the translation of the auditor's report in Swedish.

To Epiroc AB, corporate identity number 556041-2149

Introduction

We have been engaged by the Board of Directors of Epiroc AB to undertake a limited assurance engagement of the Epiroc AB Sustainability Report for the year 2019. The Company has defined the scope of the Sustainability Report and the Statutory Sustainability Report on page 126.

Responsibilities of the Board of Directors and the Executive Management

The Board of Directors and the Executive Management are responsible for the preparation of the Sustainability Report including the Statutory Sustainability Report in accordance with the applicable criteria and the Annual Accounts Act respectively. The criteria are defined on page 126 in the Sustainability Report, and are part of the Sustainability Reporting Guidelines published by GRI (Global Reporting Initiative), which are applicable to the Sustainability Report, as well as the accounting and calculation principles that the Company has developed. This responsibility also includes the internal control relevant to the preparation of a Sustainability Report that is free from material misstatements, whether due to fraud or error.

Responsibilities of the auditor

Our responsibility is to express a conclusion on the Sustainability Report based on the limited assurance procedures we have performed and to express an opinion regarding the Statutory Sustainability Report. Our engagement is limited to historical information presented and does therefore not cover future-oriented information.

We conducted our limited assurance engagement in accordance with ISAE 3000 Assurance Engagements Other than Audits or Reviews of Historical Financial Information. A limited assurance engagement consists of making inquiries, primarily of persons responsible for the preparation of the Sustainability Report, and applying analytical and other limited assurance procedures. Our examination regarding the Statutory Sustainability Report has been conducted in accordance with FAR's accounting standard RevR 12 The auditor's opinion regarding the Statutory Sustainability Report. A limited assurance engagement and an examination according

to RevR 12 is different and substantially less in scope than an audit conducted in accordance with International Standards on Auditing and generally accepted auditing standards in Sweden.

The firm applies ISQC 1 (International Standard on Quality Control) and accordingly maintains a comprehensive system of quality control including documented policies and procedures regarding compliance with ethical requirements, professional standards and applicable legal and regulatory requirements. We are independent of Epiroc AB in accordance with professional ethics for accountants in Sweden and have otherwise fulfilled our ethical responsibilities in accordance with these requirements.

The limited assurance procedures performed and the examination according to RevR 12 do not enable us to obtain assurance that we would become aware of all significant matters that might be identified in an audit. The conclusion based on a limited assurance engagement and an examination according to RevR 12 does not provide the same level of assurance as a conclusion based on an audit.

Our procedures are based on the criteria defined by the Board of Directors and the Executive Management as described above. We consider these criteria suitable for the preparation of the Sustainability Report.

We believe that the evidence we have obtained is sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis for our conclusion below.

Conclusion

Based on the limited assurance procedures we have performed, nothing has come to our attention that causes us to believe that the Sustainability Report, is not prepared, in all material respects, in accordance with the criteria defined by the Board of Directors and Executive Management.

A Statutory Sustainability Report has been prepared.

Stockholm, February 28, 2020

Deloitte AB

Thomas Strömberg Lennart Nordqvist

Authorized Public Accountant Expert Member of FAR

Footnotes to page 132

  • 1) Calculations according to GRI Standards Guidelines, www.globalreporting.org.
  • 2) Revenues include revenues, other operating income, financial income, profit from divested companies and share of profit in associated companies.
  • 3) Operating costs include cost of sales, marketing expenses, administration expenses, research and development expenses, other operating expenses, deducted for employee wages and benefits. COS when presented in relation to sustainability information refers to cost of sales at standard cost in MSEK.
  • 4) Costs for providers of capital include financial costs and dividend, but exclude redemption of shares and repurchase of own shares.
  • 5) Since 2017, the scope of business partner reporting in the annual report includes distribution centers in addition to the previous scope including only production units. The change in scope does not have a significant impact on the KPI:s compared with previous years.
  • 6) In 2018, agents, resellers and distributors data covers customer centers, distribution centers and production units.
  • 7) During 2018, the Safety reporting changed from accidents and incidents to Lost time injuries and Medical treatment injuries to better be aligned with the rest of the mining industry. Lost time injury has same definition as previous accident. Medical treatment injuries replaced incidents with its new definition. Medical treatment does not include first aid treated injuries, which incidents did.
  • 8) Renewable of mix does not have any certificate or similar statement from the energy provider that assures only renewable energy sources are used for the electricity or district heating provided according to the contract. Target in 2020 is set as no improvement compared to 2019 due to lower expected proportion renewable energy incl. renewable of mix in acquired companies in 2020.
  • 9) The total energy includes both indirect and direct energy used. The calculation of indirect energy, i.e. energy purchased externally by the company, includes electricity and district heating used at the sites. The calculation of direct energy, i.e. energy generated by the company for its own production or operation, comprises all fuels used on the sites, including diesel, gasoline, coal, bio-fuel, propane and natural gas.
  • 10) Standardized conversion factors published by the Greenhouse Gas Protocol Initiative and International Energy Agency are used to calculate CO2 emissions, see www. ghgprotocol.org and www.iea.org. Latest purchase consists of factors until year 2018. These factors are used for 2019. Previous years, factors from 2012 were used which partly explains the descrease..
  • 11) A location-based method reflects the average GHG emissions intensity of grids on which energy consumption occurs, using mostly grid-average emission factor data. A market-based method reflects emissions from electricity that an organization has purposefully chosen (or its lack of choice).
  • 12) Water risk mapping was carried out using the water risk maps generated by a third-party risk analytics firm. Categories "medium, high and extreme" are used in Epiroc's water risk scope.

The Epiroc share

Listing and shares

Epiroc's shares were listed on Nasdaq Stockholm on June 18, 2018 at an opening price of SEK 88.0 and SEK 84.0 respectively (A and B share). Class A shares entitle the owner to one vote while class B shares entitle the owner to one tenth of a vote. Class A shares and class B shares carry equal rights to a part of the company's assets and profit.

Return and market capitalization

In 2019, the price of the A share increased 36.4% (decreased 7.7% in 2018) to SEK 114.35 and the price of the B share increased 40.8% (decreased 8.1%) to SEK 111.05. The corresponding development for OMXSPI, i.e all shares, and OMX Stockholm Industrials (SX2000PI) was 29.6% and 44.6%, respectively. Epiroc's market capitalisation at the end of 2019 was MSEK 137 504 (99 826).

Trading

Epiroc was the 26th (29th) most traded name on Nasdaq Stockholm during the year. The total turnover in Epiroc shares was BSEK 53.6 (48.3), corresponding to average daily turnover of MSEK 214.3 (355.2). Nasdaq Stockholm accounted for 39% (48) of the total trading in Epiroc in 2019. Around 23% (47) of the trading was conducted on the open market, while the remainder was outside the public market, e.g. through over-the-counter trading and dark pools.

Ownership structure

At the end of 2019, Epiroc had 70 717 (76 872) shareholders. The ten largest shareholders registered directly or as a group with Euroclear Sweden, the Swedish Central Securities Depository, by voting rights, accounted for 33.5% (32.2) of the voting rights and 33.0% (30.7) of the number of shares. Swedish investors held 47% (43) of the voting rights and 46% (46) of number of shares.

Personnel stock option program and repurchase of own shares

The Board of Directors will propose to the Annual General Meeting 2020 a similar performance-based long-term incentive program as in previous year. The intention is to cover the plan through the repurchase of the company's own shares. The company's holding of own shares on December 31, 2019 appears in the table on the next page.

Dividend policy and dividend

The Board of Directors proposes to the Annual General Meeting that a dividend of SEK 2.40 per share be paid for the 2019 fiscal year. The dividend is proposed to be paid in two equal instalments. Epiroc's goal is to provide long-term stable and rising dividends to its shareholders. The dividend should correspond to 50% of net profit over the cycle. The proposed dividend correspond to 49% (47) of earnings per share.

Shareholders by country, December 31, 2019, % of capital

Ten largest shareholders*

December 31, 2019 A shares B shares Total shares Capital Votes
Investor AB 194 915 960 12 841 885 207 757 845 17.1% 22.7%
Alecta pensionsförsäkring 28 947 000 41 206 588 70 153 588 5.8% 3.8%
Swedbank Robur Fonder 17 572 603 18 044 810 35 617 413 2.9% 2.3%
Didner & Gerge Fonder 4 459 820 14 545 303 19 005 123 1.6% 0.7%
AMF - Försäkring och Fonder 0 18 792 574 18 792 574 1.6% 0.2%
Folksam 8 547 938 4 825 810 13 373 748 1.1% 1.1%
SEB Investment Management 12 539 678 508 013 13 047 691 1.1% 1.5%
Handelsbanken fonder 2 557 036 9 179 303 11 736 339 1.0% 0.4%
AP4 1 130 831 7 481 013 8 611 844 0.7% 0.2%
Carnegie fonder 0 7 750 000 7 750 000 0.6% 0.1%
Other 553 094 988 254 797 550 807 892 538 67.1% 65.3%
Total 823 765 854 389 972 849 1 213 738 703 100.0% 100.0%
Whereof shares held by Epiroc** 10 786 679 0 10 786 679 0.9% 1.3%

*Shareholders registered directly or as a group with Euroclear Sweden, the Swedish Central Securities Depository. **Including transactions on December 30, 2019, not yet recorded in Euroclear's system at year end.

THE EPIROC SHARE

Key figures per share

SEK 2018 2019
Market capitalization,
year end, MSEK 99 826 137 504
Basic/diluted earnings per share 4.50 4.89
Dividend per share 2.10 2.40*
Dividend as % of earnings 47 49*
Operating cash flow per share 3.22 5.57
Equity per share, year end 15.63 19.00
A/B Share price, year end 83.84/78.88 114.35 /111.05
A/B Highest share closing price 105.32/93.80 118.55/115.00
A/B Lowest share closing price 72.95/70.44 82.42/77.51
A/B Average closing price 90.40/82.93 99.11/94.61
A/B Price/Earnings ratio, year end 18.6/17.5 23.4/22.7

* As proposed by the Board of Directors.

Share information

December 31, 2019 A share B share
Nasdaq Stockholm EPI A EPI B
ISIN code SE0011166933 SE0011166941
Total number of shares 823 765 854 389 972 849
– % of votes 95.5 4.5
– % of capital 67.9 32.1
Whereof shares
held by Epiroc* 10 786 679
– % of votes 1.3
– % of capital 0.9

* Including transactions on December 30, 2019, not yet recorded in Euroclear's system at year end.

Important dates

April 23, 2020 Q1 2020
May 12, 2020 Annual General Meeting at 4 PM
at Norra Latin City Conference
Centre in Stockholm, Sweden.
July 23, 2020 Q2 2020
October 23, 2020 Q3 2020

Epiroc's strengths

We are a leading productivity partner in attractive niches

We have a high proportion of recurring business

We have a strong and proven operating model

We drive the future in intelligent mining and infrastructure

We create value for our stakeholders

Epiroc A Stockholm All share, index Stockholm Industrials, index

Addresses

Epiroc AB

Postal address P.O. Box 4015 SE - 131 04 Nacka Sweden

Visitors' address Sickla Industriväg 19 SE – 131 54 Nacka Sweden

Telephone +46 10 755 00 00

www.epirocgroup.com

Investors For shareholders and financial analysts [email protected]

Corporate responsibility For non-governmental organizations and others [email protected]

Media For journalists [email protected]

Sales and service

www.epiroc.com

Production:

Epiroc in cooperation with Oxenstierna & Partners and Purple-Ivy. Photo: Epiroc Image bank. Print: BrandFactory.

United in performance. Inspired by innovation.

Performance unites us, innovation inspires us and commitment drives us to keep moving forward. Count on Epiroc to deliver the solutions you need to succeed today and the technology to lead tomorrow. epiroc.com

Talk to a Data Expert

Have a question? We'll get back to you promptly.